2009-Percubaan (Times) (Semua Mata Pelajaran)

The SPM examinations are fast approaching and as we have done in previous years, Times Guides has come
up with a revision guide to help you prepare for the exams. This year, weve added more subjects making it 13 SPM subjects in total: Bahasa Malaysia, English, Sejarah, Matematics, Prinsip Perakaunan, Science, Additional Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Perdagangan, Ekonomi Asas, and English for Science and Technology. With all the hoopla surrounding the announcement of the SPM results each year, its easy to feel burdened by the pressure of the exams as you get cracking on the books. Wed like to remind you to stay focused on your studies and not worry about other peoples expectations. The most important thing is that you aim to do the best that you can and work hard to achieve your goals. Do make use of this revision guide to help you accomplish your targets. The questions prepared in this guide were put together by a panel of educators who have extensive teaching experience and are well-versed in their respective subjects. When you go through the questions in this publication, consider it a practise session for the actual exam: follow the instructions given and adhere to the timelines stipulated. After youve completed the papers, you may go to www. times.my to get the answers. This will give you an idea of how ready you are for the exams so you can intensify your efforts as necessary. Aside from the revision questions, weve also dedicated a few pages in this magazine to highlight a few career options. We are sure many of you have given some thought to what youd like to study after SPM. Well, if youre interested in Business, Information Technology, Creative Multimedia, or Allied Health Sciences, do check out our interviews with higher education professionals about the requirements and career prospects in these elds. Those of you who are unsure about what you want to do after SPM may also nd these career articles useful in helping you make a decision. For information about other careers and courses you can pursue after SPM, we recommend you pick up a copy of Times Higher Education. Also an annual publication by Times Guides, Times Higher Education helps students explore their options for higher education. It is chock-lled with information on courses, programmes, institutions, and scholarships for further studies. You can nd it at all major bookstores or order online at www.times.my. We truly hope you will nd this guide helpful in your preparations for the SPM. Remember to study smart. The team at Times Guides wish you all the very best!
SPONSOR
DAPATKAN SEKARANG!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
KERTAS SOALAN RAMALAN MATEMATIK
LAYARI: www.maths-catch.com
SPONSOR
Dapatkan juga Bimbingan dan Tips Percuma Matematik disini Blog Website : : www.mathgayapos.blogspot.com www.maths-catch.com
Bahasa Malaysia English Sejarah matics e h t a M l a n io it d d A Mathematics Science Biology an Prinsip Perakaun Perdagangan Ekonomi Asas echnology T & e c n ie c S or f English Chemistry Physics
Panel Penulis
Bahasa Melayu English Mathematics Sejarah Additional Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry Science Perdagangan Ekonomi Asas Prinsip Perakaunan English for Science and Technology
Published by
5 10 18 26 41 6 5 77 95 109 119 130 138 3 15
- Pn. Aini Hasninawati bt. Abu Hashim ashim - Tn. Hj. Arham b. Ab. Hamid - En. Mohd Adnan b. Md. Ali - En. Syed Muslimin b. Fadhil - Pn. Azizah bt. Kamar - Pn. Poon Cheng Mooi - Pn. Muzlifah bt. Mohd Yusof - Pn. Zuraini & Pn.Hafsah A. Dadi i - En. Al-Irwan b. Saihiboll Rahim - Pn. Ruslizawati bt. Ahmad - Pn. Aziah bt. Abu Ziden - Pn. Wan Zuriah bt. Wan Mat Yim m - Cik Faridah bt. Mat Salleh - Pn. Norema bt. Ahmad Mokhtar
Times Soalan Ulangkaji SPM is an annual publication. No part of this publication may be reproduce in any form without the written consent of the publisher. All right reserved. Printed by SWAN Printing Sdn Bhd
Times Guides Sdn Bhd

49-1-1, Jln Medan Putra 6, Medan Putra Business centre, Off Jalan Damansara, 52200 Kuala Lumpur. Tel : +603 6277 6923 +603 6277 6924 Fax : +603 6277 6973 Email: info@timesguides.com www.times.my
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 1103/1 ] [ 1103/2 ]
Bahasa Malaysia
Analisis Soalan Rumusan SPM

TAHUN TAJUK 2004 Faedah Badan Khas Membantu Pesakit Kronik dan Sebab Penubuhannya 2005 Kebaikan Hidup Berjiran dan cara-cara memperkukuh semangat kejiranan 2006 Cara-cara Melahirkan Masyarakat Berbudi Bahasa dan kesannya kepada masyarakat 2007 Langkah-langkah mengatasi salah laku pelajar 2008 Faedah-faedah penerokaan angkasa lepas
Analisis Soalan KOMSAS SPM 2004 -2008

Jenis/Tahun Jun 2004 November 2004 Jun 2005 November 2005 Jun 2006 November 2006 Jun 2007 November 2007 Prosa Moden Aku,Kris dan Kristal Budi Yang Tak Terbeli Seri Nara Puteri Li Poh Jangan Bunuh Rama-rama Kerana Manisnya Epal Mariah Titik-titik Perjuangan Prosa Tradisional Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah Kezaliman Membawa Padah Cerita Bayan Tidak Menurut Kata Ibu Bapanya Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat Asal Usul Raja Kecil Puisi Pantun Mengenang Nasib Seloka Pandai Pak Pandir Syair Dandan Setia dan Intan Terpilih Sejarah Pembeli Masa Sudah Syair Pembunuhan Angreni Di Kota Kecilku Gurindam Memelihara Anggota dan Hati daripada Kejahatan Manusia dan Kesejahteraan Syair kelebihan Ilmu
Jun 2008 November 2008
Pusaran Di Sisi Rinda
Kezaliman Membawa Padah Peminangan Puteri Gunung Ledang
Analisis Soalan 2004-2008

Tahun Julai 2004 November 2004 Julai 2005 November 2005 Julai 2006 November 2006 July 2007 November 2007 Jun 2008 November 2008 Soalan (a) Cabaran yang dilalui watak utama Tiga nilai kasih sayang Perwatakan satu watak sampingan Dua peristiwa yang menarik Pengajaran dalam novel Pengajaran daripada cerita dalam novel Dua nilai setia kawan Huraikan persoalan maruah Beri penyataan terhadap pemilihan tajuk novel dikaitkan dengan isi kandungan Dua sebab bahagian permulaan novel menarik minat anda Soalan (b) Empat pengajaran Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konik Tiga peristiwa yang memberi teladan Bandingkan satu latar tempat berdasarkan dua buah novel yang dipelajari Bandingkan dua nilai kemasyarakatan berdasarkan dua buah novel yang dipelajari Satu persoalan daripada dua buah novel yang dipelajari Huraikan tema bagi dua buah novel Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konik Tiga pengajaran berdasarkan dua buah novel Bandingkan persamaan dan perbezaan satu latar masyarakat dalam dua buah novel yang dipelajari
JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2008 BAHASA MALAYSIA Kertas 1

Bahagian A [Masa dicadangkan: 45 minit] [30 markah] Lihat gambar di bawah dengan teliti. Huraikan pendapat anda tentang kesan perubahan iklim dan pemanasan global. Panjang huraian hendaklah antara 200 hingga 250 patah perkataan.
Sumber: Era Hijau 2008 Bahagian B (Masa dicadangkan 1 jam 30 minit) [100 markah] Pilih satu daripada soalan di bawah dan tulis sebuah karangan yang panjangnya lebih daripada 350 patah perkataan. 1. Kelab Rekreasi di sekolah anda bercadang untuk mengadakan satu perkhemahan di salah satu tempat pelancongan yang terdapat di negara kita. Sebagai setiausaha kelab anda diminta untuk menulis sepucuk surat memohon kebenaran daripada pengetua untuk mengadakan lawatan. Nyatakan objektif lawatan dan butir-butir berkenaan lawatan tersebut. Tulis surat itu selengkapnya. 2. Anda bercadang untuk memberi kejutan kepada keluarga khasnya bapa anda dengan menulis sebuah rencana berkenaan bapa anda sempena Hari Bapa nanti. Isi rencana tersebut berkenaan jasa-jasa bapa kepada anaknya dan tanggungjawab anak-anak membalas jasa bapa mereka. Tulis rencana tersebut selengkapnya. 3. Kerap kali masyarakat menunding jari menyalahkan orang lain apabila tragedi seperti tanah runtuh berlaku. Namun, apabila isu tersebut reda, pembangunan di lereng bukit kembali aktif dijalankan. Huraikan berkenaan fenomena kejadian tanah runtuh yang melibatkan kawasan petempatan dan apakah langkah sewajarnya perlu masyarakat dan kerajaan tempatan lakukan untuk mengatasi masalah ini. 4. Peperangan banyak mengorbankan nyawa dan memusnahkan harta benda malah akhir-akhir ini ada negara yang hampir musnah akibat peperangan. Sebagai warganegara yang prihatin apakah usaha-usaha yang perlu dilakukan oleh masyarakat di Malaysia mahupun peringkat antarabangsa untuk membantu meringankan beban mangsa-mangsa tersebut dan apakah yang perlu kita lakukan untuk menamatkan peperangan yang seolah-olah tiada kesudahan ini. Bincangkan. 5. Tuliskan sebuah cerpen yang menarik berdasarkan peribahasa Sikit-sikit lama-lama jadi bukit
BAHASA MELAYU KERTAS 1103/2 TINGKATAN 5 TAHUN 2009

Rumusan (30 Markah) Baca petikan di bawah dengan teliti, kemudian buat satu rumusan berkenaan manfaat motivasi dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran serta cara-cara melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah. Dalam sesuatu proses pengajaran dan pemelajaran, motivasi dianggap sebagai unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan diri secara aktif, di samping menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan. Murid memerlukan motivasi untuk merangsang minat mereka dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan. Motivasi biasanya melibatkan dua perkara penting, iaitu insentif dan motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang, wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian dan sebagainya. Motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. Kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru atau menerima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik. Motif juga bertindak sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang. Dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, sewaktu menyelesaikan sesuatu masalah, susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri. Motivasi mempunyai kaitan dengan pembangkitan minat. Hal ini merupakan asas pengajaran dan pemelajaran. Guru yang cekap akan sentiasa berhati-hati mencari bahan rangsangan. Pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah antara bahagian yang lengkap dalam prosedur pemelajaran dan kerap menjadi bentuk motivasi yang paling berkesan kerana mampu menarik perhatian murid untuk menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental. Motivasi yang berterusan diperlukan supaya murid dapat dibantu untuk menumpukan perhatian terhadap bahan pengajaran sepenuhnya. Jangka masa perhatian kanak-kanak terhadap sesuatu benda adakalanya pendek dan mereka cepat berasa jemu jika perhatian mereka tidak diubah dengan segera kepada benda yang lebih menarik. Motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdorong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara mereka. Guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau kebolehan. Motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan. Peneguhan berhasrat untuk menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran. Pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan, umpamanya, mampu menggalakkan mereka belajar dengan lebih tekun malah, guru mampu memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan mereka. Apabila mereka berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran, mereka dapat meletakkan aspirasi yang lebih tinggi. Maka, motivasi merupakan hala tuju yang berkesan dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran. Dipetik daripada Motivasi dalam Pengajaran dan Pemelajaran Bahasa sumber daripada Vijayaletchumy Subramaniam, Pelita Bahasa oktober 2008 2 (a) Petikan Umum Berdasarkan soalan 1, jawab soalan-soalan berikut berdasarkan ayat anda sendiri. i. Nyatakan dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan. (2 markah)
ii. Pada pendapat anda apakah ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya menjadi pembimbing rakan sebaya. (4 arkah) m iii. Apakah yang dimaksudkan oleh pengarang dengan pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan 2 (b) Prosa Moden Baca petikan cerpen dibawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut menggunakan ayat anda sendiri. Dalam kesederhanaan hidup yang sebegitu, masih hendak memberi sedekah lagi. Di daerah satelit, hidup di pondok begitu sudah dianggap miskin. Sudah menjadi isu besar dalam media. Tetapi bagi orang-orang di sini, beginilah kehidupan. Tiada apa-apa yang perlu dikejar. Tidak ada soal tidak cukup duit!Tidak cukup masa!Tidak puas hati dengan kejayaan dalam karier! Patutkah aku membiarkan Daneng hidup dan memulakan keluarganya dalam keadaan begitu? Membiarkan dirinya terjerumus dalam kitaran kemiskinan? Tanpa menikmati apa-apa kemodanan dalam hidup ini! Hidup seperti bapanya! Hidup seperti nenek moyangnya. Pelbagai persoalan berpusar di kotak hati Jo. Dipetik daripada cerpen Lambaian Malar Hijau oleh Sarajo Theavy a/p Balakrishnan dalam Antologi Kerusi. i. Apakah persoalan yang bermain dalam kiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng? (3 markah) (2 markah)
ii. Pada pendapat anda mengapakah masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini dan sebagai rakyat yang perihatin bagaimanakah kita dapat membantu dalam membangunkan minda mereka. (4 markah) iii. Nyatakan satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan dan dua pengajaran lain yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen. (3
arkah) m

Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional Baca petikan prosa tradisional di bawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikutnya menggunakan ayat anda sendiri. Maka Laksamana pun berseru-seru pula, katanya, Hai Si Jebat derhaka! Sungguh engkau berani tiada berlawan. Marilah engkau turun dari istana ini bertikam sama seorang! Maka suara itu pun terdengar kepada Hang Jebat dikenalnya suara Laksamana. Maka Hang Jebat, ia pun naik ke peranginan; maka dibukanya peranginan itu, maka dilihatnya Laksamana berdiri di tengah halaman itu. Maka Hang Jebat pun berdebar-debar hatinya; ia pun kir dalam hatinya: Adapun Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara ; sekarang Laksamana itu tiada dalam dunia ini, siapa pula yang datang itu seperti Laksamana pun sikapnya dan lakunya? Kalau mataku bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandanganku? Maka Hang Jebat pun turun dari peranginan itu lalu ia mandi pada pasu emas itu dan dibasuh mukanya. Setelah sudah maka Hang Jebat, segeralah engkau turun! Jika engkau tiada turun, sekarang istana ini kunaiki, tetapi sukar kita bertikam. Setelah Hang Jebat mendengar suara Laksamana maka ia pun membuka pintu itu sedikit; maka dilihatnya Laksamana, diperamat-amatnya,dikenalnya itu Laksamana. Maka nyatalah Laksamana itu. Maka Hang Jebat pun hairan. (Dipetik daripada cerita Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP)
(i) Apakah yang dimaksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan?
[2 markah]
(ii) Sekiranya anda Hang Tuah, apakah tindakan yang akan anda lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan anda membunuh Hang Jebat sedangkan dia memberontak kerana mengetahui anda dibunuh raja. Berikan alasan anda. [3 markah] (iii) Apakah yang terdetik di hati Hang Jebat sebaik sahaja dia melihat Hang Tuah berdiri di luar istana? 2 (d) Puisi Moden Baca sajak dibawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut dengan menggunakan ayat anda sendiri. JALAN-JALAN RAYA KOTAKU Saban waktu sepanjang perjalanan jalan-jalan raya kotaku lewat senja begini tika gerimis menabur benih menerima kehadiran warga kota lemas dalam kesabaran lelah meresahkan dengan luka parah di hati. Ketidaksabaran membengkak kesombongan merajai setiap ruang semakin padat dengan emosi kebosanan menggigit pangkal rasa. Demikian etika di perjalanan budi luhur warga kotaku tidak lagi berlaku yang hadir adalah keserakahan memacu menghimpun kekuatan menghakis sopan santun seperti banjir kilat melanda pinggir perjalanan trah sang manusia peradaban kota masa kini. Jalan-jalan raya kotaku adalah gelanggang kebuasan perlumbaan kebiadaban para pesakit kemanusiaan semakin mandul pada penghujung musim. Oleh Zam Ismail ~ Mingguan Malaysia 4 Jun1995, dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP i. Gambarkan keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang. ii. Nyatakan beberapa persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini. iii. Cadangkan beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu sesuka hati di jalan raya bagi mengelakkan berlakunya kemalangan. [3 markah] [3 markah] [3 markah] [3 markah]

Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa (30 Markah) Jawan semua soalan. (a) Tulis satu ayat daripada setiap rangkai kata di bawah ini supaya jelas menunjukkan maksudnya. Anda tidak boleh menambahkan imbuhan, menukarkan maksud imbuhan, serta menggunakan kata itu sebagai peribahasa dan kata nama khas. i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. malapetaka larut malam tersenyum melirik termenung jauh kemuncak kejayaan berdebar kencang
(1) Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat. (2) Shazwanee turun ke tingkat bawah (3) Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan tidak larat ke sekolah, Shazwanee mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. Pergilah tidur dahulu nanti ibu berikan ubat,pujuk ibu sambi l t ersenyum ( 4) T angga di panjat o leh S hazwanee p elahan-lahan d alam k eadaan l etih d an m engantuk i) Ayat (1) __________________________________________________________ ii) Ayat (3) __________________________________________________________ iii) Ayat (4) __________________________________________________________ (6 markah)
(c) Dalam petikan di bawah terdapat tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Senaraikan dan betulkan kesalahankesalahan itu Anda tidak boleh menyenaraikan lebih daripada tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Anda tidak perlu menyalin petikan itu semula. Kedudukan rumah rakyat itu cuma tiga belok dari pembangunan yang sedang dibina itu. Rumah kedai itu telah dibina mengikut plan yang telah dilulus oleh pihak majlis perbandaran. Namun begitu lapuran telah diterima bahawa pembangunan di situ telah menyebabkan penduduk di kawasan tersebut merasa terganggu dan tidak selamat lagi untuk tinggal di situ. (6 markah) (d) Dalam setiap ayah di bawah, terdapat satu kesalahan penggunaan kata atau istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Senaraikan dan betulkan kesalahan-kesalahan itu. Bagi setiap ayat anda tidak boleh meyenaraikan lebih daripada satu kesalahan pengunaan kata atau istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Anda tidak perlu menyalin ayat itu semula. (i) (ii) (iii) (e) (a) (b) (c) Mereka telah berbincang tentang cara menanam buah-buahan setempat. Aqil mengerat dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi sekolah. Irfan makan sebuah durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak sekali itu.
Berikan maksud peribahasa berikut. Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung Tiada beban batu digalas Bekas tangan
Soalan 4: Novel [15 markah] Jawab soalan di bawah. Jawapan anda hendaklan berdasarkan novel-novel yang anda pelajari. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) Terminal Tiga karya Othman Puteh Perlumbaan Kedua karya Marwilis Hj. Yusof Di Hadapan Pulau karya A. Samad Said Bukit Kepong karya Ismail Johari Konserto Terakhir karya Abdullah Hussain Seteguh Karang karya Tuan Faridah Syed Abdullah Julia karya Abu Hassan Morad Putera Gunung Tahan karya Ishak Hj. Muhammad [7 markah]
(a) Huraikan dua penggunaan teknik plot dalam sebuah novel yang anda kaji. (b) Bandingkan dua persamaan persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari dengan mengemukakan contoh-contoh yang sesuai
[8 markah]
(b) Baca petikan di bawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian nyatakan satu daripada setiap jenis ayat yang terdapat dalam petikan ini sama ada ayat tunggal, ayat majmuk, ayat perbualan, atau ayat aktif. Anda dikehendaki menulis jawapannya sahaja.
10
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM PM 2009 PM
SPM
2009
PAPER 1
[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]
Bahasa Inggeris
A:Directed Writing 2004

REPORT Suggestions on how to improve the canteen.
2005
INFORMAL LETTER Description of an Outing
2006
INFORMAL LETTER Qualities of a friend to Be a Head Prefect.
2007
TALK Books
2008
ARTICLE Best group leader At a leadership camp
B: Continuous Writing 2004

1 Descriptive -Festive season 1
2005
Description of the biggest challenge Narrative: An unexpected visitor 1
2006
Description of weekend experience Narrative: A story ..... being more careful 1
2007
Description Embarassing moment Opinion: Teenagers are interested in entertainment 1
2008
Description of a person who worked hard to succeed in life Opinion: Examinations-good or bad ?
Narrative: 2 A story ending we had never laughed so much in our lives Reective: My ideal school Factual: How to help promote tourism in Malaysia Abstract : Clothes 3
Factual: How to keep oneself healthy Reective: What would you want to be ?
Reective: Changes in life Opinion: television
Reective: My early years
Reective: My perfect future husband or wife Narrative: A story ending ..now I realised the value of a true friend. Abstract: Stars
Narrative: Opening....Kim was nervous when the door opened.. Abstract: Tomorrow
Abstract: Music
Abstract: Food
PAPER 2 Section A: (Graphics) (Q 1-8) 2004

1 News reportmoral values Interpretation of signs - recipes Advertisement mobile phone Advertisement course Pie chart Personal expenditure 1
2005
Article -place of interest Process & procedures- experience Notice-revision workshop Extract - Rafesia Bar graph - prots 1
2006
Extract -Moral values Dialogue - relating Extract - news Idiom Extract - environment 1
2007
Map 1 - Place of interest Extract - news Extract - story Form - subscription Slogan - value 2 3 4 5
2008
Chart - weather forecast Extract vocabulary News report comprehension Extract Chinatown Cartoon strip interpretation of situation
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
11
6 7
Short message Cartoon strips interpretation of situation Cartoon strips value
6 7
News report health blood Article - people
6 7
Notice membership drive Book - synopsis Newspaper environment
6 7
Extract - health Notice - competition Cartoon strips idiomatic expression
6 7
Chart interpretation News report counterfeit Cartoon strip Idiomatic expression
Letter to the editor tv programs
(Rational Cloze) ( Q 9 15) 2004

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Verb Preposition Auxiliary verb Verb determiner preposition adjective Verb 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2005
Preposition Verb conjunction Pronoun verb determiner verb 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2006
Verb Article Noun gerund adverb conjunction Preposition 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2007
Article Adverb Preposition conjunction conjunction verb Verb 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2008
SV agm Preposition Tenses Vocabulary Vocabulary Phrasal verb -
SECTION B : (Information Transfer 2004

Places of interest
2005
Different types of books
2006
Advertisement carnival
2007
Mushrooms
2008
Olympics
SECTION C : (Reading comprehension & summary) 2004

Peopla
2005
Ice sculpting
2006
Flood
2007
Planting a tree
2008
Leopard attack
SECTION D :(Literature- Poems, Short Stories & Novel) 2004

32 Sonnet 18 32
2005
Si tenggangs homecoming Looking for a Rain God Love is important 32
2006
The road not taken The drovers wife Determination 32
2007
Si tenggangs Homecoming The Lotus Eater A Character that can look up to 32
2008
If
33 34
The Lotus Eater Most memorable Part
33 34
33 34
33 34
33 34
The Sound machine Ending of novel
Tenses
12
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH Paper 1
Section A: Directed Writing (Time Suggested : 45 minutes. Marks : 35) You are the president of the Student Council of your school. You and your members conducted a survey on the conditions and services of the school canteen. Using the notes below, write a letter of complaint to your school principal about the school canteen. Food - is not tasty - is not fresh. - is not covered. - unfair pricing. - price list is not displayed. - dirty - slippery - cats in eating areas. - cockroaches in cupboards. - styrofoam plates and cups used. - plastic spoons.
Food price Floor Strays Utensils
When writing the letter, you should remember to : use the correct format. use all the points given. Write in paragraphs
Section B : Continuous Writing You are advised to spend about one hour on this section. (50 marks) Write a composition of about 350 words on ONE of the following topics: a) Describe a disabled person who has had a positive inuence on your life. b) Internet buying will one day take over the conventional method of shopping. Do you agree ? c) An invention that has beneted people. d) Write a story ending with : His face red with embarrassment, he turned away and quickly walked back to his own house. e) Advertising
END OF QUESTION PAPER
13
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH Paper 2

Section A (15 marks) Question 1 Question 4 Read the sign below which appears in a ladies room and answer the question that follows.
What have the researches discovered, according to this news report? A. Sleep disorders decrease with age. B. Lavender oil helps to cure insomnia. C. Nothing can be done to cure sleeplessness. D. Lavender oil is a powerful longterm hypnotic drug. Questions 2 and 3 Study the table below and answer the questions that follow. NO.OF COMPLAINTS 471 285 201 84 90 195 81 75 60 COMPLAINT SOLVED 198 86 125 32 42 101 30 32 22
The sign tells you that A. you are welcome to leave your babies here. B. they change your babys nappies free of charge. C. these facilities are only for mothers with children. D. there are facilities here for changing your babys nappies. Question 5 Read the advertisement and answer the question that follows.
MINISTRY 1. Home Ministry 2. Finance 3. Transport 4. JPM 5. Health 6. Education 7. Human Resource 8. Energy, Telecommunications 9. Law 10.Agriculture
41400 SHAH ALAM TEL: 03-33721955
2. Which departments solved the same number of complaints ? A. JPM and Energy, telecommunications. B. Home Ministry and Educations. C. Finance and Transport. D. Law and Agriculture. 3. Which department received more complaints than Health but fewer than Transport ? A. Human Resource. B. Education. C. Finance. D. Law.
Where is the venue for the Creative Seminar for men advertised below ? A. Shahrul Adams residence. B. The Straits Hotel. C. ASDL Ltd. Shah Alam. D. The Travel Club.
New York, Mon The smell of lavender oil could help cure insomnia in old people, researches said. Sleep disorders are increasingly common with age and doctors often Prescribe powerful longterm hypnotic drugs, they said in an article in the Scapel medical magazine. Dr David and a team from university of New York tested lavender oil on four geriatric patients. Three had been on tranquillizers for up to three years. The test showed the patients sleep was much more restful and their sleep patterns restored after being exposed to the smell of the oil. - Reuter
14
Question 6

Questions 9 15 Read the following passage and choose the best answer. Every time a mother hugs her child, something special happens in her heart. (9)_________ prays and hopes that her child will grow up healthy and happy. (10)___________ parent hopes to equip their children for the future. Many put their needs aside so that their children can have (11)________ that they can afford. Some (12)_____ them to the best schools. Others worry (13)________ the information their children are exposed to. Children (14)________ intellectual curiosity. They have a desire to (15)_________. Therefore, parents roles are important. 9. A. She B. Her C. Hers 10. . ll A A B. Much C. Many D. Every
Read the advertisement below and answer the question that follows. 220. CARS FOR SALE PERODUA MYVI 1995. Metallic, RM 41900. ono. Hisham 03-41294889 012-6624367 PERODUA MYVI 1993. RM 35000. Loan RM 31000. Azlan 03-28351192 013-2103030 PERODUA MYVI 92. Metallic , low mileage, tip-top condition. RM 34800. Contact Cheah. Tel : 03-31229403 017-6261535 PERODUA MYVI 1994 . Lady owner. Accident-free, low mileage. Price: RM 37000. Tel : 03-20937206 (Ofce) Shaliza.
6. Mr.Ramli wants to buy a second-hand car which costs not more than RM 35000. Which of these cars would he be most interested in? A. Perodua Myvi 1995 B. Perodua Myvi 1994 C. Perodua Myvi 1993 D. Perodua Myvi 1992 Question 7 Read the sign below and answer the question that follows.
11.
re A mo
B. better C. the best D. the least
N O F I SH I N G , P L E ASE !
12. A. send B. sends C. sent D. is sending 13. A. in B. on C. as D. about 14. A. has B. had C. have 15. A. learn B. learns C. learnt D. learning
7. The sign tells you that A..shing is prohibited here. B. you can sh if you have permission. C. you are not allowed to sell sh here. D. you are allowed to sh here.
Question 8 Study the table below and answer the question that follows. APPROXIMATE % BY VOLUME 78 21 0.03 0.04 Variable
GAS Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide Oxygen Water vapour & Other gases Water vapour & Other gases
Based on the table above, what is air mostly made up of ? A. Water vapour. B. Carbon Dioxide C. Oxygen D. Nitrogen

Section B: (10 marks) Read the book reviews below and answer the questions that follows.
15
Body Well-being resource for beauticians. An essential book to have if you are involved in the beauty business. Promotes the advantages of a well-balanced body and centres on the reduction of body fat. RM 67.75
Complete the table below based on the descriptions given. Title of Book 16.__________ 18._________ 19._________ Information about Book Instructions on how to cure common ailments. Provides instructions on preparing traditional Herbs for simple and more serious problems. Examine the theories about traditional Chinese medicine. Price 17.__________ RM 45.95 20.__________
Fill in the blanks with words from the information provided on the various books. The brochure lists (21)__________________ books. The books are all about health. One book, (22)_____________________, is for those who work in beauty salons or deal in beauty products. This book highlights the importance of feeling good about ourselves. The book that is on the Top Ten List of books is entitled (23)___________________________________. Even though this book is recommended for those in the medical profession, people in other professions can also buy it. It retails at RM 45.95 only. (24)___________________________ and (25)___________________________________ both provide information on Chinese medicine. The former includes information on an ancient form of Chinese exercise called Tai Chi, while the latter provide information on Chinese massage.
16

Section C :(25 marks) Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow. 1 2 Today, many alternative remedies have been used to treat various illness. Among these are herbal remedies, crystal rem edies and magnetic therapy. Magnetic therapy employs the use of natural magnets to enhance the healing process. But, how do magnets help in the healing process? According to the experts magnets increase the capillary blood ow which may help ush lactic acid and other inammatory agents that build up tissue to ease pain and inammation. The blood also carries oxygen which may be helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and spasms which are oxygen starved. This is the same reason massage is often used to loosen muscles in spasm; to allow blood to ow and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the spasm. Many people today use magnets in their daily lives. People with chronic back pain have obtained signicant relief from sleeping on magnetic mattresses and/or magnetic seat cushions. Tennis elbow, carpal tunnel syndrome and other tendon or ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages or magnets are applied to the area. In some hospitals, powerful electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even help prevent asthma and relieve headaches. The benets of magnetic therapy are often apparent within the rst hour of treatment, sometimes three or four days of steady treatment are required. Vallbona, Carlos conducted a study to examine the effects of magnets in post polio patients. The experimenters recruited 50 patients who not only had post-polio syndrome but also reported muscular or arthritic pain. These patients had signicant pain for at least 4 weeks and had not taken any painkillers or anti-inammatory drugs for at least 3 hours before the study. The subjects all had a trigger point or painful region and had a body weight of less than 140% of the predicted weight for their age and height, and had a trigger point or circumscribed painful area. The magnets and placebos (described under Materials) were supplied in equal numbers from Bioex. Each magnet or placebo was placed in number coded envelopes and delivered according to its shape. The code for placebos and magnet was not broken until the end of the study. Subjects, who had active magnets, reported signicantly less pain than those who received the placebo. The condence interval on the difference between means show that the effect is is large and therefore of practical as well as statistical signicance. In February of 2001, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine released the results of a study from the University of Virginia. One article states: Although the results of the study were inconclusive, magnet therapy reduced bromyalgia pain intensity enough in one group of study participants to be clinically meaningful, the researchers said. The study consisted of ninety-four patients who suffered from bromyalgia, randomly divided into 4 groups. Half were in 2 control groups, one that received fake magnets and the other on standard treatment. The other 2 groups received active magnet pads, however, their pads differ slightly adding another variable to the study. The study tracked results over a six-month periods. The results? The two groups that slept on pads with active magnets generally showed improvement while the subjects in the control group did not. There is no conclusive evidence to show that magnetic therapy actually works but many people claim that magnets do help them to cope with pain.
26 a. From paragraph 2, explain how an increase in blood supply reduces pain ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks) b. The word terminate in paragraph 2 means ________________________________________________________________(1 mark) 27 Which word, in paragraph 3, is similar in meaning to clear ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
28 a. from paragraph 4, what was the purpose of Vallbonas experiment ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark) b. How long had the patients been suffering from pain ? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) 29 From paragraph 5, a. what does the word those refer to ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
b. what was the ndings of the study conducted by Vallbona ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark) 30 From paragraph 6, a. how many people were involved in the study conducted by the University of Virginia ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark) b. what was the duration of the study ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

31. Based on the passage, write a summary on : * the effects of magnets on human beings. Credit will be given for use of own words but care must be taken not to change the original meaning. Your summary must : be in continuous writing form (not in note form) use materials from paragraph 2 onwards not longer than 130 words, including the 10 words given below. Begin your summary as follows : Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing............. 32. Read an extract from the poem below and answer the questions that follow. Monsoon History The air is wet, soaks into mattresses, and curls in apparations of smoke. Like fat white slugs furled among the timber, or silver sh tunneling the damp linen covers of schoolbooks, or walking quietly like centipedes, the air is walking everywhere on its hundred feet is lled with the glare of tropical water. Again we are taken over by clouds and rolling darkness. Small snails appear clashing their timid horns among the morning glory vines. Drinking milo, nyonya and baba sit at home. This was forty years ago. Sarong-wrapped they counted silver paper for the dead. Potraits of grandfathers hung always in the parlour. ShirleyG eok-linL im (15 marks)
17
a. What kind of atmosphere does the poet wish to create in Stanza 1 ? __________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) b. Name two things the persona does in the poem. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks) c. What do the potraits of grandfathers, hung always in the parlour tell you about the personas family ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks) 33. Read the extract from the short story The Necklace below and answer the questions that follow. Mathilde suffered ceaselessly, feeling herself born to enjoy all delicacies and all luxuries. She was distressed at the poverty of her dwelling, at the bareness of the walls, and at the shabby chairs, the ugliness of the curtains. All those things, of which another woman of her rank would never even have been conscious, tortured her and made her angry. The sight of the little Breton peasant who did her humble housework aroused in her despairing regrets and bewilding dreams. a. What do you think upsets Mathilde ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) b. Which word in the extract tell you that Mathilde was unhappy ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) c. What does the above extract tell you about Mathildes character ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) d. With reference to the text, what do the following refer to in Mathildes life ? i) despairing regrets:_______________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) ii) bewildering dreams:_____________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) 34. The following are the novels studied in the literature component in English language. Jungle of Hope The Pearl The turn Re Keris Mas John Steinbeck K.S.Maniam
Choose any one of the novels above and answer the question below. Describe an event that you think is important in the novel you have studied. Relate its importance to the story.
(15 marks)
END OF QUESTION
18
SPM
2009
[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]
Sejarah
Analisis Soalan 2004-2008

2004 TOPIK K1 K2 S 1 1 6 1 1 E K1 2005 K2 S E K1 2006 K2 S E 1 K1 2007 K2 S E K1 2008 K2 S 1 E 1
Tingkatan 4
Kemunculan Tamadun Awal Manusia Peningkatan Tamadun Tamadun Awal Asia Tenggara Kemunculan Tamadun Islam dan Perkembangannya di Makkah Kerajaan Islam di Madinah Pembentukan Kerajaan Islam dan sumbangannya Islam di Asia Tenggara Pembaharuan dan pengaruh Islam di Malaysia sebelum Kedatangan Barat Perkembangan di Eropah Dasar British dan Kesannya terhadap Ekonomi Negara Kemunculan dan Perkembangan Nasionalisme di Asia Tenggara Nasinalisme di Malaysia sehingga Perang Dunia Kedua Kesedaran Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa Malaysia Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa Merdeka Pengukuhan Negara dan Bangsa Malaysia Sistem Pemerintahan dan Pentadbiran Negara Malaysia Pembangunan dan Perpaduan Untuk Kesejahteraan Malaysia dan Kerjasama Antarabangsa
3 2 2 4 2 1 3 4
4 2 1
2 2 3 1
2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
1 2 1 3 1 1 1
1 2
1 2 2 1
2 2 1 2 1 2
4 1 3 1
1 6
Tingkatan 5 4 3 1 1 2 6 6 1 1 1 1 4 6 1 1 1 1 4 3 1 1 1 1 5 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 1 1 1 1
19
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SEJARAH Kertas 1

1. Mengapakah sistem penanaman secara bergilir diamalkan pada zaman Dinasti Tang di China? A Menjimatkan masa B Mengurangkan kos C Mengehadkan tenaga kerja D Mengekalkan kesuburan tanah 2. Apakah kepentingan kandungan karya The Art of War yang ditulis oleh Sun Tzu kepada masyarakat hari ini? A Mengatur strategi perniagaan B Menerangkan sistem pentadbiran C Menentukan hubungan diplomatik D Melicinkan pengurusan peperiksaan awam 3. Bagaimanakah pemerintahan Pompei dapat menyediakan bekalan air yang mencukupi untuk penduduk Rom? A Menggali perigi B Mengehadkan penggunaan air C Mendirikan kolam mandi awam D Membina sistem saliran bawah tanah 4. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada sistem pendidikan di Sparta
Fizikal Kemahiran
Apakah implikasi pencapaian tersebut kepada penganut agama Hindu? A Memperoleh pencerahan agung B Memperoleh kebebasan mutlak C Melepaskan diri daripada hukum karma D Menjelma semula di dunia dalam bentuk jasad 7. Pernyataan berikut menerangkan hubungan antara kerajaan agraria dengan kerajaan maritim Saling bergantung antara satu sama lain Apakah kesan hubungan tersebut kepada kerajaan maritim? A Peluasan empayar B Pesaing yang hebat C Pembekal sumber makanan D P enguasaan perdagangan entreport 8. Apakah faktor perkembangan kegiatan pertanian kerajaan Angkor ? I Meningkatkan perdagangan hasil pertanian II Mempelbagaikan ekonomi sara diri III Membina sistem pengairan IV Meningkatkan hasil padi A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV 9. Apakah kesan amalan sistem kabilah dalam masyarakat Arab Jahiliah? A Memantapkan sistem pentadbiran B Mewujudkan persaingan kuasa C Memperkukuh semangat asabiyah D Meningkatkan perpaduan 10. Tokoh berikut telah memberi sumbangan dalam perkembangan Islam. Abdullah bin Abu Bakar Asma binti Abu Bakar Amir bin Fuhairah
Mengapakah masyarakat Sparta mengamalkan sistem pendidikan tersebut? A Membentuk rakyat yang sihat B Melahirkan warganegara yang setia C Mementingkan kemenangan dalam sukan D Mewujudkan masyarakat yang seimbang 5. Rajah 1 berkaitan dengan falsafah Tamadun India dan China. Yoga Tamadun India
Yin dan Yang Rajah 1
Tamadun China
Bagaimanakah konsep tersebut mempengaruhi kehidupan tamadun masing-masing? A Meramalkan bencana alam B Menentukan nasib pada masa depan C Membantu menghubungi roh si mati D Mengimbangi kesihatan dalam kehidupan 6. Rajah 2 menerangkan kepercayaan agama Hindu. Pencapaian nirvana Agama Hindu Rajah 2 Pencapaian moksha
Apakah sumbangan mereka? A Meneruskan dakwah ke Taif B Menandatangani Perjanjian Hudaibiyah C Membantu Rasulullah berhijrah ke Madinah D Menamatkan pemulauan terhadap orang Islam 11. Mengapakah orang Arab Quraisy menentang Nabi Muhammad s.a.w.? I Prinsip persamaan taraf II Perbezaan kepercayaan III Penamatan perniagaan IV Perbezaan suku A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
20
12. Bagaimanakah Nabi Muhammad s.a.w. menyelesaikan masalah yang dihadapi oleh masyarakat Madinah? I Keadilan II Musyawarah III Hukum adat IV Semangat asabiyah A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
18. Tokoh berikut berperanan penting dalam Kerajaan Acheh. Syeikh Nurudin al-Raniri Abdul Rauf Singkel Hamzah al-Fansuri
Apakah peranan mereka? A Menghasilkan karya pemikiran Islam B Mengetuai utusan diplomatik C Menetapkan istiadat diraja D Menasihati pemerintah 19. Rajah 3 menerangkan tentang institusi pendidikan formal dalam masyarakat Melayu tradisional. Berdasarkan sukatan pelajaran Pendidikan mengikut tahap
13. Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah telah mewujudkan sistem wazarah. Bagaimanakah sistem tersebut dilaksanakan? A Menetapkan peraturan di istana B Mengehadkan kebebasan bersuara C Melantik wazir sebagai ketua sistem pentadbiran D Mengadakan pemeriksaan untuk menemui khalifah 14. Perkara yang manakah menyebabkan kejatuhan kerajaan Bani Umaiyah? I Pemberontakan golongan Mawali II Pengabaian terhadap rakyat III Penaklukan oleh Bani Seljuk IV Pelantikan golongan mudejars A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
Sistem Madrasah
X
Apakah X? A Pelajar terdiri orang luar B Pembelajaran mengikut sistem kelas C Keperluan asas disediakan oleh pelajar D Tempoh pembelajaran selama 10 tahun 20. Pernyataan berikut menunjukkan keadaan era Renaissance di Eropah. Golongan Patron memainkan peranan penting dalam menaungi seniman dan cendekiawan pada zaman Renaissance di Eropah. Golongan Patron terdiri daripada A Penggiat seni B Pedagang kaya C Penguasa gereja D Penduduk tempatan 21. Apakah tujuan Akta Tanah Simpanan Melayu dikuatkuasakan di Tanah Melayu pada tahun 1913? A Memudahkan usaha membina kemudahan asas B Membenarkan imigran memiliki tanah C Memajukan kegiatan pertanian D Melindungi tanah peribumi 22. Apakah kesan sosial penjelajahan Barat terhadap masyarakat setempat di Asia Tenggara? A Kemajuan infrastruktur B Penyebaran agama Kristian C Penghapusan budaya tempatan D Kewujudan masyarakat majmuk 23 Jadual 1 merujuk kepada karya kesusasteraan yang dihasilkan di Asia Tenggara sebelum Perang Dunia Kedua.
15. Bagaimanakah cara tamadun Islam bertembung dengan tamadun lain di dunia? I Penaklukan II Perdagangan III Pendakwahan IV Perjanjian A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
16. Apakah peranan kumpulan Janissari dalam kerajaan Uthmaniyah? A Menjadi pembayar cukai tambahan B Menggalakkan perkembangan ilmu C Menyertai pasukan tentera khas D Mengamalkan kebudayaan Islam 17. Konsep daulat sangat dipercayai oleh masyarakat Melayu. Mengapakah konsep tersebut penting kepada institusi kesultanan Melayu? I Mengukuhkan sistem perundangan II Menentukan tugas pemerintah III Mengangkat kedudukan raja IV Mewujudkan penghormatan di kalangan rakyat A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
Novel Ke Makam Bonda Putera Gunung Tahan El Filibusterismo
Penulis Chairil Anwar Pak Sako Jose Rizal Jadual 1
21
Apakah isu yang dimuatkan dalam novel tersebut? A Peningkatan status sosial B Penindasan oleh penjajah C Tuntutan kemerdekaan D Nasib kaum wanita 24. Jadual 2 menunjukkan anggaran penduduk di England pada abad ke-19. Tahun 1700 1750 1801 1831 Jadual 2 Apakah kesan pertambahan penduduk kepada sektor pertanian di Britain? A Penglibatan kerajaan B Permintaan buruh luar C Pengeluaran berskala besar D Peningkatan import makanan 25. Rajah 3 adalah perubahan pentadbiran Sepanyol di Filipina. Encomiendero Jumlah 5.5 juta 6.5 juta 9.0 juta 14.0 juta
28. Jadual 3 menunjukkan tokoh tempatan yang telah menentang British pada abad ke-19. Tokoh Tok Janggut Abdul Rahman Limbong Dol Said Negeri Kelantan Terengganu Naning Jadual 3 Mengapakah penentangan tersebut berlaku? A Perebutan kawasan B Penghapusan sistem perhambaan C Peningkatan kemasukan imigran D Paksaan pembayaran cukai 29. Mengapakah Otto Eduard von Bismarck menyanjung amalan realpoilitik? A Kestabilan politik terjamin B Kejayaan menyatukan Jerman C Kerjasama dengan negara lain D Kemakmuran ekonomi negara 30. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada kesepakatan Persidangan Damai Paris di Perancis. Deklarasi Empat Belas Perkara Woodrow Wilson Apakah kesan peristiwa tersebut kepada perkembangan politik di Eropah? A Meletus perang saudara B Mengukuhkan sistem feudal C Kemunculan negara bangsa baru D Kemerosotan sistem pemerintahan Republik 31. Jadual 4 berkaitan dengan tokoh yang pernah memerintah Kelantan. TAHUN 1801-1836 1836-1886 PEMERINTAH Sultan Muhammad I Sultan Muhammad II Jadual 4 Apakah sumbangan tokoh tersebut? A Melaksanakan Sistem Jemaah Menteri B Melantik pembesar bergelar Nik dan Wan C Membentuk Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan D Memperkenalkan sistem raja berperlembagaan 32. Rajah 4 merujuk kepada sistem pentadbiran negeri di Tanah Melayu. Negeri X Pemerintah tertinggi tidak mempunyai kuasa melantik pembesar
Encomienda (barangay-barangay yang digabungkan) Rajah 3 Mengapakah rakyat Filipina menentang sistem tersebut? A Cukai yang tinggi B Pentadbiran berpusat C Penyebaran agama Kristian D Dasar diskriminasi penjajah 26. Tokoh berikut memberi sumbangan kepada perkembangan politik di negara masing-masing. Raden Adjeng Kartini Phan Boi Chau Apakah persamaan matlamat perjuangan mereka? A Menghalang kemasukan budaya Barat B Memupuk perpaduan kaum C Mengembalikan hak peribumi D Menyekat kedatangan imigran 27. Perkara yang amanakah menunjukkan Kaum Muda mempengaruhi kemajuan bangsa Melayu? A Pembangunan industri desa B Pemerintahan golongan ulama C Pendidikan kaum wanita D Perpaduan kaum
Apakah X? A Perak B Kedah C Pahang D Negeri Sembilan
22
33. Rajah 5 menunjukkkan penyatuan ketiga-tiga unit politik di Tanah Melayu dalam pentadbiran Persekutuan Tanah Melayu. Negeri-Negeri Selat Negeri-Negeri Melayu Bersekutu Negeri-Negeri Melayu Tidak Bersekutu Rajah 5 Siapakah yang mengetuai pentadbiran negeri di bawah sistem pemerintahan tersebut? A Sultan B Residen C Menteri Besar D Pesuruhjaya Negeri 34. Tokoh berikut memainkan peranan penting dalam perkembangan sejarah Sarawak. Datu Patinggi Abang Haji Abdillah Rosli Dhobi Mengapakah tokoh tersebut menjadi sanjungan negara kita? A Mempertahankan kedaulatan negeri B Memajukan pendidikan rakyat C Menuntut berkerajaan sendiri D Menyatukan pelbagai kaum 35. Apakah manfaat yang diperoleh orang bukan Melayu melalui penubuhan Jawatankuasa Hubungan Antara Kaum (CLC) pada tahun 1949. A Kebebasan berpolitik B Menguasai pentadbiran C Menentukan kerakyatan D Kedudukan istimewa dilindungi 36. Jadual 5 menerangkan peristiwa penentangan Indonesia terhadap gagasan Malaysia. Tarikh Kempen 20 Januari 1963 Ganyang Malaysia Jadual 5
Persekutuan Tanah Melayu 1946
Mengapakah Indonesia bertindak demikian? A Tidak dijemput berunding B Terpedaya dengan dakyah Belanda C Terpengaruh dengan dakyah komunis D Tindakan perluasan wilayah terhalang
37. Muhammad Amin layak mengundi secara pos dalam pilihan raya di Malaysia. Beliau mungkin seorang I pelajar di luar negara II anggota pasukan keselamatan III jemaah yang sedang menunaikan haji IV pesalah yang menjalani hukuman penjara A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
38. Encik Abu ialah seorang ahli Dewan Negara. Apakah keistimewaan ahli dewan tersebut? I Ahlinya digelar Senator II Mempunyai 69 orang ahli III Berumur 21 tahun ke atas IV Dipilih melalui pilihan raya A B C D I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
39. Apakah peranan Lembaga Pemasaran Pertanian Persekutuan (FAMA) yang ditubuhkan pada tahun 1965 ? A Meningkatkan pembukaan tanah B Menyediakan kemudahan pinjaman C Menggalakkan orang Melayu berniaga D Membantu mengatasi masalah pemasaran pertanian 40. Apakah tujuan penubuhan Persatuan Negara-negara Asia Tenggara (ASEAN)? A Menentang komunis B Mewujudkan pasaran bersama C Mengekalkan kestabilan politik D Mewujudkan pakatan ketenteraan
Peristiwa Konfrontasi Indonesia terhadap Malaysia
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
23
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SEJARAH Kertas 2

Bahagian A [ 40 markah ] Jawab semua soalan
Gambar 1 1. Gambar 1 menunjukkan tinggalan bandar terancang tamadun Indus. (a) Namakan dua bandar terancang tersebut. (i) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (b) Nyatakan tiga ciri bandar terancang dalam tamadun Indus. (i) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. [3 markah] (c) Apakah faktor yang mempengaruhi perkembangan bandar tersebut? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [1 markah] (d) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah masyarakat Indus dapat membina bandar yang terancang? .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (e) Bagaimanakah amalan sikap keterbukaan tamadun Indus dapat dicontohi dalam memajukan negara kita? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] 2. Selepas pemerintahan Khalifah al-Rasyidin, pentadbiran kerajaan Islam seterusnya telah digantikan oleh kerajaan Bani Umaiyah. (a) Nyatakan dua pusat pemerintahan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah. (i) Tahap pertama : ........................................................................................................................................................................................ (ii.) Tahap kedua: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. [2 markah] (b) Namakan pengasas kerajaan Bani Umaiyah tahap pertama? ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... . [1 markah] (c) Senaraikan dua sumbangan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah dalam bidang politik. (i) (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. [2 markah]
24

(d) Senaraikan dua sumber pendapatan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah. (i) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ (ii) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ [2 markah] (e) Berdasarkan pengetahuan anda, jelaskan kejayaan yang telah dicapai oleh kerajaan Malaysia dalam bidang pendidikan. (i) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [3 markah] Badan Pemerintah
Badan Perundangan
Badan Pelaksana Rajah 1
Badan Kehakiman
3. Rajah 1 menunjukkan struktur pentadbiran di Malaysia yang mengamalkan sistem pengasingan kuasa. (a) Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan konsep pengasingan kuasa? ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ [2 markah] (b) Nyatakan dua syarat kelayakan untuk menjadi seorang senator. i. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (c) Berikan dua tanggungjawab Badan Pelaksana dalam sistem pentadbiran negara. i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (d) Nyatakan dua kuasa yang terdapat pada Badan Kehakiman. i. ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (e) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah hakim tidak dibenarkan mengambil bahagian dalam politik? i. ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] 4. Malaysia telah menyertai pelbagai pertubuhan antarabangsa dan bergiat secara aktif (a) Apakah yang anda faham tentang pertubuhan Komanwel? i. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [1 markah] (b) Berikan dua matlamat penubuhan Komanwel i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (c) Senaraikan tiga sumbangan Malaysia dalam pertubuhan Komanwel i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... iii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [3 markah] (d) Nyatakan dua faedah yang diperoleh Malaysia menerusi Komanwel. i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (e) Pada pendapat anda mengapakah negara Malaysia perlu menyertai pertubuhan-pertubuhan antarabangsa? i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah]

Bahagian B [ 60 markah ] Jawab tiga soalan sahaja. 5. Penyebaran Islam secara aman ke Asia Tenggara merupakan pengajaran sejarah yang besar ertinya bagi rantau ini dan dunia seluruhnya. (a) Terangkan faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara (b) Jelaskan kesan pengaruh Islam di Tanah Melayu sebelum kedatangan Barat (c) Pada pendapat anda, apakah pengajaran daripada perjuangan jihad pemimpin tempatan menentang penjajahan Barat di Asia Tenggara? [8 markah] [6 markah]
25
[6 markah]
(a) Apakah faktor-faktor yang mendorong buruh dari Cina dan India datang ke Tanah Melayu pada pertengahan abad ke-19 hingga awal abad ke-20? (b) Terangkan cara kemasukan imigran Cina dan India ke Tanah Melayu. (c) Jelaskan peranan generasi muda Malaysia untuk mengekalkan perpaduan negara.
[8 markah] [6 markah] [6 markah]
7. Imperialisme merupakan dasar sesebuah negara meluaskan pengaruh dan wilayahnya dengan menjajah negara lain untuk kepentingan tertentu. (a) Terangkan faktor imperialisme Barat di Asia Tenggara (b) Jelaskan kesan imperialisme Barat di negara-negara Asia Tenggara (c) Pada pendapat anda, bagaimanakah generasi pada hari ini dapat mengekalkan kedaulatan dan kemerdekaan negara? 8. Salah satu ciri asas pembinaan negara dan bangsa ialah adanya perlembagaan bertulis. (a) Jelaskan aspek-aspek persamaan antara Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dan Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911). (b) Terangkan bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan Buapak dalam sistem pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan. (c) Pada pandangan anda, apakah kebaikan sistem pemerintahan demokrasi kepada sesebuah negara? [8 markah] [6 markah]
[6 markah]
[8 Markah]
[6 Markah] [5 markah]
Ke arah Perpaduan Kaum di Malaysia Dasar Bahasa Kebangsaan Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan Sukan Untuk Perpaduan Jadual 1 9. (a) Berdasarkan Jadual 1, apakah usaha-usaha yang dijalankan oleh pihak kerajaan untuk memartabatkan bahasa Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaan? (b) Terangkan pelaksanaan Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan. (c) Pada pandangan anda, bagaimanakah aktiviti sukan mampu mewujudkan perpaduan rakyat?
6. Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombongan oleh kerajaan kolonial British telah menyebabkan kekurangan tenaga buruh tempatan untuk memenuhi keperluan aktiviti ekonomi di Tanah Melayu.
26
SPM
2009
[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]
Additional Mathematic
Analisis Kertas Soalan 2004-2008

TOPICS NO 1 2 Functions Quadratic Equations Quadratic Functions Simultaneous Equation Indices and Logarithms Coordinate Geometry Statistics Circular Measures Differentiation Solution of Triangles Index Number Progressions Linear Law integration Vectors Trigonometric Functions Permutations And Combinations Probability Probability Distributions Motion Along A Straight Line Linear Programming TOTAL 19 15,16 7,8 10 17,18 12,13 20,21 22,23 24,25 25 2003 1,2 3,4 5,6 9,11 2004 1,2,3 4 5,6 7,8 14,15 19 20,21 13 22 16,17 18 23 24 25 25 PAPER 1 2005 1,2,3 4,5 6 7,8,9 14 23 18 19,20 13 21 15,16 17 23 24 25 25 2006 1,2 3 4,5 6,7,8 12 24 16 17,18,19 9,10 11 20,21 15,16 15 22 23 25 25 2007 1,2,3 4 5,6 7,8 13,14 22 18 19,20 12 21 13,14 17 22 24 25 25 2008 1,2,3 4 5,6 7,8 13,14 22 18 19,20 12 21 15,16 17 23 24 25 25 2003 2 1 11 5 4 3b,9a 7 3a,9b 6 8 10 15 2004 1 2 4 9 5b,10a 13 12 6 7 5a,10b 8 3 11 15 14 15 PAPER 2 2005 1 9 4 10 2a,8a 12 13 3 7 2b,8b,8c 6 5 11 15 14 15 2006 2 1 9 6 10 13 15 3 7 8 5 4 11 12 14 15 2007 1 2 5 9 4a,4b 15 13 6 7 4c,10 8 3 11 12 14 15 2008 2 1 10 5 9 7a 14 13 3 8 7b7c 6 4 11 12 15 15
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
9,11,12 10,1112
9,10,11 9,10,11
27
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS Kertas 1

Answer ALL Questions 1. Diagram 1 shows the relation between set A and set B. Set B
Set
Diagram 1
State (a) the type of relation, (b) the range of the relation. [2 marks]
2. Diagram 2 shows the functions f and gf. f g
2x+3
6x-1
gf Diagram 2
Find g(x). 3. Given the function f:x 2x+1 , x h and its inverse function x -1 f :x 1 , x k Find the value of x-k (a) (b) h, k. [3 arks] m [3 marks]
4. The quadratic equation 3x2 + (h- 4)x + 2k = 0 has roots 2 and -3. Find the value of h and of k.
[3
arks] m
5. Diagram 3 shows the graph of a quadratic function f(x) with a maximum point (1,4).
28
f(x)
(1,4) r
p
(a) (b)
O
Diagram 3
2
Express f(x) in the form of f(x) = k- (x-n) , where k and n are constants. Find the values of (i) p and q, (ii) r.
2 2
[4
arks] m
6. Find the range of values of x if (4x + 1) (9 x)

2x + 1
[3
arks] m
7. Solve the equation 2
4 82x + 1
[3
arks] m
8. Given that 2 (log y 1) = 6 log x . Express y in terms of x.

2 8
[3
arks] m
9. Given log 2 = m and log 7 = n, express log 8.75 in terms of m and n.

5 5 5
[4
arks] m
10. Diagram 4 shows the straight line PQ which is perpendicular to the straight line RQ at the point Q. The equation of QR is x - y = 4 . y
P(0,6) Q O -4
Find (a) the coordinates of Q, (b) the area of triangle PQR. [4 arks] m
Diagram 4
29
11. A point P moves such that its distance from the point A(3,6) s twice its distance from B (1, -2) . Find the locus of point P.
ways al
i [3 arks] m
12. Diagram 5 shows a linear graph of
1 y
against
1 . The variables x where p and q are constants.
px x and y are related by the equation y = qx+1
1 y
(6 , 1) (3 , y) 0 (0 , -2) Diagram 5 1 x JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
a) Determine the values of p and of q. b) Find the value of r. [ arks 4
] m
13. The rst term of an arithmetic progression is 4 and the seventh term exceeds the second term by 10.Find the common difference of the progression. [ 1 where x < 0. Find 4 arks 2
] m
14. The rst three terms of a geometric progression are 4, x and (a) the value of x, (b) the sum to innity of the progression.
[ 3 marks ]
15. p = 3i j ~ ~ - 4~ q = 2i + 3 j ~ ~ ~ and ~ r = h~ i +~ j, where h is a constant Using the above information, nd (a) (b) the value of h when ~ r is parallel to ~ p +~ q. the unit vector in the direction of ~ p +~ q. 1 o o for 0 x 180 . 4 [ arks 4
] m
16. Solve the equation sin x cos x =
[ 3 marks ]
30
17. Given that y = (a)
3 (2x - 3)
, nd [1 marks] [2 marks]
dy in terms of x, dx
(b) the approximate change in y given that x decreases from 2 to 1.98.
18. The curve
y = x + kx - 4
has a minimum point at x = -3 , where k is a constant. Find
(a) the value of k, (b) the equation of the tangent to the curve at x = 0. [4 marks]
19. Diagram 6 shows two sectors, centre P and centre Q , both with radii 10 cm. R
Diagram 6
Calculate the area of the shaded region. [4 marks]
20. Diagram 7 shows the curve y = f(x). The curve intersects the x- axis at x = 2. y
2
Diagram 7
Given t hat

-1
f(x)dx = 4 un its. Fi nd t he ar ea o f t he s haded r egion.
[2 mar ks]
21. Given that
(kx+2)dx = 5. Find the value of k.
[3
arks] m
31
22. Given set of data h-2, h, h+3 , 2h, 2h +1 which is arranged in an ascending order. The median of the set of data is 6. Find (a) the value of h, (b) the variance of the set of data. [ 4 marks ]
23. A family has three children. Find the probability that (a) all the three children are girls, (b) at least one of them is a boy. [ 2 marks ]
24. Diagram 8 shows six cards of different letters.
Diagram 8
(a) Find the number of possible arrangements, in a row , of all the cards. (b) Find the number of these arrangements in which the letters W and M are side by side.
[ 3 marks ]
25. Diagram 9 shows a standard normal distribution curve. f(z)
k 0 Diagram 9
Given P( 0 < Z < k ) = 0.4523, nd the value of k. [ arks 2
] m
32
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS Kertas 2 SECTION A 40 marks Answer ALL Questions
1 2 1. Solve the simultaneous equations x +2y - 2 = 0 and x + y = 5 2. The quadratic function f(x) = x 2tx + 4t has a minimum value of 3. [ 5 marks ]
(a) By using the method of completing the square, nd the two possible values of t where t is a constant. (b) Sketch the graph of f(x), given that t >1. 3. Diagram 1 shows an isosceles triangle ABC where AB = AC = 64 cm and BC = 70 cm. Each of the other triangles is obtained by joining the midpoints of the sides of the triangles outside it. A
[ 4 marks ] [ 3 marks ]
B Diagram 1 (a) Find the length of the three sides of the 7th triangle. (b) Show that the perimeters of the triangles form a geometric progression.
[ 2 marks ] [ 2 marks ] [ 2 marks ] [ 2 marks ]
(c) Find the sum of the perimeters of all the triangles if the process is continued innitely. 4. (a) Prove that = tan x
(b) (i) Sketch the graph of y = | tan x | for (ii) Hence, using the same axis, sketch the suitable straight line to nd the number of solutions for the equation - 3x = 0 for 0 x 2. State the number of solutions. 5. Diagram 2 below shows a histogram which represents the distribution of the marks obtained by 40 pupils in a test.
[ 6 marks ]
Number of pupils 13 10 4 3
marks 0.5 10.5 20.5 30.5 40.5 50.5
33
(a) (b) (c)
State the modal mark. Without using an ogive, calculate the median mark. Calculate the standard deviation of the distribution.
[ 1 marks ] [ 3 marks ] [ 4 marks ]
(6) In Diagram 3, OSR and PSQ are two straight lines. Q
Given that OP = 5x and OQ = 10 y , 3PS = 2 SQ , PR = mOQ and OS = nOR. (a) Express vector OR in terms of (i) m, x and y (ii) n, x and y Hence, nd the value of m and of n.
[4 marks] [3 marks]
(b)
PART B (40 marks) Answer four questions.
7.
Diagram 4 shows the curve y = x2 2x and the straight line y = x . The straight line intersect the curve at (0,0) and point A. y
A
P 0 Q x
Diagram 4 Calculate (a) (b) the equation of the normal to the curve at point A, the area of the shaded region P. [4 marks] [3 marks]
(c) the volume generated, in terms of , when the shaded region Q is revolved through 360o about the x-axis.
[3 marks]
34
8. Use the graph paper provided to answer this question. Table 1 shows the values of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. The variables x and y are related by the equation xy = p - ry , where p and r are constants. x y 0.1 1.981 0.2 2.151 0.3 2.500 TABLE (a) Plot 0.4 3.279 1 0.5 5.405 0.6 2.857
1 against x , by using a scale of 2 cm to 0.05 units on both axes. y [5 marks]
Hence, draw the line of best t.
(b)
Use the graph in (a) to nd the value of (i) p, (ii) r
[5
arks] m
9. Diagram 5 shows a circle; centre O with radius OA and a sector PABC, centre P with radius PA. [Use = 3.142] A
C Diagram 5 Given that OA = 10cm and PA = 18 cm . (a) (b) Show that APB = 0.902 radian. [2 marks]
Calculate (i) the perimeter of the shaded region, (ii) the area of the shaded region
[8marks]
10. Solution by scale drawing will not be accepted. . Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral EFGH where the coordinates E (3, 3), F(0, -1) and H(6, 2) The straight lines FH is perpendicular to EG while the straight line FG is parallel to x- axis.
y E(3 , 3) H (6, 2)
0 F(0,-1)
G Diagram 6
Find (a) the equation of the straight line EG, (b) (c) (d) the coordinates of G, the area of quadrilateral EFGH, the equation of the locus of R such that it is equidistance from E and F.
[3 marks] [2 marks] [2 marks] [3 marks]
35
11. (a)
A study in a district shows that one out of seven teenagers in the district join a special training program . (i) If 5 teenagers are chosen randomly from the district, nd the probability than 2 or more of them join the special training program. (ii) If they are 2 490 teenagers in the district, calculate the variance of the number of teenagers who join the special training program. [5 marks] The height, in cm, for the students in a school shows a normal distribution with mean 160 cm and variance 225 cm2. Find, (i) the probability that the height of a student which is chosen randomly falls in the range of 155 cm and 175 cm. (ii) Given that 12% of the students have a height of more than m cm, nd the value of m. [5 arks] m
(b)
SECTION C (20 marks) Answer two questions from this section. 12. Two particles, P and Q, moves along the same straight line, passing through a xed point O. The velocity of P , vP ms-1, is given by v = 3 + 8t - 3t , where t is the time in seconds after passing the point O. Particle Q starts from O with a velocity of -7 ms-1 at the instant when the particle P passes through O. The acceleration of particle Q, aQ, is given by is given by a = 6t - 6. (a) (b) (c) (d) Find the time when the particle P starts to reverse its direction of motion. Sketch the velocity-time graph for particle P for 0 Calculate the total distance moved by the particle P in the rst 5 seconds. The velocity of the particle Q at the instant when the velocity of the particle P is maximum. [2 marks] [2 marks] [3 marks] [4 marks]
13. A particular kind of cake is made by using four ingredients, P, Q, R and S. Table 2 shows the prices of the ingredients and their corresponding weightages. Price per kilogram (RM) Ingredient P Q R S Year 2005 0.80 2.00 0.40 z Year 2007 1.00 2.80 y 0.40 TABLE (a) (b) Find the value of x, y and z. 2 [2 marks] Price index for the year 2007 based on the year 2005 x 140 150 80
Weightage 4 m 5 3
(i) Given that the composite index for the cost of making these cakes in the year 2007 based on the year 2005 is 129.45. Find the value of m. (ii) Hence, calculate the corresponding cost of making these cakes in the year 2007 if the cost in the year 2005 is RM 2306. The cost of making these cakes is expected to increase by 40% from the year 2007 to the year 2009. Find the expected composite index for the year 2009 based on the year 2005.
[5 marks]
(c)
[2 marks]
36
14. Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral ABCD
10 cm
B 10 cm
350
18 cm
D 18 cm
40
C Diagram 6
(a)
Calculate the length of (i) AC (ii) AD Point E lies on AC such that AD = ED. (i) Sketch the triangle EDC. (ii) Calculate the area of triangle EDC.
[4 marks]
(b)
[6 marks]
15. A cinema club is going to organise a charity show in a hall. Two kind of tickets will be sold : RM 25 for members and RM 50 for non-members. The club has to sell x tickets to members and y tickets to non members based on the following constraints: I : The ticket sold to non- members must not exceed two times the tickets sold to members. II : The hall can only accomodate 900 people. III : The club would like to gain a collection of at least RM 20 000 from the activity. (a) (b) Write three inequalities, other than x 0 and y 0, which satisfy all of the above constraints. [3 marks]
Using a scale of 2 cm to 100 people on both axes, construct and shade the region R which satises all of the above constraints. [3 marks] Use the graph constructed in 15(b), to nd (i) (ii) the minimum number of tickets to be sold to get at least RM 20 000. the maximum collection that can be collected.
(c)
[4 marks]
Career Options after SPM
Make Your Mark as an

A degree in IT opens the door to many career possibilities. Gurpardeep Singh, vicepresident of Operations at UCTI (APIIT) tells Times what the IT eld is all about.
There are tremendous job prospects in the Information Technology (IT) eld. IT is an industry that serves all sectors of business and is used by consumers all over the world so students will nd a wide array of career options in this eld. According to Gurpardeep, careers in this eld generally fall under four major categories, which are: software development (including programming and systems development; infrastructure (including computer systems and networks); web, multimedia, and games development: and support (including end-user support and systems support). Regardless of economic conditions, there is always a shortage of the right type of graduates in Computing and IT, he says. By this we mean professionally-trained graduates who dont just have a degree or diploma, but who also have the right balance of knowledge and skills as well as the right attitude towards their work. Development and Programming; Networks and Data Communications; Databases; Web and Multimedia; as well as Mathematics and Business. When they enter their second and third year students may take more specialised subjects depending on their area of interest. Courses start at certicate level and go right up to Masters and even Doctorate levels, Gurpardeep elaborates. Even if a student does not possess the entry qualications to qualify for a degree, it is still possible for students to move up through the levels, although it will take a little more time. While most may be eager to begin practical work, he cautions that it is important for students to acquire a strong foundation in theoretical knowledge in the early stages of the course. As they progress, there will be an increased emphasis on applying theory to practice, usually by carrying out realistic projects (usually in teams) where they should develop their skills in coming up with creative solutions to real-life problems.
No shortcuts
As a nal word of advice, Gurpardeep tells students not to seek shortcuts in establishing themselves in the industry. Computing and IT is certainly a serious eld of study, which requires hard work on the part of students in order to prepare themselves for future careers, he maintains. A degree is only a passport to your rst job, but ultimately it is your attitude towards your studies and your development as a professional which will guarantee you a long-term and rewarding career as a true IT professional.
Do Well in School
He advises students to perform well in all subjects, in particular Mathematics and English, as these will provide them with the analytical and communication skills which are critical to ensure success in the IT eld. Aside from doing well in their studies, students need to be creative, methodical and be willing to keep learning. As technology is continuously evolving and undergoing rapid changes, those interested in pursuing a career in IT have to constantly upgrade their knowledge. There needs to be a combination of generic and specialist skills, explains Gurpardeep. Generic skills equip students for long-term careers, while specialist skills enable them to excel in particular focus areas of technology which change rapidly. He says the most popular courses in IT among Malaysian students are those related to Networking and IT Security, although quite a number of students also choose to go into Software Development and Software Engineering.
What You Will Study

Regardless of the specialisation and the course title, students will need to cover subjects within ve core areas: Software
Career Options after SPM 39
Succeeding as a
Busine
There are many advantages to getting a Business degree. Dr. Dewi Amat Sapuan, Deputy Dean, Student Affairs and Quality at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak tells Times about the coursework and career opportunities in Business.
With a degree in business, students can nd work in various positions in virtually any industry. According to Dr Dewi, some of the entry-level positions for graduates include Management Trainee, Assistant Ofce Manager, Administrative Executive, Junior Executive, Accounts Executive, Sales and Marketing Executive, Human Resource Executive, Finance Executive, and Executive Personal Assistant. Business graduates are usually equipped with a broad overview of how the commercial world operates, says Dr. Dewi adding that a Universiti Tun Abdul Razak business degree can be applied to any industry and can also help students venture into business as entrepreneurs.
e t a u d a Gr
areas are Consumer Relationship Management, Marketing Communication, Consumer Behaviour, and Channel Management.
Academic Pathway
Students will have the same amount of time to complete their degrees regardless of the type of specialisation they choose. Universiti Tun Abdul Razak offers foundation, diploma, bachelor and postgraduate programmes. Those who have completed SPM and want to pursue a career in business can begin with the Foundation Programme in Business Administration or Management. Upon completion, students can immediately continue with the Bachelor of Business Administration (Hons) or the Bachelor of Management (Hons). The Faculty of Business Administration is also offering the Bachelor of Accounting (Hons). Students with any of the mentioned bachelor degrees may also opt to continue their studies at the postgraduate level. The Graduate School of Business is currently offering the Master of Business Administration in various specialisations as well as the Master of Management. The coursework at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak is 60% on theoretical knowledge and 40% on practical training. In each course, students not only obtain theoretical knowledge but are also assigned related coursework and activities where they will have to exercise their analytical and soft skills, elaborates Dr. Dewi. There are many avenues in the curricular where students can or have to demonstrate their practical skills. All foundation and undergraduate courses at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak are to be completed locally. Students who have completed diploma programmes may also choose to pursue their bachelor degrees in any of the foreign universities that are in collaboration with Universiti Tun Abdul Razak. The Faculty of Business Administration is determined to give its students a meaningful learning experience, concludes Dr. Dewi. Students can expect to be guided to achieve their business career aspirations.
Qualications and Requirements

In order to enrol in a business programme, students should have at least ve credits in SPM. This will enable them to pursue a Foundation Programme in Business Administration or Management. After graduating from this programme, they can continue their studies in the Bachelor Degree programmes offered by the Faculty of Business Administration, says Dr. Dewi. She maintains that to excel in the world of business, students must have an inquisitive mind so that they can become fast learners who can easily adapt to their surroundings. A student needs to have good written and oral communication skills, as well as the ability to research, interpret, as well as use business and nancial information, she adds. Attributes such as self-reliance, creative thinking, and leadership are necessary for career advancement.
Specialisations
According to Dr Dewi, Business specialisations in Human Resource Management, Finance, and Marketing are highly popular with students in Malaysia. Under the Human Resource Management specialisation, the core areas covered include Training and Development, Compensation Management, as well as Labour Law and Industrial Relations, she explains. For students specialising in Finance, they are required to do courses such as Financial Markets and Institutions, Corporate Finance, and Investment Analysis. And for Marketing, the core
SHAPING THE FUTURE

REDEFINING EXCELLENCE
41
SPM
2009
[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]
Mathematic
Paper 1 2004 1 2 3 4 5 6 Form 1-3 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Polygon I, II Transformations I, II Trigonometry I Algebraic Expressions I, II, III Algebraic Formulae Algebraic Fractions Linear Equations Indices Linear Inequalities Graph of Functions I Solid Geometry I, II, III Circles I, II Statistics I, II Standard Form Quadratic Expressions and Equations Sets Mathematics Reasoning The Straight Lines Statistics III Probability I Circles III Trigonometry II Angles of Elevation and Depression Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions Number Base Graph of Function II Transformations III Matrices Variations Gradient and the Area under a Graph Probability II Bearing The Earth as a Spehere Plan and Elevation Total 40 40 40 40 40 35,36,37 18 17 34,35 16 17,18 34,35 17 18 16 17,18 17 18 40 38,39 39,40 36,37,38 39,40 36,37,38 39,40 36,37,38 39,40 36,37,38 8 11,12 15,16 14 5,6 28 8 11,12,13 15 14 4,5 28 8 12,13 15,16 14 5,6 28 33,34 32,33 26 34,35 8 11,12,13 15 14 4,5 28 34,35 8 11,12,13 15,16 14 5,6 28 32,33 32,33 32,33 30,31,32 27, 28 1, 2, 3, 4 27 1, 2, 3 19 29,30,31 25,26, 27 1, 2, 3, 4 19 29,30,31 29,30,31 29,30,31 26, 27 1, 2, 3 26,27 1,2,3,4 7 9, 10 13 20 21 19 22 23, 24 25, 26 21 20 22 23, 24 25 21 20 22 23 24 2005 6, 7 9, 10 2006 7 9, 10 11 19 20 21 22 23, 24 25 19 20 22 23,24 25 21 2007 6, 7 9, 10 2008 7 9,10
42
PAPER 2 2004 1 2 3 4 5 Form 1-3 6 7 8 9 Polygon I, II Transformations I, II Trigonometry I Algebraic Expressions I, II, III Algebraic Formulae Algebraic Fractions Linear Equations I, II Indices Linear Inequalities Graph of Functions I Solid Geometry I, II, III Circles I, II Statistics I, II Standard Form Quadratic Expressions and Equations Sets Mathematics Reasoning The Straight Lines Statistics III Probability I Circles III Trigonometry II Angles of Elevation and Depression Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions Number Base Graph of Function II Transformations III Matrices Variations Gradient and the Area under a Graph Probability II Bearing The Earth as a Spehere Plan and Elevation Total 16 15 16 16 15 16 16 15 16 14 13 16 16 15 11 10 10 9 7 10 8 9 10 12 13 8 12 13 11 13 12 11 1, 12 15 9 12 13 8 3 4 2 4 1 1 7 1 4 6 14 8 5 14 9 1 3 1 6 10 14 7 5 16 3 3 1 5 6 14 2 9 6 7 5 8 11 6 4 7 3 5 2 4 2 2 2005 2006 2007 2008
10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
43
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 MATHEMATIC Kertas 1
MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE
The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.
RELATIONS
SHAPES AND SPACE JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
1. am x an = a m+ n 2. am an = a m n 3. ( am )n = a mn 4. A-1 = 1 d-b
1. Area of trapezium = 1 sum of parallel sides height 2 2. Circumference of circle = d = 2r -b a
( -c
3. Area of circle = r2
5. Distance =
(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)2
4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2rh 5. Surface area of sphere = 4r2
6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) =
x1 + x2 2
y1+y2 2
6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area length 7. Average speed = distance travelled time taken 7. Volume of cylinder =r2h 8. Volume of cone = 1 r2h 3 9. Volume of sphere = 4 3 r 3
8. Mean =
sum of data number of data sum of (class mark x frequency) sum of frequencies
9. Mean =
10. Pythagoras Theorem c2 = a2 + b2 n (A) n (S)
10. Volume of right pyramid = 1 base area height 3 11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n 2) 180
11. P ( A ) =
12.
arc length circumference of circle
angle subtended at centre 360
12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A) y -y

2
13. m =
x2- x1
13.
area of sector area of circle
14. m =
y - intercept x - intercept
14. Scale factor , k =
PA' PA
15. Area of image = k
area of object
44
Answer all questions

1. Round off 0.060874 correct to two signicant gures. A B C D 0.060 0.061 0.0608 0.0609
-5 -6
7. In Diagram 2, PQRSUV is a regular hexagon . PUT, QUW and RST are straight lines. V P y Q U x ( R Find the value x + y A B C D 120 150 180 210 S Diagram 2 T W
2. Evaluate 7.52 x 10 A B C D 2.72 2.72 7.04 7.04 x x x x 10 -5 10 -6 10 -5 10

-6
4.8 x 10
3. Express 63480000 in standard form A 6.348 x 10

-8
B 6.348 x 10-7 C 6.348 x 10

7 8
8. Diagram 3 shows a circle with centre O and TPQ as a tangent to the circle at P. Given that SRQ is a straight line. T P
D 6.348 x 10
4. Express 4368 as a number in base 5. A B C D 1215 212 5 2121 5 1221 5
160 x S
O R
40
Diagram 3
Find the value of x. A B C D 20 30 40 50
5. Evaluate 100102 - 10112 A B C D 1012 1112 10112 11012
9. Diagram 4 shows ve quadrilaterals. y
6. Diagram 1 shows a triangle PQR and quadrilateral RSTU. PRS and QRU are straight lines. U P 80 40
C
4
A
2
B
2 4 6 8
R Q
160 S Diagram 1
x T 0
Find the value of x. A B C D 95 100 105 110
-2
P D
-4 Diagram 4
45
Which of the quadrilateral A, B, C or D is the image of quadrilateral P under a rotation of anticlockwise about the centre (4, 0) ? 10. Diagram 5 shows a triangle JKL is the image of triangle JKL under a anticlockwise rotation of 90.
13.Diagram 8 shows the graph of y = 6xn.

y
(2, s)
Diagram 7 Find the value of s. A B C D 12 6 3 2
P 140
Diagram 5
Q
DIAGRAM 9 Find the bearing of Q from R.
Which of the points A, B, C or D, is the centre of the rotation 11.In Diagram 6, O is the centre of circle PQRST. Q A B C D P (1,0) T (0.2 - 0.7) 290 310 320 330
o 15.Which of the following graphs represents y = - 5 x -1? A S Diagram 6
Find the value of cos . A B C D 0.7 0.2 0.2 0.7 B

y
12. Diagram 7 shows a rectangle JKLM.

K 5 cm L N M 18 cm J
y C
x 0
Diagram 7 Given that the ratio of LN : LM = 2 : 3. Calculate the value of cos KNM.
12 13 5 B 13 5 C 13 12 D 13
D y
14.Diagram 9 shows the position of points P, Q and R on a map. Given that bearing of R from P is 150.
46
16. Diagram 10 shows a cuboid with a horizontal base PQRS. W T 13 cm R 5 cm P 12 cm Diagram Q 10 U V
19. Express m - 1-m as a single fraction in its simplest from. 2n n A 3m-1 2n B m-1 2n 1 C 2m2n2 D 1 3n 20.(x y)2 (x2 y2) = A B C D -2xy -2y2 -2xy + 2y2 -2xy + y2 p-5 , then p = p+5 C 5q-5 1-q 5+5q 1-q
State the angle between the planes PWQ and PQRS.
A B C D
WQU WQS QPW WPS
21. Given that q = 5q-5 q-1 5+5q q-1
17.Diagram 11 shows a right prism with rectangular base PQRS. Trapezium PQUT is the uniform cross-section of the prism. W T S P Diagram Q 11 U V
22. Given that 3m+5 = m-2 calculate the value of h. 4 R A B C D 3 6 7 13
Identify the angle between the line RT and the plane TPSW. A B C D RTP RTS QRT TRS
23.Given that (53x)2 = (252)2. Find the value of x. A 2 3 4 3
18.Diagram 12 shows Ahmad observing a kite which is ying vertically above point L. The horizontal distance between him and point L is 30 m.
C 1 8 3
24.Simplify k (3k-1)2 (3k-4). A B C D 3k 3 3k 4k 3 4k
1.6 m
L
30 m Diagram 12 Given that the angle of elevation of the kite from Ahmad is 25. Find the vertical height, h, in m, of the kite. A B C D 13.99 15.59 64.34 65.94
25.List all the integers x that satisfy the inequality 4 < 2x 2. A B C D 0, 1, 2 0, 1 0, 1, 2 1, 2
47
26.Diagram 13 is a bar chart which shows the scores of a group of pupils Number of pupils 6
29. Diagram 15 is a Venn diagram which shows the number of element of set P,Q and R.
P 4 6 3 5
Diagram 15
2 R
State the modal score. A B C D 6 5 3 2
A B C D
12 13 18 21
27.Table 1 shows the number of pencils brought by a group of students to school. Number of pencils Frequency 1 10 2 4 3 9 4 5 5 2
30. Diagram 16 is a Venn diagram which shows the universal set = P Q R P
Table 1 Diagram 16 The difference between the mode and the median of the data is A B C D 1 2 5 6 The shaded region in the Venn Diagram represent the set A B C D R (P Q) (Q' R) (P Q) (P Q) (Q P)' (P Q) (Q' R)
y P Q
28. Diagram 14 shows the universal set, = R = 35, n (S) = 17, n (R S)=9 and n(S T) = 3
T, n( )
31. In Diagram 17, PQ = 5 units and OQ = 2OR.
S R T
O R
Diagram 17 The equation of QR is Diagram 14 Find n(R' T) A B C D 17 18 21 26 A y= 1 x-3 2 B y= 2x-3 C y= 1 x-2 2 D y= 2x-2
3 4 DIAGRAM 13
Score
It is given that the universal set = P (Q)=17. Find n[(P R) Q]
R and n
48
32. The gradient of the straight line 3y= A B C 2 D 6 2 9 2 3
2 x = 6 is 3
38. In Diagram 18, N is the North Pole, S is the South Pole and NOS is the axis of the earth. PRQ is the equator and NGS is Greenwich Meridian. The position of point T is N T
40
G O R
80
33. A bag contains 5 yellow balls, 3 red balls and 9 blue balls. A ball is picked at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball picked is not blue? 3 17 5 B 17 8 C 17 9 D 17 A 34. A box contains 45 green marbles and a number of red marbles. A marble is picked at random from the box. Probability of getting red marble is 3 . Another 9 red 8 marbles were added into the box. If a marble is picked at random from the box, what is the probability of getting red marble? A B 35. 1 3 4 9 1 3 6 ( -3 )
S Diagram 18 A B C D (40N, 80W) (40N, 100W) (50N, 80W) (50N, 100W)
39. P varies inversely as the square root of Q. The relation between P and Q is
1
A P B P C P DP
Q2 Q
2
1 Q
1 2
C
D
5 9 1 2
1 Q2
40. Table 2 shows some values of p, q, and r.t p q r 2 3 4 9
(5 )4
A
m 17 9 Table 2 q , calculate the value of m. 3r
1 ) ( 13
Given that p A B C D 2 4 6 8
B C D
( -2 5 ) (3 ) 5
7 (-2 )
36. Given A B C D 1 3 6 9
(p 4
-3 1
6 )= ( 9 ), calculate the value of p ) (p 27
NFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES

1. This question paper consists of 40 questions. 2. Answer all questions. 3. Each question is followed by four alternative answers, A, B, C or D. For each question, choose one answer only. Blacken your answer on the objective answer sheet provided. 4. If you wish to change your answer, erase the blackened mark that you have done. Then blacken the space for the new answer. 5. The diagrams in the questions provided are not drawn to scale unless stated. 6. A list of formulae is provided on page 2 to 3. 7. You may use a non-programmable scientic calculator.
37. P(15N, 20E), Q and R are three points on the earths surface. Q is due south of P. The difference in latitude between P and Q is 40 . R is due west of Q. The differenc in longitude between Q and R is 60. The position of R is A B C D (25 N, 40 W) (25 N, 80 E) (55 N, 40 W) (55 N, 80 E)
49
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 MATHEMATIC Kertas 2
MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE
The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.
RELATIONS
SHAPES AND SPACE JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
1. am x an = a m+ n 2. am an = a m n 3. ( am )n = a mn 4. A-1 = 1 d-b
1. Area of trapezium = 1 sum of parallel sides height 2 2. Circumference of circle = d = 2r -b a
( -c
3. Area of circle = r2
5. Distance =
(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)2
4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2rh 5. Surface area of sphere = 4r2
6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) =
x1 + x2 2
y1+y2 2
6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area length 7. Average speed = distance travelled time taken 7. Volume of cylinder =r2h 8. Volume of cone = 1 r2h 3 9. Volume of sphere = 4 3 r 3
8. Mean =
sum of data number of data sum of (class mark x frequency) sum of frequencies
9. Mean =
10. Pythagoras Theorem c2 = a2 + b2 n (A) n (S)
10. Volume of right pyramid = 1 base area height 3 11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n 2) 180
11. P ( A ) =
12.
arc length circumference of circle
12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A) y -y

2
13. m =
x2- x1
13.
area of sector area of circle
14. m =
y - intercept x - intercept
14. Scale factor , k =
PA' PA
15. Area of image = k
area of object
50
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 Section A [52 marks] Answer all questions in this section.
1. The Venn diagram below shows sets P, Q, and R. Given that the universal set = P O (i) A B' A B (ii) A (B
C) A B
C 2. Using factorisation, solve the following quadratic equation x -6 = 1 (x+9) 2
3. Calculate the value of m and n that satisfy the following simultaneous linear equations: 2m - 3n = 7 1m-n=2 2
E D F 5 cm A 12 cm B G
H C 9 cm
DIAGRAM 2 4. Identify and calculate the angle between the line AH and the plane ABCD. 5. (a) State whether the following statement is true or false. r {p, q, r, s} or -4 > -5 [4 marks] [1 marks]
(b) Write down Premise 2 to complete the following argument: Premise 1: If a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then it has two parallel sides. Premise 2 : . ........ Conclusion : KLMN is not a rhombus (c) Make a general conclusion by induction for the number sequence 7, 13, 23, 37, which follows the following pattern. 7 = 2(1) + 5 13 = 2(2) + 5 23 = 2(3) + 5 37 = 2(4) + 5 [2 marks]
R . S hade t he r egion r epresenting
[3 marks] [4 marks] [4 marks]
[2
arks] m

6. Diagram 1 shows a solid that was formed by joining a right prism and a right pyramid.
V
51
R 4cm U
S T
7cm
DIAGRAM 1 The right angled triangle PST is the uniform cross-section of the prism. PQRS is a square and the height of the pyramid is 6 cm. Calculate the volume, in , of the solid.
[4 marks]
7. In diagram 3, O is the origin and PQRS is a trapezium. PS is parallel to QR. The straight line RS is parallel to the y-axis. The points Q and S lie on the x-axis.
P( 3, 10)
S
DIAGRAM 3 Find (a) (b)
R(2, 11)
the equation of the straight line QR, the x-intercept of the straight line QR.
[5 marks]
8. (a)
2 -3 P is a matrix 2 x 2 such that 4 1 Find matrix P.
P=
[1 0
0 1 .
[6 marks]
(b)
Write the following simultaneous linear equations as a matrix equation. Hence using matrices, calculate the value of x and of y. 2x-3y=6 4x+y=5
Q T
150 o 30o
DIAGRAM 4 9. In diagram 4, QRS and UT are arcs of two circles, centres P and S respectively. It is given that PUS is a straight line, PQ = 28 cm and US = 14 cm. Using, = 22 , calculate 7 (a) the area, in , of the shaded region, (b) the perimeter, in cm, of the shaded region. [6 marks]
52

10. Diagram 5 shows the speed-time graph for the movement of a particle for a period of 30 seconds.
Speed ms 1 25
16
22
30
Time (s)
DIAGRAM 5 (a) State the length of time, in s, for which the particle moves with uniform speed.
(b) Calculate the rate of change of speed, in ms-2 , in the last 8 seconds. (c) Calculate the value of u, if the distance traveled in the rst 22 seconds is 303 m.
11. Table 1 shows the number of students who attend a motivation camp. School School A School B Number of students Boys Girls 9 4 7 8 TABLE 1 Two students from the group are required to take part in a show. (a) (b) If one student is chosen at random from School A and another one from school B, calculate the probability that both are girls. If two students are chosen at random from the group of boys, calculate the probability that both are from the same school.
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 Section B [48 marks] Answer any four questions in this section.
12. (a) Table 2 shows the values of x and y which satisfy the equation y=x3-4x+11. x y -3 -4 -2.5 5.38 -2 k -1 14 0 11 1 8 1.7 m 2 11 3 26
53
TABLE 2 Calculate the value of k and of m. (b) For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided. You can use a exible curve rule. By using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 5 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y=x3-4x+11 for -3x3 . [4 marks] (c) From your graph, nd (i) the value of y when x=1.4 , (ii) the value of x when x3-4x+11=0 . Draw a suitable straight line on your graph to nd all the values of x which satisfy the equation x3-6x+3=0 for -3x3. State these values of x. [4 marks] [2 marks]
[2 marks]
(d)
13. Diagram 6 shows quadrilaterals ABCD, PQRS and PTUV drawn on a Cartesian plane.
10 V 8 6 4 2 C S
R Q
B A
Diagram 6
(a)
Transformation M is a translation
( -4 ) 3
Transformation N is a reection in the line y=x . State the coordinates of the image of point S under each of the following transformations : (i) M, (ii) NM. (b) (i) PTUV is the image of ABCD under the combined transformation JK. Describe in full, transformation K and transformation J. (ii) Given the shaded region QTUVSR represents a region with an area of 87 cm2, calculate the area, in cm2, of the region represented by PQRS.
[6 marks]
[3 marks]
54

14. The data in Diagram 7 shows the time, in minute, taken by 40 students to solve some geometry problems. 42 48 47 61 74 44 72 58 60 58 51 41 44 53 69 50 35 55 59 54 47 58 53 40 58 54 64 39 39 36 60 68 43 58 66 65 57 49 63 52
(a)
Diagram 7 Using data in Diagram 7 and a class interval of 5 minutes, complete Table 3 in the answer space. Time(minutes) 35 39 40 44 frequency Midpoint
[3 marks]
(b)
Based on table 3, (i) nd the modal class, (ii) calculate the mean time taken by the students.
[4 marks]
(c)
For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided on page 20. By using a scale of 2 cm to 10 minutes on the horizontal axis and 2 cm to 1 students on the vertical axis, draw a histogram based on Table 3. [5marks]
15. You are not allowed to use graph paper to answer this question. (a) Diagram 8(i) shows a right prism with rectangular base ABCD on a horizontal table. The surface AEHILD is its uniform cross-section. The rectangle IJKL is an inclined plane. The rectangle EFGH is a horizontal plane. The edges AE , BF, CK, DL, GJ and HI are vertical edges. Given EH = FG = 2 cm.
F G E K H L 5cm 6cm J B 7cm
I A
C 5cm D 6cm
Diagram 8(i)
Draw in full scale, the elevation of the solid on a vertical plane parallel to DC as viewed from P.
[4 marks]

(b) A half-cylinder is joined to the solid in the Diagram 8(i) at the plane ABFE to form a combined solid as shown in Diagram 8(ii). F G E K L 5cm 6cm J B C 5cm D Q Diagram 8(ii) I A 6cm 7cm H
55
Draw to full scale, (i) the plan of the combined solid, (ii) the elevation of the combined solid on a vertical plane parallel to AD as viewed from Q. [4 marks] [4 marks]
16. P (67 N, 65 W) and Q are two points on the surface of the earth such that PQ is the diameter of the earth and PR is the diameter of a parallel of latitude. (a) Mark the position of Q and R in Diagram 9.
N P
[2 marks]
Diagram 9 (b) (c) (d) State the position of Q. Calculate the shortest distance, in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the surface of the earth. A jet plane took off from P due east to R and then ew due south to Q. The average speed for the whole ight was 1500 knots. Calculate (i) the distance , in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the parallel of latitude, (ii) the total time, in hours, taken for the whole ight. [2 marks] [3 marks]
[5 marks]
56
SPM
2009
[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]
Science

2004 CHAPTER 1. Scientic Investigation 2. Body Coordination 3. Heredity & Coordination FORM 4 4. Matter & Substances 5. Energy & Chemical Changes 6. Nuclear Energy 7. Light, Color & Sight 8. Chemicals In Industry No. of question for Form 4 9. Microorganisms and their Effects On Living Things 10. Nutrition & Food Production 11. Preservation & Conservation of the Environment FORM 5 12. Carbon Compound 13. Motion 14. Food Technology & Production 15. Synthetic Materials In \ Industry 16. Electronics & Information & Communication Technology No. of question for Form 5 TOTAL 3 5 4 4 4 3 3 26 5 3 3 2 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 3 2 5 2 23 4 4 5 4 4 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 5 5 3 2 3 2 23 5 2 2 4 5 4 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 4 3 2 5 2 24 3 2 4 5 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 4 2 3 3 22 5 4 4 3 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 P1 obj A P2 B C P1 obj A 2005 P2 B C P1 obj A 2006 P2 B C P1 obj A 2007 P2 B C P1 obj A 2008 P2 B C
2 24 50 3 4
1 4 5 1 3
2 27 50 2 4
1 2 5 1 3
2 27 50 4 4 5 5
1 3 3
3 26 50 2 4
1 3 5 2 3
3 28 50 2 4 3 5 2 3
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SCIENCE Kertas 1
1. The diagram shows an impulse pathway. 6. Diagram shows a rst generation of cross breeding of two cats.
57
A Swallowing food B Dancing with music C Walking on a tight rope D Blinking of the eyes to protect from dust 2. The diagram shows the structure of a human brain. Which part of the brain controls involuntary actions? What are the genes for the parents? Male A B C D HH HH Hh hh Female Hh hh hh Hh
7. The diagram shows how the sex of offspring is determined in humans.
3. Deciency of which element causes the thyroid gland to swell? A Calcium C Iodine B Sodium D Iron Which chromosomes are found in gametes P and Q? P 22 + X 22 + Y 44 + X 44 + Y Q 22 + Y 22 + X 44 + Y 44 + X
4. Salleh is walking on a piece of plank. What type of action is this? A A reex action B A capillary action C A voluntary action D An involuntary action 5. The diagram shows the different phases of cell division in mitosis.
A B C D
8. Which of the following is an example of a discontinuous variation? A Height C Body weight B Skin colour D Blood group
9. Which of the following A, B, C or D represents liquid particles?
Which is the correct sequence in the mitosis? A C P, Q, R, S R, S, Q, P B D Q, R, P, S S, P, R, Q
Which of the following actions involves the impulse pathway?
58

10. Pure water can be produced from polluted water by A evaporation C distillation B boiling D crystallization 15. The diagram shows a process involved in a green plant.
11. The diagram shows the structure of an atom. Which of the following A, B, C or D is an electron?
Which of the following substances are produced in the above process? 12. The diagram shows an incomplete periodic table. I II III A B C D What type of element is in the shaded area? A Metal C Non-metal B Inert gas D Semi-metal Glucose Oxygen Nitrogen I and II only I and III only II and III only I, II and III
16. Which element is used as a source of energy in a nuclear reactor? A Cobalt C Radium B Carbon D Uranium
13. The diagram shows an experiment to study the heat change in a chemical reaction.
17. Which of the following are the uses of radioactive substances? I To detect leaking of underground pipes II To sterilize pests III To kill microorganisms on surgical instruments A B C D I and II only I and III only II and III only I, II and III
What type of reaction is involved? A Exothermic C Neutralization B Endothermic D Decomposition
18. The diagram shows an object which is placed in front of a plane mirror.
14. The diagram shows the position of metal X in the reactivity series of metals. Which image appears in the plane mirror?
What is metal X A Zinc C Lead B Iron D Magnesium

19. The diagram shows the position of an object Q in front of a convex lens. At which of the following positions A, B, C or D is the image of object Q formed? 24. The following information shows the classication of microorganisms
59
20. The diagram shows the dispersion of white light using a glass prism.
What is microorganism X? A Algae C Bacteria What are the colours at R and S? R A B C D Violet Red Red Orange S Red Violet Blue Violet B Virus D Protozoa
25. What is the optimum temperature for the growth of bacteria that can cause diseases? A 0 oC C 37 oC B 5 oC D 60 oC
26. The microorganism which helps the digestion of cellulose in herbivores is A Algae C Virus B Fungi D Bacteria
21. The diagram shows an observer looking at the sky at noon.
27. Which of the following disease is cause by protozoa? A AIDS C Malaria B Dengue D Tuberculosis
28. An individual can acquire articial passive immunity after A B C D drinking mothers milk being injected with vaccine recovering from an illness being injected with antiserum
Which colour of the sunlight dispersed the most? A Blue C Green B White D Yellow
29. Table shows the caloric value of three types of food Food Bread Butter Orange juice Caloroc value/ kJ g-1 10.0 30.0 2.0
22. Which of the following processes increase the hardness of a metal? A Purication C Plating B Alloying D Polymerization
23. The word equation below shows the reaction to produce a type of fertilizer. Ammonia + sulphuric acid Fertilizer X is A ammonium nitrate C ammonium sulphate B ammonium carbonate D ammonium chloride Fertilizer X (Baja X)
Ali takes breakfast which consists of 10 g of bread, 5 g of butter and 100 g of orange juice. Calculate the total caloric value taken. A 42 kJ C 157 kJ B 115 kJ D 450 kJ
60
30. The diagram shows part of a nitrogen cycle. Which of the following A, B, C or D is the part where denitrifying bacteria function?
37. The excessive intake of saturated fats can harm our health because they A B C D do not dissolve in water are solids at room temperature cause high cholesterol levels act as solvents for certain vitamins
38. The following information shows the steps in the extraction of palm oil.
31. A plant is known as a producers because it can A B C D use oxygen carry out photosynthesis produce carbon dioxide absorb nutrients from the soil Which is the correct sequence in the process? A P, Q, S, R C R, S, P, Q B Q, R, P, S D R, Q, S, P
32. Which of the following gases contributes the most to the green house effect? A Sulphur dioxide B Carbon dioxide C Nitrogen dioxide D Carbon monoxide 33. What is the most effective method to control pollution caused by plastic waste materials? A B C D Recycle Bury in the soil Throw into the sea Burn in open area
39. The following word equation shows a chemical reaction.
What is X? A Petrol C Ethanol B Ester D Fats
34. What is the most suitable method to maintain the fertility of agriculture land? A B C D Use pesticides Plant cover crops Use contour planting Practise alternate cropping
40. The diagram below shows two type of blocks, X and Y, suspended at the same height. Both blocks have the same shape and size.
35. Which of the following can maximise the production of food? A B C D Plant cover crops Use terrace planting Use modern technology Practise alternate cropping What will be observed if both blocks are swung using the same force and time? A B C D X swings faster than Y X stops faster than Y X swings for a longer time than Y X and Y swing and stop at the same time
36. The following word equation shows a chemical process. Yeast Glucose What is X? A Urea C Ethanol B Ester D Ammonia X + Carbon Dioxide
61
41. A football player kicks a ball 20 meters from the goal line. The ball takes 4 seconds to cross the goal line. What is the speed of the ball? Speed = Distance / Time A 0.2 ms-1 C 24 ms-1 B 5 ms-1 D 80 ms-1
46. The diagram blow shows an example of processed food.
42. Which model of shoe exerts the least pressure on the surface of the ground when worn by the same lady?
The processing method used is A irradiation C dehydration B pasteurization D deep freezing
47. Which of the following materials is the most suitable to be used in making a three-pin plug? 43. The diagram shows a hydraulic system. A Bakelite C Polystyrene B Polythene D Polyvinyl chloride PVC
48. The diagram below shows a process in the production of a synthetic material.
How much force is needed to lift a car with a weight of 10 000 N? Pressure = Force / Surface area A 100 N C 10 000 N B 1 000 N D 100 000 N
What is process P? A Vulcanization B Polymerization C Coagulation D Depolymerizagtion
49. Which propagation wave has the highest frequency?
44. Which of the following chemical substances is used in processed food to make the food more attractive? A Sweetener C Stabilizer B Antioxidant D Colouring
45 The diagram below shows a stone weighed in the air and then in water.
50. Which of the following is true about communication satellites? A Located outside the Earths orbit B Obtains energy from the Earths satellite station C Three satellites are needed for worldwide communication D Makes one complete orbit around the Earth in on month END OF QUESTION PAPER
What is the upthrust experienced by the stone? A 0.2 N C 0.8 N B 0.6 N D 1.4 N
62
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SCIENCE Kertas 2
SECTION A [20 marks] Answer all questions in this section The time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes 1. Diagram 1.1 shows an experiment to study the reactivity of metals with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Dilute Hydrochloric Acid. Bubble Zinc Plate
Dilute Hydrochloric Acid. Bubble Magnesium Ribbon
DIAGRAM 1.1
(a)
Write one observation based on Diagram 1.1
[1 m ark] (b) Write one inference for your observation in (a)
............................................................................................................................ [1 ark] m
Dilute Hydrochloric Acid.
Copper
DIAGRAM 1.2 (c) Based on the Diagram 1.2, predict the position of copper in the reactivity series of metals.
......................................................................................................................... [1 (d) What is the responding variable in the above experiment? ark] m
.......................................................................................................................... (e) [1 What is the operational denition for reactivity of metal in this experiments? ark] m
. [1 ark] m
63
2.
Diagram 2 shows the arrangement of the apparatus in an experiment to study the bacterial growth in different condition. DIAGRAM 2
The arrangement of apparatus is kept in an incubator at 37oC for 2 days. Table 2.1 shows the observation of this experiment. Test tube X Y Z Observation No change Slightly cloudy Cloudy TABLE 2.1 (a) Write down one inference based on the observation for test tube Z in Table 2.1
.... [1 (b) State the variables in this experiment: k] mar
(i) Manipulated variable (ii) Constant variable [2 (c) Tick ( ) in Table 2.2 which shown the properties of solution in each test-tube. ks] mar
Properties of solution (Sifat larutan) Test tube (Tabung uji) X Y Z
Acidic (Asid)
Alkaline (alkali)
Neutral (neutral)
TABLE 2.2 [2 ks] mar
64
3.
In an experiment, the velocity of a toy car is recorded in Table 3. Time 0 1 2 3 4 5 Velocity 0 3 6 8 9 9 Table 3 /Jadual 3 (a) Using the data in Table 3, draw a graph of velocity against time.
Velocity/ halaju (m/s)
10
Time/masa(s) [2 marks] (b) Based on the graph in (a), what is the relationship of time and velocity on the rst 3 minutes?
[1 (c) ark] m
Based on the graph in (a), what is the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 seconds?
ms-1 [ (d) State the hypothesis of this experiment. k 1 ] mar
....................................................................................................................... [ k 1 ] mar
65
4.
Diagram 3 shows three bottles of water samples P, Q and R taken from three different areas. Then, the precipitation of each water sample is determined and recorded in Table 4.
DIAGRAM 3
P Q R TABLE 4 (a) Measure the height of precipitation in the bottle of P, Q and R and record it in the table. [1 k] mar
(b)
Based on the height of precipitation, which is the most polluted area? [1 k] mar
(c)
State the operational denition of water pollution. ........................................................................................................................ [1 k] mar
(d)
State the variables in this investigation: (i) Manipulated variable.
[1 (ii) Responding variable. k] mar
[1 k mar ]
Area of water sample
Height of precipitation
66
SECTION B [30 marks] Answer all questions in this section The time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes 5 Diagram 4 shows the structure of a camera.
Z:.......................
Y:.......................
DIAGRAM 4 (a) Label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4. [2 ks] mar
(b)
(i) Name the part in eyes that has the same function with part labelled Z in Diagram 4. [1 (ii) What is the function of the part Y? ......................................................................................................................... [1 k] mar k] mar
(c)
(i) State one characteristic of images formed by the camera. [1 k] mar
(ii) State one optical instrument that forms the same characteristic of image as in (c)(i). [1 k] mar
67
Diagram 5 shows the formation of twins in human being. Rajah 5 menunjukkan pembentukan kembar pada manusia.
Process P
R
Process Q
DIAGRAM 5 (a) (i) Name process P. [1 (ii) What are the numbers of chromosomes in R? ........................................................................................................................ [1 (i) Name process Q. [1 (ii) State one importance of process Q in human being. .... 1 (c) (i) What is the type of twins shown in Diagram 5? [1 (ii) Explain your answer in (c) (i) ........... ........................................................................................................................ [1 k] [ mar
k]
mar
mar ]
(b)
k]
mar
k]
mar
k]
mar
68
Diagram 6 shows the calorie requirements for different individuals.
(a)
DIAGRAM 6 Why do human beings need calories? [1 ark] m
(b)
Based on Diagram 6, state two factors which affect the calorie requirement of an individual. Factor 1 :........................................................................................................ Factor 2 :.... [2 arks] m
(c)
(i) Which individual has the highest calorie requirement? .... [1 (ii) Explain why the individual in (b)(i) needs the highest amount of energy? [1 ark] m ark] m
(d)
State one reason why teenager needs more calories than the old man? [1 ark] m
69
Diagram 7.1 shows examples of processed food
Diagram 7.1 (a) Why the foods in Diagram 7.1 need to be processed? [1 (b) (i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.1 [1 (ii) How the method of food processing in (b)(i) is carried out? [1 k] mar k] mar k] mar
Diagram 7.2 shows example of another processed food
DIAGRAM 7.2
(c)
(i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.2 [1 (ii) How the method of food processing in (c)(i) is carried out? [1 k] mar k] mar
(d)
Where the information of the processed food is obtained? [1 k] mar
70
9.
Diagram 9 shows a wave.
DIAGRAM 9.1 (a) Choose the correct terms and ll in the boxes in Diagram 9.1.
Wavelength
(b)
Amplitude
Frequency
Period
[2 marks]
State one characteristic of wave. .. [1 Diagram 9.2 shows the electromagnet waves spectrum. k] mar
DIAGRAM 9.2 (c) P, Q and R are three types of waves. Which of the waves is (i) radio wave? (ii) x-ray? ... 2 (d) Why is the radio wave suitable for communication? .... ... [1 k] mar ks][ mar
71
Section C [20 marks] Answer Question 10 and either Question 11 or Question 12
10.
Vulcanised rubber is better than non-vulcanised rubber for making tyres.
You are suggested to plan an experiment to investigate the differences between the two types of rubber in terms of elasticity. (a) Suggest a hypothesis to investigate the above statement. [1 k] mar
(b) Describe an experiment to test your hypothesis in 10(a) based on the following criteria: (i) Aim of the experiment [1 (ii) Identication of variables [2 (iii) List of apparatus and materials [1 (iv) Procedure or method [4 (v) Tabulation of data [1 ark] m arks] m ark] m arks] m ark] m
You are given strips of 10cm vulcanised rubber, 10cm non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of 200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a retort stand and other apparatus
72
11.
(a)
State four differences between nervous coordination and hormonal coordination. [4 arks] m
(b)
Diagram 11 shows examples of endocrine glands.
aorta larynx thyroid cland trachea pancreas kidney uterus ovary
DIAGRAM 11 Study the information in Diagram 11 and construct the concept of endocrine glands. Your answer should be based on the following steps: Identify the information [1 mark] Identify the common characteristics [2 marks] Write an example of another endocrine gland and state the reason 1 Write a non example of endocrine gland and state the reason. [1 State the actual concept of endocrine glands [1 k] mar k] mar k] [ mar
12.
(a)
State four differences between metal and non metal 4 ks][ mar
(b)
Nora found out that the water comes out from the pipe in her house is cloudy and yellowish in colour after a heavy rain. Explain how you can help her to gets a clean water. Your answer should include the following; o Identify the problem [1 o Clarication of the problem [1 o lving Sothods me [3 o Evaluate the methods ks] mar k] mar k] mar
[1 mark]
END OF QUESTION PAPER KERTAS PEPERIKSAAN TAMAT
More and more students are opting to pursue their careers in Allied Health Sciences. From lab technologists to medical doctors, the opportunities are vast. Mr Rafeeudeen Mohamad, Registrar of MAHSA University College talks to Times about the careers in Allied Health Sciences.
There is a huge demand for allied health professionals in todays healthcare industry. The opportunities are not limited to the industry in Malaysia, but also at the international level so students who pursue this eld may have the chance to travel and enjoy different working experiences. MAHSA offers a variety of courses in the eld of Allied Health Sciences including Nursing, Pharmacy, Physiotherapy, Medical Lab Technology, Medical Imaging (Radiography), and Environmental Health. These courses are offered through its programmes, which are available at the certicate, diploma, and degree levels. Our students are fully trained both theoretically as well as clinically which makes them prepared to later pursue their individual careers in the Health Science industry, says Rafeeudeen who explains that the coursework at MAHSA consists of 60 percent theory and 40 percent clinical practical sessions. polite manner at all times, he explains. The most valued skill an individual should possess in any profession is the ability to provide helpful communication and assistance to another person when in need.
Huge Market
According to Rafeeudin, the most popular allied health science courses among Malaysian students at the moment are Physiotherapy, Pharmacy, and Medical Lab Technology. However, he expects MAHSAs upcoming Dentistry and Medicine (MBBS) courses to be in high demand as well. All its diploma and degree programmes are fully conducted in Malaysia. We are offering students the chance to do an international degree at a lower rate than studying abroad, maintains Rafeeudin who adds that MAHSA has plans to promote overseas options in times to come. At MAHSA we welcome anyone who wishes to pursue a career in Allied Health Sciences, he concludes. The statistics show that the country will need more than 54,000 allied health science professionals by the year 2020. There is a market for those with skills and knowledge so I would advise you not to miss the chance of a lifetime.
Entry requirements
The minimum requirement for entry into the diploma programme at MAHSA is three credits in SPM inclusive of one science subject. However, for the Diploma in Dental Technology, the requirement is ve credits. Students who are interested in pursuing any of the degree courses at MAHSA (MBBS, Dentistry, and Pharmacy) must have at least a minimum grade of 4B in Mathematics, Additional Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. In addition to the minimum entry requirements, students in the Allied Health Sciences profession should demonstrate a determination to succeed and a caring nature says Rafeeudeen. He adds that they should be good-natured, hardworking, and helpful. The hours are long and taxing so an individual should be mildtempered as well as able to deal with patients in a smiling and
If you enjoy video games, surng the web, or watching 3D animation, then you might want to consider studying for a degree in creative multimedia. Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites from MMU gives Times a brief overview of the industry and tells us what students will learn when they pursue this course.
Creative multimedia is one of the countrys fastest growing industries and it offers a wide range of career opportunities. According to Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites, Dean of the Faculty of Creative Multimedia at MMU, a graduate of this discipline can nd employment in any eld that requires creativity in communication and content creation. They can work in the creative services industry, corporations that use creative communications in their businesses, or they may choose to start their own enterprise, he says. As far as career prospects are concerned, this area of expertise is always in demand due to the rapid changes and new application of content in ICT. Additionally, Thwaites advises students to acquire and develop specic skills such as 3D modelling, animation, web designing, authoring, photography, video, and basic programming. With so many areas of specialty under the creative multimedia eld, which one is most popular among students?
Entry requirements
In order to enrol in a multimedia course, a student should pass his or her SPM examinations with a minimum of ve credits including English, Mathematics, and Science. However, Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites adds that examinations arent the only things student should be concerned with. The most important quality that needs to be developed by a student is the willingness and interest to learn the eld, he maintains. He also emphasises the importance of creative and innovative thinking as these are critical in content creation, which is an integral part of creative multimedia.
Coursework
By the number of students enrolling in our courses in the past ve years, the indication is the Bachelor of Multimedia in Media Innovation, which specialises in multimedia advertising and branding, says Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites who explains that the core areas in the programme involve introduction to the theory and practise of advertising and brand communication. This area includes visual communication design, web, environmental design, audiovisual, corporate identity, copywriting, online advertising, and e-commerce concepts, he elaborates. At MMU, the curriculum is 60 percent on design theories and practise, 30 percent on communication design technology, and 10 percent on liberal studies. For design areas, subjects are 100 percent coursework and this involves mostly practical and experiential learning. In communication design technology subjects, students will develop practical skills in computational design. The undergraduate programmes at MMU are fully conducted locally and students have the option of continuing their studies at the postgraduate level.
77
SPM
2009
[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]
Biology

2004 Chapter 1. Introduction to Biology 2. Cell Struc. and Cell Org. 3. Movement of Sbstacr Pl. Mb 4. Chemical Comp. of the Cell 5. Cell Division 6. Nutrition 7. Respiration 8. Dynamic Ecosystem 9. Endangered Ecosystem No. of question for Form 4 10. Transport F O R M 11. Locomotion and Support 12. Coordination and Response 13. Reproduction & Growth 14. Inheritance 15. Variation No. of question for Form 5 TOTAL 3 3 1 2005 2006 2007 2008 P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B/C Q1 Q2 Ob A B/C Q1 Q2 1
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1
4 7 4 4 1 1 1 1
3 4 2 4 2 1 1 1
3 8 3 5 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 8 3 3 3
1 1
1 1
25 8 2
3 1
28 4 3
4 1
23 6
2 1 1
31 4
27 5
3 1
4 2 25 2 1
1 1 2 0 0
2 5 22
1 1
5 3 0 0 27
2 2
2 2
0 1
19
23
50
50
50
2 2
50
50
F O R M
78
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 BIOLOGY Kertas 1

1. Diagram 1 shows an organelle of a cell. 4. Diagram 3 shows a plant strip immersed in solution X for 30 minutes.
Diagram 1
Diagram 3 What is solution X? A B C D Sucrose solution 5%. Sucrose solution 20%. Salt solution 5%. Distilled water
Which cell does not have this organelle? A B C D Meristem Companion cell Cork cambium Sclerenchyma
2. The following information refers to organelle M. Consists of a stack of attened membrane bound sacs Function as a processing, packaging and transport centre of carbohydrates, proteins and glycoproteins What is organelle M ? A B C D Vacuole Nucleus Golgi apparatus Endoplasmic reticulum
5. Diagram 4 shows a visking tubing lled with 20 % sucrose solution immersed in distilled water for 30 minutes.
20 % sucrose solution
Diagram 4 What are the observations that can be made? I Water goes into the visking tubing. II The visking tubing is accid. III The visking tubing increases in weight. IV The visking tubing is turgid. A B C D I and II only I and III only I, III and IV only I, II, III and IV
3. Diagram 2 shows a plant cell immersed in a hypertonic solution.
6. Diagram 5 shows the model of a DNA.
Diagram 2 Which of the following shows the plant cell after it has been transferred to a hypotonic solution for 5 minutes? Diagram 5 What is represented by the units P, Q and R? P A B C D Sugar Phosphate Phosphate Base Base Sugar Base Phosphate Q Base Sugar Sugar R Phosphate

7. Diagram 6 shows the lock and key hypothesis of an enzyme reaction.
L K M
79
10.Diagram 9 shows a cell cycle.
Diagram 6
Diagram 9 Which of the following is represented by K, L and M? K A B Enzyme Enzyme substrate complex Products of the reaction Products of the reaction L Products of reaction Enzyme M Enzyme substrate complex Products of the reaction Enzyme substrate complex Enzyme A B C D P Q R S At what stage in the cell cycle does replication of chromosomes take place?
11. Diagram 10 shows part of the human digestive system. Enzyme Enzyme substrate complex
C D
8. Diagram 7 shows Zakis shirt with a blood stain before and after being washed with an enzyme containing detergent.
Diagram 10 Which of the following enzyme is secreted by organ S?

Blood stain
Before
Diagram 7
After
A B C D
Erepsin Pepsin Rennin Trypsin
Which is the most suitable enzyme and temperature to give the result shown? Enzyme A B C D Protease Protease Lipase Lipase Temperature 37C 18C 18C 37C
12. Into which part of the alimentary canal is bile released? A B C D Ileum Oesophagus Stomach Duodenum
13. The bile duct of a person was removed by surgery. Which of the following type of food has to be reduced by the person? A B C D Butter Bread Orange Biscuit
9. Diagram 8 shows an animal cell undergoing meiosis I.
14. Which of the following features of the leaf are adapted for photosynthesis? I II III IV A B C D Thin attened body Thick cuticle Abundant chloroplasts Smooth margin I and III only II and IV only I, II and III only IV only
Diagram 8 How many chromosomes are there in the gamete of this animal? A B C D 2 4 6 8
80
15. Diagram 11 shows the cross-section of a dicotyledonous leaf.
19. Diagram 13 shows the respiratory system of a cockroach.
Q R S T
Diagram 11 Photosynthesis takes place in A B C D Q, R and S only. Q and S only. Q, R and T only. Q and R only. Diagram 13 In which of the following parts does gaseous exchange takes place? A
A C
16. Diagram 12 shows the human alimentary canal. J and L only M only N only M and N only B C
B D
20. What are the features of the human lung which facilitate gaseous exchange? Diagram 12 Which parts labelled A, B, C or D produce enzyme that works best at pH 1.5? 17. The following information is about amino acids. Excess amino acids cannot be stored in the body and are broken down in the liver through process K. What is process K? A B C D deamination assimilation defeacation absorption 21. Diagram 14 shows the experiment to investigate the content of carbon dioxide and oxygen in an air sample . A B C D I and III only II and IV only I, II and III only I, II, III and IV I Thin, moist alveolar walls. II Large number of alveoli III Well supplied with blood capillaries. IV Delicate alveoli
18. The table below shows an experiment to determine the content of vitamin C in orange juice. Sample 0.1% Ascorbic acid Orange juice Volume required to decolourise 1.0 cm3 of 0.1% DCPIP solution 0.6 1.5 Diagram 14 What is the amount of vitamin C in orange juice? A B C D 0.4 mg/cm3 Initial length of bubble gas.................10.00 cm Length of bubbles gas + potassium hydroxide solution......9.60 cm Length of bubble gas + potassium pyrogalate solution ......8.00 cm What is the percentage of oxygen in the air sample? A B C D 6% 10% 14% 16%
2.5 mg/cm3 0.3 mg/cm3 5 mg/cm3
81
22. Nathan caught 20 snails in a garden. He marked and released them. After 5 days, he caught 15 snails and 5 of them were marked. What is the estimated population size of the snails in the garden? A B C D 40 50 60 80
26. Diagram 16 shows the impacts of phenomenon X.

Increase in the Earths temperature Decline in the yield of crops
Change in climate zone
Melting of polar ice and glaciers causing a rise in sea level
23. The sample of water in a lake shows a low BOD level. Which of the following statement best describe the situation? A B C D Pollution by untreated waste An increase in the temperature of the lake. The high amount of dissolve oxygen in the lake. A decrease activity of microorganism in the lake
Diagram 16 What is phenomenon X? A B C D Greenhouse effect Ozone depletion Thermal pollution Global warming
24. Diagram 15 shows succession in a mangrove forest.

Sonneratia sp P Q
27. Diagram 17 shows a phenomenon in an industrial area.
Tropical Rain Forest
Diagram 15 Which of the following represents P, Q and R? P A B C D Bruguiera sp Avicennia sp Rhizophora sp Avicennia sp Q Rhizophora sp Rhizophora sp Bruguiera sp Bruguiera sp Diagram 17 Which of the following substance will cause the above phenomenon to happen? A B C D Chlorouorocarbons (CFCs) Carbon dioxide Sulfur dioxide Carbon monoxide
25. The table below shows the time taken for methylene blue solution to decolourise in three water samples. Water sample A B C Time taken for methylene blue solution to decolourise (hours) 3 2 Remains blue
28. Diagram 18 shows a cross section of the human heart. Which of the following blood vessels have oxygenated blood?
Which of the following may be the water samples A, B and C? A A B C D Drain water Drain water Pond water Pond water B Lake water Tap water Drain water Tap water C Tap water Lake water Tap water Drain water A B C D Diagram 18 X and Y X and Z Y and Z W and Y
82
29. Diagram 19 shows the cross section of a part of a dicotyledonous plant.
32. Diagram 22 shows four types of blood cells in human.

Blood cell
Diagram 22
Which cell labelled A, B, C or D is responsible in the clotting of blood? 33. Diagram 23 shows the structure of human forearm.
Diagram 19 Which of the labelled parts W, X, Y or Z transport glucose?
A B C D
W X Y Z
M N
30. Diagram 20 shows the blood circulatory system of an organism.
Diagram 23 Which of the following actions of M and N will cause the arm to straighten? I M contracts. II M relaxes III N contracts. IV N relaxes Diagram 20 Which of the following organisms has a similar circulatory system as shown in the diagram? A B C D A sh A frog A bird A snake A B C D 34. I only II only II and III only I and IV only
31. Diagram 21 shows the set-up of a potometer to study the rate of transpiration under different conditions.
V
Diagram 24
Name vertebrae S,T,U and V as shown in diagram 24. Diagram 21 Which of the following conditions will result in the air bubble moving at the highest speed towards the plant? A B C D Low humidity , high temperature and high light intensity. High humidity, low temperature and high light intensity Low humidity, low temperature and low light intensity High humidity, high temperature and low light intensity A B C D S Lumbar Thorax Cervical Lumbar T Cervical Lumbar Lumbar Atlas U Atlas Cervical Thorax Cervical V Thorax Atlas Atlas Thorax
83
35. Which of the following is the correct sequence for the vertebral column in man from the neck downwards? A Lumbar VertebraCervical vertebraThoracic vertebraSacrumCoccyx. B Cervical vertebraThoracic vertebraLumbar VertebraSacrumCoccyx. C CoccyxSacrumThoracic vertebraLumbar VertebraCervical vertebra. D Thoracic vertebraLumbar VertebraSacrum Cervical vertebraCoccyx. 36. Diagram 25 shows an aquatic plant. What helps this plant to oat?
A B C D
PQRS PSRQ QRSP QSPR
39. Diagram 28 shows the different endocrine glands in a human. Which gland labelled A, B, C or D produces hormones that control the metabolic rate of the body?
PA Q B
R C
D S
Diagram 28 40. Diagram 29 shows a part of the nephron. Which of the following is true about the processes that happen to blood in X, glucose in Y and water in Z? Diagram 25 A B C D Aerenchyma cells Xylem vessels Bouyancy of water Collenchyma cells
37. Diagram 26 shows an aerofoil. The difference in air pressure between regions X and Y will produce uplift.
Diagram 29 X A B C Diagram 26 Which part of the bird has this shape? A B C D Head Body Wing Tail D Diffusion Osmosis Active transport Ultra ltration Y Active transport Reabsorption Diffusion Facilitated diffusion Z Osmosis Diffusion Reabsorption Osmosis
41. A farmer wants to sell all the mangoes from his farm simultaneously. He sprays all the mangoes with hormone X to ensure that all the mangoes will ripen at the same time. What is hormone X? A B C D Auxin Ethylene Cytokinin Gibberelin
38. Diagram 27 shows the structures involved when we touched a hot pan.
R Q P
42. Diagram 30 shows the changes in the thickness of the uterus wall during the menstrual cycle.
Diagram 27 Which of the following shows the correct sequence for the above reex action? Diagram 30
84
On which day is an ovum most likely can be fertilized by a sperm? A B C D 5 14 21 28
45. The graph below shows a growth curve of a balsam plant.
43. Diagram 31 shows a pair of fraternal twins. The following are statements about the formation of the twins. Which of the following deductions are true from the graph? I The decrease in growth from U to V is due to respiration. II The fastest rate of growth occurs from W to X. III There is rapid growth from Y to Z. IV The growth curve is a sigmoid curve. A B C D I, II and III only I, II and IV only I, III and IV only I, II, III and IV
Diagram 31 J - Two ovums are fertilized by two different sperms K - Two zygotes with different characteristic will be formed
46. Diagram 33 shows the development of pollen in a owering plant.
Tube nucleus
L - Two foetuses share the same placenta

Pollen grains
M - Gender of the foetuses will be the same or different

X
Pollen grains Generative nucleus
Which of the following statements explain about the formation of the above twins? A B C D J and K J, K and L J, K and M K, L and M
Diagram 33 What is process X? A B C D Mitosis Meiosis Fertilization Pollination
44. Diagram 32 shows the cross section of human placenta.
47. What type of chromosomal mutation is shown in diagram 34?
Diagram 32 Which are the substances that normally pass through artery Y? I II III IV A B C D Oxygen Urea Alcohol Carbon dioxide I and II II and IV I and IV I, III and IV Diagram 34 A B C D Duplication. Inversion. Translocation. Deletion.
85
48. A homozygous rounded yellow seed pea is crossed with a wrinkled green seed. Rounded seed is dominant to wrinkled seed while yellow seed is dominant to green seed. Two progenies from the rst generation (F1) are crossed with one another. What is the phenotypic ratio of the second generation (F2)? A All round seeds B 3 round yellow : 1 wrinkle green C 9 round yellow: 3 round green : 3 wrinkle yellow: 1 wrinkle green D 1 round yellow: 1 round green: 1 wrinkle yellow: 1 wrinkle green 49. Diagram 35 shows the karyotype of a male that has undergone mutation. What disease has he contracted?
50. The height of each student in Form 5 Angsana is measured and recorded. Which of the following shows the variation in height of students in Form 5 Angsana?
Diagram 35 A B C D Sickle cell anemia Down Syndrome Haemophilia Colour blindness
86
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 BIOLOGY Kertas 2 Section A [60 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.
1. Diagram1 shows the structures of a cell.

D
A B C
E F G
Diagram1
Diagram 2
(a) Name the cell shown in Diagram1? Give reason for your answer. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] (b) Name the parts that are labeled A, B, C and F. A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ C: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ F: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ [ 4 mar ks] (c) Write the functions of the following parts. D: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ E: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ G: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ [3 marks] (d) Diagram 2 shows an organelle which can be found in the cell shown in Diagram 1. (i) Name one cell which has this organelle in abundance and explain why? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] (ii) What will happen to the cell without this organelle? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] 2.
Diagram 3 Diagram 3 shows a uid mosaic model of a plasma membrane.
87
a) Name structures A, B and Y from Diagram 3 using the following terms:
Pore protein Carrier protein Phospholipid
A : _______________________________________________________________________________________________ B : _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Y : ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3 ks] mar b) Molecules can pass through structure A in Diagram 3 by facilitated diffusion. i) State one characteristic of the molecule that can pass through structure A. _________________________________________________________________________________________________ [1 mark] ii) State how molecule X passes through structure A. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3 arks] m c) Using the mechanism of movement of a substance across the plasma membrane, explain the process of water absorption by the root hairs of a plant. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2 ks] mar 3.
Cell A
Cell B
Diagram 4 Diagram 4 shows cell A and cell B undergoing a similar stage for two different types of cell division. a) (i) State the type of cell division shown in Diagram 4. A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] (ii) State a function for each of the two cell divisions mentioned in (a)(i). A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks]

[
88
b) Diagram 5 shows a cell cycle. Label the stage shown by cell B with a letter W on the cell cycle.
Interphase
[1 marks] Diagram 5 c) Draw a daughter cell of cell A and cell B after both cells have completed the cell division in the boxes provided below.
Cell A
Cell B [4 marks]
d) Muthu has been exposed to X-rays which results in the failure of structure S to be formed. Explain the effects of this to the formation of the daughter cells of cell A. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3 arks] m
e) A technique which involves cell division could be used in cattle farming to increase the number of beef cattle. State the technique that can be used by the farmer. State one disadvantage of this technique. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 mark] Y 4)
W
Diagram 6 a) Diagram 6 is the structure of a nephron found in the kidney of a human. Name the processes that occur in W, X and Y. W : _________________________________________________________________________________________________ X : _________________________________________________________________________________________________ Y : _________________________________________________________________________________________________ [3 marks]
89
b) Name two blood components found in the renal artery but not in the part labeled W. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2 arks] m c) Explain what happen to the ltrate that ows from W to Y. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 4 ks] mar Table 1 shows the concentration of some substances in the blood plasma, glomerular ltrate and urine of an adult. Substances in uid Glucose Amino acid Protein Urea Sodium ion Concentration of substance in uid (g/dm) Blood plasma entering the glomerulus 1.0 1.5 80.0 0.3 2.0 Table 1 d) Based on the table above, explain the difference in the concentration of urea in the blood plasma, glomerular ltrate and urine. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ [4 marks] 5.
Hormone B Hormone A
Glomerular ltrate 1.0 1.5 0.0 0.3 2.0
Urine produced by kidney 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.0 2.5
Structure H
Diagram 7 a) (i) What is the menstrual cycle ? ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2 ks] mar (ii) What is hormone A and state its function. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks]
90
b) Explain why an imbalance of hormone P and B can cause the disruption of the ovulation process. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] c) (i) Draw the change that occurs to structure H between the 26th and 28th day in Diagram 7. (ii) Name the hormone Q and structure H. Hormone Q : __________________________________________________________________________________________ Structure H : __________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] (iii) Explain the relationship between structure H and the level of hormone Q from the 16th to 28th day. [1 mark]
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2 ks] mar
Section B [ 20 marks ]
Answer any two question.
6. Diagram 8 below shows two respiratory organs.
Diagram 8 M a) Based on the above diagram, explain how the structure M and N can increase the efciency of gaseous exchange in each of the organisms above. b) Explain the differences between the respiratory system in cockroach, sh and human. [4 marks] [10 marks]
c) An athlete has just completed a 200 metre track event. His leg muscles are painful due to muscle fatigue. The athlete then carries out the following actions. Wears a track suit Takes a few long deep breaths Walks freely as a cooling down activity. Explain why the athlete carries out these actions. Humans obtain two types of immunity to prevent infection from diseases. 7. (a) Dene immunity. (b) Explain with examples. (i) Naturally acquired active immunity (ii) Articially acquired active immunity. (c) Siti had a wound after she fell down from the staircase. After ve days, the wound disappeared. Explain what happened to the wound. [4 marks] [4 marks] [2 marks] [6 marks]
[10 marks]
91
8.
(a) Nazmi took a plate of rice, a fried chicken and mix vegetables for his lunch. Explain how the food he ate for lunch would be digested. (b) The table shows an analysis of the percentage nutrient content of a balanced diet that should be taken by a teenager daily. Nutrient Carbohydrate Lipid Protein Vitamin & mineral salts Zarina Eats regularly at a xed time. Drinks at least 7 glasses of water daily. Chooses food that contains carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins and mineral salts based on the standard of a balanced diet. Kavitha Percentage intake 60 30 10 Small quantity
[10 marks]
Eats irregularly as and when she remembers or when she is free. Drinks very little water. Usually eats fast food and junk food that does not contain the right amount of carbohydrates lipids, proteins, vitamins and mineral salts, does not follow the standard of a balanced diet. [10 marks]
Discuss the effects of the eating habits of Kavitha compared to Zarina over a long period of time. 9. (a) In humans, the characteristics of curly hair is dominant over the characteristics of straight hair. A characteristic of an organism is determined by a pair of genes located at the same locus of a pair of homologous chromosomes. Based on Mendels First Law, illustrate the following cross. Parent Male Curly hair X Female Straight hair
Curly hair [10 marks] (b) The diagram below shows the inheritance of haemophilia in a family. The dominant allele is represented by H while the recessive allele is represented by h. Keys: Haemophiliac male Normal male Haemophiliac female Normal female Carrier female
Statement I : Haemophilia is a genetic disease that can be inherited. Statement II: Inheritance of haemophilia can be prevented in a family. State your opinion and explain both the statements based on the diagram above. [10 marks]
92
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 BIOLOGY Kertas 3
Answer all questions.

1. Due to numerous complaints received from residents about water pollution in rivers all over Malaysia, the Department of Environment (DOE) had investigated the water pollution level in four different locations. Four water samples (W, X, Y and Z) are obtained from the four different rivers all over Malaysia. The volume of each water sample is 100 cm. The water samples are collected in 4 different reagent bottles and covered immediately. A syringe is used to place 1 cm of 0.1 % methylene blue solution at the bottom of each water sample. The bottle are immediately closed and placed in a dark cupboard. The time taken for the methylene blue solution in each sample to decolourise is shown in Table 1.
Time Taken (Minutes) Sample water W Sample water X Sample water Y Sample water Z
Table 1 (a)(i) State two different observations made from this experiment. Observation 1: ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. Observation 2 : .................................................................................. .................................................................................. .................................................................................. (ii) State the inferences which correspond to the observation in (a) (i). Inference from observation 1: ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. Inference from observation 2 : .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... (b) Record the time needed for the colour change in the methylene blue solution in the space provided in Table 1.
[3 marks]
[3 marks] [3 marks]
93
(c) Complete Table 2 based on this experiment.

Variable Method to handle the variable
Manipulated variable .. .. Responding variable .. .. .. .. Constant variable .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Table 2
[3 marks]
(d) State the hypothesis for this experiment. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. (e)(i) Based on Table 1.1, construct a table and record all the data collected in the experiment.
[3 marks]
[3 marks] (ii) State the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen in the water sample and the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. (f)(i) If the experiment is repeated on a water sample taken from a river running across a forest reserve, predict the time taken for the decolourisation of methylene blue solution. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. (ii) Explain the relationship between the time needed for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the level of water pollution. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. .................................................................................
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
.. .. .. ..
94
(g) Based on this experiment, what can you deduce about biochemical oxygen demand or BOD ? ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. ................................................................................. (h) Categorise the level of pollution of the water samples in this experiment.
[3 marks]
[3
arks] m
2. Diagram 1 shows the materials and apparatus used to investigate the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of transpiration of plant.
Diagram 1 Together with other materials, prepare a plan for an experiment that covers the following aspects. Problem statement Aim of investigation Hypothesis Variables List of apparatus and materials Technique used Experimental procedure or method Presentation of data Conclusion [17 marks]
95
SPM
2009
[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]
Prinsip Perakaunan

NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Tajuk Pengenalan Aset, Liabiliti, Ekuiti Pemilik / Persamaan Kunci Kira-kira Dokumen perniagaan sebagai sumber rekod perakaunan Buku Catatan Pertama Lejar Imbangan Duga Penutupan dan Penyediaan Penyata Kewangan Milikan Tunggal Akaun Kawalan Pembetulan Kesilapan Penyata Penyesuaian Bank Belanjawan Tunai Perkongsian Pembubaran Perkongsian Syarikat Berhad Akaun Kelab dan Persatuan Rekod Tak Lengkap Pengenalan dan Perakaunan Kos Analisis Kos Volum Untung Tafsiran Penyata Kewangan Pengenalan kepada Penggunaan Komputer dalam Perakaunan JUMLAH SOALAN 2004 K1 4 3 3 3 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 2 1 1 40 K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 K1 3 2 1 9 3 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 2 1 1 3 40 2005 K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 K1 1 3 4 2 3 3 6 2 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 40 2006 K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 K1 2 5 1 2 3 1 5 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 40 2007 K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 K1 2 5 1 3 5 1 5 2 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 40 2008 K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
96
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN Kertas 1

1. Apakah badan yang memberikan latihan dan peperiksaan untuk memajukan profesion perakaunan di Malaysia? A MIA (Malaysia Institute of Accountants) B IAS (Internasional Accounting Standards) C MASB (Malaysian Accounting Standard Board) D MICPA (Malaysian Institute of Certied Public Accountants) 7. Belanja-belanja berikut diambil daripada Buku Perniagaan Wawasan Murni. RM Setem Tambang Teksi Beli Kertas Warna Perniagaan Suria Sdn Bhd telah memilih kaedah garis lurus untuk mengira susut nilai kenderaan bagi perniagaannya dan kaedah ini telah digunakan secara berterusan untuk setiap tempoh perakaunan. 2. Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah konsep perakaunan yang telah dipatuhi? A Ketekalan B Berterusan C Pemadanan D Tempoh Perakaunan 3 Antara berikut yang manakah dikelaskan sebagai liabiliti bukan semasa? I Debentur II Gadai janji III Pemiutang IV Pinjaman bank A I,II dan III B I,II dan IV C I,III dan IV D II,III dan IV 23 47 11
Apakah buku catatan pertama yang digunakan untuk merekod urusniaga tersebut? A Buku Tunai B Buku Tunai Runcit C Jurnal Penerimaan Tunai D Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai Dokumen X Pembekal Peniaga Dokumen Y Pembeli
Rajah di atas menunjukkan suatu aliran urus niaga seorang peniaga. 8. Dokumen X adalah berkaitan dengan barang niaga yang dijual secara tunai. Dokumen Y adalah berkaitan dengan dokumen yang diterima oleh pembeli apabila membuat pembayaran. Nyatakan nama dokumen-dokumen itu. Dokumen X Dokumen Y Baucer Keratan Cek Resit Rasmi Borang Wang Masuk
4 Antara pengelasan berikut, yang manakah pasangan paling tepat? Butir A B C D Gaji Jualan Insurans Faedah pinjaman bank Pengelasan Akaun Hasil bukan kendalian Belanja kendalian Hasil kendalian Belanja bukan kendalian
A B C D
Invois Bil Tunai Bil Tunai Makluman Debit
9. Jadual di bawah menunjukkan beberapa urus niaga dan buku catatan pertama untuk urus niaga tersebut. Urus niaga I II Membayar gaji pekerja dengan cek Membeli perabot pejabat secara kredit Buku Catatan Pertama Buku Tunai Jurnal Am
5 Pada 1 Feb 2009, Encik Jason telah membawa masuk computer peribadinya untuk kegunaan perniagaan. Kesan urus niaga berikut terhadap aset dan ekuiti pemilik adalah
Aset A B C D Bertambah Berkurang Bertambah Berkurang
Ekuiti Pemilik Bertambah Berkurang Berkurang Bertambah
III
Mengambil barang niaga Jurnal Belian untuk tujuan promosi barang Pihak bank mendebitkan Jurnal Am terus akaun semasa peniaga untuk membayar insurans kedai
IV
6 Apakah nama dokumen yang berfungsi sebagai invois tambahan? A Nota debit B Nota kredit C Makluman debit D Makluman kredit
Antara berikut, urus niaga manakah dicatat dalam buku catatan pertama yang betul? A I dan II B I dan III C II dan IV D III dan IV
Your Essential Guide to Higher Education
97
Soalan 10 dan 11 adalah berdasarkan maklumat di bawah. Buku Tunai Tarikh 2009 Jan 15 Butir Tunai Tunai Bank 950 Tarikh 2009 Jan 15 Butir Tunai Tunai Bank 950
15 Berdasarkan dokumen di atas, nyatakan akaun yang akan didebitkan dan dikreditkan dalam lejar Kedai Alat Tulis TR. A Debit Akaun Modal, Kredit Akaun Ambilan B Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Modal C Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Alatan Pejabat D Debit Akaun Alatan Pejabat, Kredit Akaun Modal 16 Maklumat berikut diambil daripada buku perniagaan Polaris Enterprise RM Modal Perabot Stok Akhir Bank Jualan Belian Pemiutang Berapakah nilai bagi X? A RM3 200 B RM6 200 C RM10 300 D RM16 800 17 Antara berikut, manakah yang menyebabkan penghutang dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk? A Penghutang berkenaan telah diistiharkan muis B Penghutang yang mampu membayar hutangnya C Penghutang yang tidak layak menerima diskaun diberi D Penghutang yang membayar hutangnya dengan segera 18 Pemilik Perniagaan Santhana telah membayar insurans untuk kedainya pada 1 April 2009 berjumlah RM 5 400 setahun. Tempoh perakaunan berakhir pada 31 Disember 2009. Apakah pelarasan yang perlu di ambil kira pada 31 Disember 2009? A Insurans terakru RM 1 350 B Insurans terakru RM 4 050 C Insurans terdahulu RM 1 350 D Insurans terdahulu RM 4 050 19 Peruntukan hutang ragu mungkin dikurangkan jika terdapat keadaan-keadaan berikut kecuali A ekonomi yang stabil B dasar syarikat yang positif C kemelesetan ekonomi D jumlah penghutang berkurang 20 Sebuah mesin bernilai RM 8000 telah dibeli pada 1 Januari 2008. Ia disusutnilai pada kadar 10 % setahun dengan kaedah garis lurus. Pada 31 Disember 2009, ia dijual dengan harga RM 6000. Kira untung atau rugi daripada pelupusan mesin tersebut. A Rugi sebanyak RM 400 B Rugi sebanyak RM 1 200 C Untung sebanyak RM 400 D Untung sebanyak RM 1 200 15 000 4 800 10 000 10 000 X 1 500
10 Rekod urusniaga pada 15 Januari 2009 di atas merupakan A pemindahan wang dari bank untuk kegunaan perniagaan B pemindahan tunai dari perniagaan ke bank perniagaan C pemindahan tunai peribadi ke bank perniagaan D pemindahan tunai perniagaan ke bank peribadi 11 Apakah dokumen yang terlibat dalam urusniaga pada 15 Januari 2009? A slip mesin daftar tunai B borang wang masuk C makluman debit D keratan cek 12 Pada 1 Mei 2009, Perniagaan Sam mengeluarkan wang tunai RM200 daripada bank untuk didebitkan ke dalam Buku Tunai Runcit. Pada 31 Mei 2009, baki dalam Buku Tunai Runcit ialah RM75. Mengikut sistem panjar, berapakah jumlah wang yang perlu dibayar balik kepada kerani juruwang pada 1 Jun 2009? A RM 275 B RM 200 C RM 125 D RM 75
Pemilik Kedai Perabot Seng Heng mengambil sebuah almari untuk kegunaan keluarganya. 13 Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas. Catatan lejar ialah Debit A B C D Akaun Belian Akaun Perabot Akaun Ambilan Akaun Ambilan Kredit Akaun Ambilan Akaun Ambilan Akaun Perabot Akaun Belian
14 Berikut merupakan akaun perorangan kecuali A Penghutang B Pemiutang C Ambilan D Hasil MEMO Kedai Alat Tulis TR 56 Jalan Gemilang Dua 45200 Klang, Selangor Tel:03-2823255 Tarikh: 30 Mac 2009 Sebuah mesin fax peribadi bernilai RM600 dibawa masuk untuk kegunaan kedai
. T.T. Pengurus
Halim
Popular COURSES & CAREERS explained
5 500
98
21 Akaun pemiutang biasanya berbaki kredit kerana ia menunjukkan liabiliti kepada perniagaan. Walau bagaimanapun, ada masanya akaun pemiutang berbaki debit. Mengapakah keadaan ini berlaku? A Penghutang telah terlebih bayar B Terdapat pulangan masuk selepas akaunnya dijelaskan C Perniagaan telah membayar lebih daripada hutangnya. D Elaun telah diberikan kepada penghutang atas sebab-sebab tertentu 22 Antara butir-butir berikut, yang manakah terdapat dalam Akaun Kawalan Lejar Jualan? A Jualan tunai B Diskaun diberi C Pulangan Keluar D Peruntukan Hutang Ragu
29 Antara akaun-akaun yang berikut,kombinasi akaun manakah yang diperlukan semasa pembubaran perkongsian? I Akaun Realisasi II Akaun Pengasingan Untung Rugi III Akaun Modal Pekongsi IV Akaun Tunai A I, II dan III B I, III dan IV C II, III dan IV D I. II, III dan IV 30 Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan Syarikat Kawarizmi Sdn. Bhd. Modal berdaftar : 800 000 5% saham keutamaan RM2.00 sesaham 2 500 000 unit saham biasa RM1.00 sesaham Lembaga Pengarah membuat keputusan untuk menerbit semua saham keutamaan dan 1 000 000 unit saham biasa pada nilai tara. Hitungkan modal diterbitkan. A RM 800 000 B RM 1 600 000 C RM 2 500 000 D RM 2 600 000 31 Antara berikut, yang manakah perbezaan antara saham biasa dan saham keutamaan? I Pemegang saham biasa menghadapi risiko yang lebih rendah berbanding saham keutamaan II Pemegang saham keutamaan menerima dividen sebelum pemegang saham biasa III Pemegang saham biasa berhak mengundi manakala pemegang saham keutamaan tidak IV Kadar dividen saham keutamaan adalah tetap manakala kadar dividen saham biasa tidak A B C D I, II dan III I, II dan IV I,III dan IV II,III dan IV
23 Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesilapan ketara yang berlaku dalam catatan buku ? A Belanja membaiki mesin telah didebitkan dalam Akaun Mesin B Komisen diterima daripada pembekal telah direkodkan sebagai komisen diberi. C Belian barang niaga secara kredit telah terlebih catat RM 150 dalam kedua-dua akaun. D Pemilik telah mengeluarkan barang niaga untuk kegunaan peribadi tetapi masih belum direkodkan. 24 Pemilik Spa Q telah membuat kesilapan catatan dengan mencatatkan bayaran sewa kediaman ke dalam Akaun Sewa. Bagaimanakah kesilapan tersebut akan dibetulkan menerusi jurnal? A Debitkan Akaun Tunai dan Kreditkan Akaun Sewa B Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun Tunai C Debitkan Akaun Ambilan dan Kreditkan Akaun Sewa D Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun Ambilan 25 Butir yang didebitkan dalam penyata bank tetapi belum direkodkan dalam buku tunai ialah A cek belum dikemukakan untuk pembayaran B deposit belum dikreditkan C dividen atas pelaburan D caj bank 26 Berikut merupakan butir yang direkodkan dalam Belanjawan Tunai kecuali A Gaji pekerja B Hasil jualan C Bayaran sewa D Peruntukan hutang ragu 27 Bagi perniagaan perkongsian, syarat-syarat pengurusan dan pelaksanaan perniagaan akan ditetapkan oleh pekongsi-pekongsi dalam A Akta perkongsian 1961 B Ikatan Perkongsian C Tataurus Perkongsian D Memorandum Perkongsian 28 Gaji pekongsi yang belum dibayar oleh perkongsian akan direkodkan di dalam A Kunci Kira-kira B Akaun Semasa Pekongsi C Akaun Pengasingan Untung Rugi D Akaun Perdagangan dan untung Rugi
32 Antara perbelanjaan berikut yang manakah boleh dianggap sebagai perbelanjaan modal ? I Belian perabot II Belian komputer III Belian stok barang niaga IV Belian kenderaan untuk pemilik A I dan II B I dan III C II dan IV D III dan IV
99
Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 RM Yuran 2007 Yuran 2008 Yuran 2009 Maklumat tambahan : (i) 1 Januari 2008 Yuran tertunggak 200 Yuran Terdahulu 120 31 Disember 2008 150 160 180 3450 160 RM
Maklumat berikut diambil dari buku Kedai Roti Lavender RM Belian bahan mentah Upah buruh langsung Sewa kilang Susut nilai loji dan mesin Stok awal bahan mentah Gaji kerani kilang Belanja jualan Stok akhir bahan mentah 10 525 8 200 2 500 2 400 5 240 1 200 1 400 4 820
(ii) Yuran yang masih tertunggak dari tahun lepas dianggap sebagai hutang lapuk.
37 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, hitungkan kos bahan mentah yang digunakan A RM10 105 B RM10 945 C RM15 765 D RM19 145
33. Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, berapakah yuran yang dipindahkan ke Akaun Pendapatan dan Perbelanjaan bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2007 A RM 3 700 B RM 3 710 C RM 3 720 D RM 3 740 34. Maklumat yang berikut boleh didapati daripada analisis buku tunai I jualan tunai II hutang lapuk III bayaran komisen IV Peruntukan hutang ragu A I dan II B I dan III C II dan IV D III dan IV 35. Berikut adalah faktor-faktor yang menyebabkan wujud rekod tak lengkap bagi sebuah perniagaan kecuali? A Rekod akaun termusnah akibat banjir atau kebakaran B Tidak tahu menyimpan rekod secara lengkap C Tidak menggunakan Sistem Catatan Bergu D Tidak mengupah akauntan bertauliah Kos (RM)
38 Apakah kepentingan analisis kos volum untung bagi perniagaan? A memastikan matlamat perniagaan tercapai B menentukan jenis produk yang akan dihasilkan C menentukan harga jualan, kos jualan dan kos berubah D menentukan supaya perniagaan membuat perancangan dan kawalan kos 39 Nisbah yang digunakan untuk mengukur kemampuan rma menjelaskan hutang jangka pendek ialah A nisbah semasa B nisbah untung C nisbah kecekapan D nisbah bukan semasa 40 Soalan 40 berdasarkan hamparan elektronik perisian Excel di bawah: A 1 2 3 4 5 Jualan Stok awal Belian (-) Pulangan belian (+) Angkutan masuk (-) Stok akhir 36 000 300 35 700 500 35 200 85 200 45 000 40 200 39 800 50 000 B C RM D RM E RM 80 000
P
Unit Keluaran
6 7 8 9 10 11
36 Berdasarkan rajah di atas, garis OP menggambarkan sejenis kos. Kos berkenaan ialah A kos tetap B kos berubah C kos overhed D harga jualan
40 Nilai kos barang untuk dijual berada di dalam sel A C6 C E9 B D8 D E10
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
Over 60 SCHOLARSHIPS Listed
100
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN Kertas 2

Kertas soalan ini mengandungi dua bahagian : Bahagian A dan Bahagian B. Jawab semua soalan di Bahagian A dan satu soalan daripada Bahagian B. Bahagian A [68 markah] Jawab semua soalan. 1. En Mahmuddin ialah pemilik Mutiara Bakery yang membekal dan menjual pelbagai jenis kek dan biskut di Klang, Selangor. Berikut ialah baki-baki yang diambil daripada buku perniagaannya pada 1 Mac 2009: M R Tunai di tangan 2 000 Tunai i ank d b 15 000 Stok 17 000 Kenderaan 20 000 Pemiutang : Lee Trading 5 500 Modal 48 500 Sepanjang bulan Mac 2009, urus niaga Mutiara Bakery ditunjukkan oleh dokumen-dokumen perniagaan seperti dalam Lampiran A. (a) Sediakan catatan dalam buku-buku catatan pertama yang sesuai. (Jurnal Penerimaan Tunai dan Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai tidak diterima) Pindahkan catatan daripada buku catatan pertama ke lejar. Imbangkan akaun dan sediakan Imbangan Duga pada 31 Mac 2009.
(b) (c)
2. Baki-baki berikut diambil daripada buku-buku Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd pada 31 Julai 2009. Debit RM Stok pada 1 Ogos 2008 Peruntukan hutang ragu Bank Kadar bayaran Pinjaman bank Penghutang dan Pemiutang Pulangan Insurans Kenderaan (kos) Ambilan Gaji Modal pada 1 Ogos 2008 Hutang lapuk terpulih Peruntukan susut nilai kenderaan Perabot Belian dan Jualan Tunai 16 750 255 9 977 2 437 8 450 600 35 000 833 6 650 48 850 565 5 250 6 200 49 680 1 222 137 799 Maklumat tambahan: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Stok pada 31 Julai 2009 bernilai RM 17 430 mengikut harga kos dan RM 17 630 mengikut harga pasaran. Insurans dibayar untuk tempoh setahun berakhir 31 Ogos 2009 Kenderaan disusutnilaikan 10% setahun atas kos Peruntukan hutang ragu diselaraskan kepada 2% atas penghutang Pemilik mengambil barang niaga RM 240 untuk kegunaan keluarga tetapi tidak dicatatkan dalam mana-mana buku. 72 500 5 000 4 857 522 Kredit RM
137 799
Anda dikehendaki menyediakan: (a) (b) Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 31 Julai 2009. Kunci Kira-kira pada 31 Julai 2009 (tunjukkan modal kerja) [9 markah] [9 markah
101
3 Baki berikut telah diperoleh daripada buku Kelab Sukan dan Rekreasi Sentosa yang menjalankan perniagaan kafetaria bagi menambah tabungan. 1 Januari 2008 RM Stok Pemiutang Penghutang 1 600 3 100 1 100 31 Disember 2008 RM 1 360 1 650 770
Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 adalah seperti berikut: Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Penghutang Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang Sediakan Akaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 Jelaskan maksud pendapatan modal beserta contoh.
[2 markah] [2 markah] [3 markah] [1 markah]
4 Ranjit dan Ronnie adalah pekongsi dalam Perkongsian Cyber yang membahagikan untung atau rugi dengan nisbah 3:1. Pada 30 April 2009, mereka bersetuju membubarkan perkongsian mereka Kedudukan kewangan perkongsian pada tarikh tersebut adalah seperti berikut Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 April 2009 Alatan Stok Penghutang Bank RM 25 000 18 050 4 650 2 300 50 000 RM Modal : Ranjit Ronnie 35 000 15 000
50 000
Perkara berikut telah dipersetujui semasa pembubaran: (i) Alatan dan Stok diambil alih oleh Ranjit dengan nilai RM 32 440 (ii) Sejumlah RM 4 468 berjaya dikutip daripada penghutang dan bakinya dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk (iii) Belanja realisasi RM 800 (iv) Semua urusan penerimaan dan pembayaran melalui bank (v) Mana-mana akaun modal pekongsi yang menghadapi kekurangan modal dikehendaki mengimbangknnya dengan tambahan tunai ke bank perniagaannya. Anda dikehendaki menyediakan: (a) (b) (c) kaun A alisasi Re kaun A k Ban [5 [2 [4 kah] mar kah] kah]
mar mar
kaun A odal etiap M ekongsi s p
Major INSTITUTIONS revealed
Baki pada 1 Januari Penghutang kantin
RM 2 180 6 600
Pemiutang kantin Upah kafetaria
RM 4 200 700
102

Bahagian B [12 markah] Jawab satu soalan sahaja. 5 Pada 4 Februari 2009, Cik Jasmina Hashim telah menerima Penyata Bank yang menunjukkan bakinya pada 31 Januari 2009 yang berbeza dengan baki Buku Tunainya. Berikut ialah Buku Tunai dan Penyata Bank Cik Jasmin bagi bulan Januari. Buku Tunai (Ruangan Bank sahaja) 2009 Jan M 8 540 850 220 375 960 10 945 R 2009 Jan No cek 067 068 069 070 071 RM 568 452 1 230 880 460 7355 10 945
1 5 16 28 30
Baki b/b Sewa Yen Hamidah Jualan
7 11 19 23 29 31
Insurans Kedai Rajes Belian Syarikat Tee Gaji Bakih/ b
Feb
Baki b/b
7 355 AGRO BANK BERHAD Jalan Pasir Pekan 17000 Pasir Mas PENYATA BANK
Tarikh 2009 Jan 1 2 3 7 9 19 20 22 27 28 30 31
Butiran
Debit RM
Kredit RM
Baki RM 9 020 8 700 8 540 9 390 8 820 9 042 8 617 7 387 7 702 6 822 6 807 7 182
Baki (kredit) No. cek 065 No. cek 066 Deposit No.cek 067 Deposit No.cek 068 No.cek 069 Dividen Syarikat MPX Bhd No cek 070 Caj bank Deposit
320 160 850 568 220 425 1 230 315 880 15 375
Maklumat tambahan: (i) Cek no 068 yang dikeluarkan pada 11 Januari 2009 dikenalpasti berlaku kesilapan catatan dalam Buku Tunai Anda dikehendaki menyediakan (a) unai Buku erlaras T T [5 kah] mar
(b) Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009 (c) Nyatakan dua sebab mengapa baki Penyata Bank dan Buku Tunai berbeza.
[5 markah] [2 markah]

6. Berikut ialah penyata kewangan bagi Perniagaan A & Z yang menjalankan perniagaan runcit. Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 30 Oktober 2008 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------RM Jualan 38 000 Tolak: Kos Jualan 26 000 Untung asar K 12 000 Tolak: Jumlah Belanja 3 000 Untung Bersih 9 000 Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 Oktober 2008 ----------------------------------------------RM 46 300 2 900 1 --------50 500 ===== Modal Untung Bersih Pemiutang 40 9 000 1 500 --------50 ==== 000 100 200
103
500
Anda dikehendaki: a) Menghitung; i) Margin untung bersih ii) Margin untung kasar iii) Nisbah semasa iv) Nisbah cepat v) Pulangan modal vi) okokan T (b) Jelaskan kepentingan tafsiran penyata kewangan kepada pihak pengurusan.
[9
kah] mar
[3 markah]
PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained
Lekapan dan lengkapan Stok Penghutang Bank
104
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 LAMPIRAN A

SALINAN INVOIS Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396 No. 1222
Perniagaan Alfa 871 Taman Jangkal 81750M asaiJ ohor Butiran Kuantiti (Unit) 12 6 20 Harga seunit (RM) 40.00 10.00 4.00
Tarikh : 2 Mac.2009 Jumlah (RM)
Kek Lapis Seri Mutiara Kek Coklat Biskut Chipmore
480.00 60.00 80.00 620.00 62.00 558.00
Jumlah kasar TolakD iskaunNi aga10% Jumlah bersih Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja. Serahan : Angkutan dibayar Diskaun Tunai : 5% 7 hari K & K di K
mahmdd
------------Pengurus Dokumen 1 SALINAN INVOIS Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396
laila
------------Penerima
No. 1223
MY Cake House 222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang 08000 Sun gai P etani Butiran Kuantiti (Unit) 120 50 Harga seunit (RM) 25.00 40.00
Tarikh : 5 Mac.2009 Jumlah (RM)
Kek Lapis Seri Mutiara Kek Blackforest
3 000.00 2 000.00
Jumlah kasar TolakD iskaunNi aga10% Jumlah bersih Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja. Serahan : Angkutan dibayar Diskaun Tunai : 5% 7 hari K & K di K
5 000.00 500.00 4 500.00
mahmdd
------------Pengurus Dokumen 2
yati
105
SALINAN
NOTA DEBIT Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396
No. 240
MY Cake House 222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang 08000 Sungai Petani
Tarikh : 11 Mac 2009
Akaun tuan didebitkan dengan butir-butir berikut : Butir 120 biji kek terkurang caj RM 5 setiap satu (Invois no 1223) Tolak Diskaun niaga 10% Jumlah bersih Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Empat Puluh Sahaja Jumlah (RM) 600.00 60.00 540.00
mahmdd
------------Pengurus Dokumen 3 MEMO Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396 Tarikh : 13 Mac 2009 Peringatan : Pemilik mengambil tunai sebanyak RM 250 untuk meraikan harijadi anaknya.
mahmdd
------------Pengurus Dokumen 4 Tarikh Penerima Kerana : 15 Mac 2009 : Lee Trading : Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 4484
RINGGIT Baki akhir 15 000 Dimasukkan Jumlah Cek ini Baki 056340 Dokumen 5 15 000 3200 11 800
SEN 00 00 00 00 Keratan cek
Education LOANS highlighted
106
ASAL
INVOIS LEE TRADING No 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua Persiaran Muda Musa 51040 Shah Alam Tel: 03- 54769807
No. 3115
Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100K langSe langor Butiran
Tarikh : 17 Mac 2009 Kuantiti (Unit) 10 10 9 Harga seunit (RM) 26.00 24.00 50.00 Jumlah (RM)
Biskut Chip Coklat Biskut Cream Cracker Biskut Walnut
260.00 240.00 450.00 950.00 190.00 760.00
Jumlah kasar Tolak Diskaun Niaga 20% Jumlah bersih
Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus enam puluh sahaja. Serahan : Angkutan dibayar Diskaun Tunai : 5% 10 hari K & K di K
lee
------------Pengurus Dokumen 6 ASAL
mahmdd
NOTA KREDIT N/K: 23 LEE TRADING No 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua Persiaran Muda Musa 51040 Shah Alam Tel: 03- 54769807 Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar Tarikh : 21 Mac 2009 41100K langSe langor Akaun tuan dikreditkan dengan butir-butir berikut: Butiran Biskut Chip Coklat (5 Kotak x RM 26.00) Tolak Diskaun niaga 20 % Jumlah bersih Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ratus Empat Sahaja Jumlah (RM) 130.00 26.00 104.00
lee
107
ASAL
INVOIS ALIMA ENTERPRISE 102 Jalan Meru 41050 Klang, Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396
No.9752
Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100K langSe langor Butiran Kuantiti (Unit) 1
Tarikh : 22 Mac 2009 Harga seunit (RM) 1 450 Jumlah bersih Jumlah (RM)
Rak Pameran
1 450 1 450
Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ribu Empat Ratus Lima Puluh Sahaja. Serahan : Angkutan dibayar Diskaun Tunai : 5% 10 hari K & K di K
Fariz
mahmdd
SALINAN
RESIT RASMI Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396
No.R971
Tarikh : 23 Mac 2009 Diterima daripada : Perniagaan Alfa Ringgit Malaysia : Tiga Ratus Enam Sahaja Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 1222
RM 306.00 ---------------------No.cek : B MM 072062
mahmdd
108
ASAL
BIL T UNAI Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396
No.1760
Kepada: Pn Normah Kg.Telok Pulai 41000 Klang Bil 1 2 Keterangan Kek Aiskrim Walnut Biskut Kacang Bersalut Jumlah besar
Tarikh : 25 Mac 2009 Kuantiti 5 2 Harga Seunit (RM) 100.00 11.00 Jumlah (RM) 500.00 22.00 522.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Dua Puluh Dua Sahaja
normah
------------Penerima Dokumen 10 ASAL RESIT RASMI LEE TRADING No 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua Persiaran Muda Musa 51040 Shah Alam Tel: 03- 54769807 Tarikh : 26 Mac 2009 Diterima daripada : Mutiara Bakery Ringgit Malaysia : Dua ribu lapan ratus lima puluh sahaja Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan semua invois (diskaun tunai RM106) RM 2 850.00 ---------------------Tunai/No.cek : H CB 056341 Dokumen 11 BAUCAR PEMBAYARAN Mutiara Bakery 102 Jalan Kapar 41100 Klang Selangor Tel : 03- 30190396 Kepada : Suan Sau Keterangan Bayaran gaji bulan Mac. Tarikh : 30 Mac 2009 Jumlah (RM) 750.00 No.781 N0.3456
lee
------------Pengurus
Jumlah bersih Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus lima puluh sahaja Tunai/No.cek : HCB 056342
750.00
mahmdd
------------Diluluskan oleh Dokumen 12
sufian S
------------Tandatangan Penerima
109
SPM
2009
[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]
Perdagangan
Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 1)

TAJUK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN UNSUR PERDAGANGAN PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN PELABURAN PERBANKAN INSURANS PENGANGKUTAN KOMUNIKASI PERGUDANGAN PROMOSI PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM PERNIAGAAN KONSUMERISME JUMLAH 2004 5 1 8 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 2 2 5 1 3 40 2005 3 1 5 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 4 3 40 1 3 1 3 40 2006 3 1 4 5 3 2 5 2 3 4 2007 3 1 3 4 4 1 4 2 6 3 4 2 2 1 40 5 2 2 2 3 5 5 2 2 2 1 2 4 40 2008 3
Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 2)

TAJUK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN UNSUR PERDAGANGAN PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN PELABURAN PERBANKAN INSURANS PENGANGKUTAN KOMUNIKASI PERGUDANGAN PROMOSI PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM PERNIAGAAN KONSUMERISME 4 2004 1,3 2,3 4,6 5 6 5 2,3,6 4 5 2005 1 1,2 2 3 3,4 4 1,3,6 6 5 6 1 6 5 2006 1 1,2 2,6 2 3 3 4 4,6 6 5 5 2007 1 1 2,6 6 6 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 5 2008 1 1 2 3 3 6 4 4 6 5 6 5 6 5
110
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PERDAGANGAN Kertas 1
1. Antara berikut yang manakah benar mengenai kehendak manusia? A. Mudah dipuaskan kerana terhad B. Meliputi kehendak asas dan kehendak lain C. Terdiri daripada pelbagai jenis dan sentiasa berubah D. Diperlukan oleh manusia untuk terus hidup 2. Gambar 1 mengenai keperluan manusia
GAMBAR
Menurut Hierarki Keperluan Maslow, keperluan apakah yang telah dicapai dalam gambar di atas? A. B. C. D. Keperluan keselamatan Keperluan penghargaan Keperluan kasih sayang Keperluan sempurna kendiri Tayar Susu getah Sarung angan t 3. Apakah nilai faedah yang terlibat dalam proses pengeluaran di atas? A. B. C. D. Nilai faedah masa Nilai faedah bentuk Nilai faedah milikan Nilai faedah tempat
4. Rajah 1 menunjukkan faktor-faktor pengeluaran. Tanah Faktor Pengeluaran Modal RAJAH 1 Berdasarkan Rajah 1 di atas, faktor X merangkumi A. semua sumber atau bahan mentah yang diperoleh dari alam semula jadi B. segala usaha manusia sama ada secara zikal atau mental yang terlibat dalam pengeluaran C. harta benda atau sumber kewangan yang digunakan untuk membantu pengeluaran D. peniaga yang mengambil risiko menggabungjalinkan semua faktor pengeluaran 5. Apakah kelebihan pengkhususan kepada seorang pekerja? I. II. III. IV. A. B. C. D. Meningkatkan kemahiran Mewujudkan minat bekerja Meningkatkan produktiviti Melahirkan sifat kreatif I dan III II dan III II dan IV I dan IV X Buruh
6. Apakah masalah dalam sistem barter yang dapat di atasi melalui penggunaan mata wang? A. Masalah kemahuan serentak B. Kesukaran menetapkan kadar pertukaran C. Kesukaran membawa barang besar dan pukal D. Masalah barang cepat rosak dan kehilangan nilai

7. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan bantuan perniagaan? A. Aktiviti menghasilkan produk untuk memuaskan kehendak manusia B. Aktiviti pengagihan barang siap daripada pengeluar kepada pengguna akhir C. Aktiviti mendapatkan bahan mentah dan menukarkan kepada barang siap D. Aktiviti penghantaran barang dari satu tempat ketempat lain 8. Gambar 2 menunjukkan beberapa model kereta nasional.
111
GAMBAR
Antara berikut, saluran agihan yang manakah sesuai bagi kenderaan di atas? A. B. C. D. Pengeluar Ejen Pengguna Pengeluar Peruncit Pengguna Pengeluar Ejen Peruncit Pengguna Pengeluar Pemborong Peruncit Pengguna
9. Apakah fungsi peruncit dalam saluran agihan? I. Menggred, membungkus dan meletak harga II. Menyimpan stok dan memperaga barang jualan III. Menjual secara kredit kepada semua pelanggan IV. Membeli secara kecil-kecilan A. B. C. D. I dan II II dan III III dan IV I dan IV
Soalan 10 merujuk kepada dokumen perniagaan berikut:
INVOIS Syarikat emborong P 10, Jalan Sinaran 5, 41200 lang K Pengurus Kedai Perabot Dolah 90, an erhana, Jal G 42100 lang K
No rujukan AL88 Butiran Rak Peragaan Kuantiti
aharani M
28 ebruari F 2009 No nvois: I R7701 A

Harga seunit (RM) 3 350 Tolak: Diskaun niaga 20% JUMLAH BERSIH Jumlah (RM) 1,050.00 210.00 840.00
Serahan: Angkutan dibayar Syarat: 5% 10 hari, 2% 30 hari K&K di K Disahkan oleh: Abdullah Pengurus
112

10. Berapakah jumlah bersih yang akan dibayar oleh Kedai Perabot Dolah jika bayaran dibuat pada 7 Mac 2009? A. RM 840.00 B. RM 823.20 C. RM798.00 D. RM672.00 11. Gambar 3 menunjukkan kaedah jualan bagi set komputer.
GAMBAR 3 Apakah kelebihan sekiranya seorang pengguna membeli komputer itu secara sewa beli? I. Terdapat wang lebihan untuk membeli barang lain II. Boleh menerima upah menaip untuk membayar ansuran III. Set komputer tidak boleh dirampas jika beliau gagal membuat bayaran IV. Jumlah bayaran secara sewa beli lebih rendah daripada jumlah bayaran secara tunai A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan III II dan IV III dan IV
12. Apakah faedah yang diperoleh daripada aktiviti perniagaan antarabangsa kepada pengeluar? I. Lebih banyak sumber bekalan II. Menggalakkan pertukaran pengetahuan dan teknologi III. Barang dapat dijual pada harga yang lebih rendah IV. Dapat meningkatkan taraf hidup A. B. C. D. I dan II II dan III III dan IV I dan IV
13. Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan eksport tak nyata? A. Pelajar Malaysia melanjutkan pelajaran di United Kingdom B. Pelancong Australia datang ke Malaysia untuk bercuti C. Malaysia menjual barang elektrik ke Hong Kong D. Pelancong Malaysia menaiki penerbangan Singapore Airline 14. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan dokumen perniagaan antara bangsa. Dikeluarkan oleh pengimport atau ejen untuk memesan barang Menyatakan jenis, kuantiti dan anggaran harga bagi barang dipesan Dokumen yang dimaksudkan di atas ialah A. Invois Eksport B. Sijil Asal usul C. Bil Muatan D. Inden 15. Antara berikut yang manakah menerangkan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS)? A. Sebuah kilang elektronik yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM15 juta dan pekerja seramai 300 orang B. Firma guaman Azhar & Co. yang mempunyai keuntungan sebanyak RM20 juta dan pekerja seramai 150 orang. C. Syarikat Kerjasama Sdn Bhd yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM5 juta dan pekerja seramai 80 orang pekerja. D. Sebuah kilang plastik yang mempunyai modal RM220 000 dan pekerja seramai 180 orang pekerja

16. Berikut adalah maklumat berkaitan jalinan antara Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) dengan industri berat. Mendapat bayaran segera Memperoleh pasaran yang terjamin Dikenali sebagai pemasaran konsep payung
113
Apakah jalinan yang dimaksudkan di atas? A. Subkontrak B. Rantaian industri C. Pemasaran bersepadu D. Pengaturan kontrak khas 17. Apakah kebaikan memulakan perniagaan secara francais? A. Francaisi tidak memerlukan modal yang banyak B. Francaisi tidak perlu membayar royalti kepada francaisor C. Francaisi tidak perlu bimbingan dan latihan D. Francaisi tidak perlu membuat promosi 18. Bagaimanakah cara untuk mengira untung bersih bagi sesuatu perniagaan? A. Untung kasar + pendapatan - perbelanjaan B. Jualan bersih - kos barang untuk dijual C. Untung kasar + stok awal stok akhir D. Aset semasa liabiliti semasa 19. Pernyataan yang manakah benar mengenai ciri koperasi? I. Modal dikumpul daripada jualan syer kepada orang ramai II. Semua anggota menanggung liabiliti terhad III. Bilangan minimum anggota ialah 100 orang IV. Anggota mempunyai hak mengundi berdasarkan jumlah syer A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
20. Encik Faisal telah membeli sebuah kondominium berharga RM180 000. Beliau telah menyewakan kondominium tersebut dengan kadar RM1 200 sebulan selama 2 tahun sebelum menjualnya dengan harga RM 250 000. Berapakah pendapatan yang diperoleh daripada pelaburan tersebut? A. B. C. D. RM151 200 RM98 800 RM70 000 RM28 800
21. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan ciri sejenis syer keutamaan. Syer yang dibayar pada satu kadar dividen yang tetap dan dividen tambahan selepas pembayaran dividen kepada pemegang syer biasa. Apakah jenis syer keutamaan di atas? A. Syer keutamaan kumulatif B. Syer keutamaan boleh tebus C. Syer keutamaan penyertaan D. Syer keutamaan boleh tukar 22. Antara berikut yang manakah perbezaan di antara bank saudagar dengan bank perdagangan. Bank Saudagar A B C D Tertakluk kepada Akta Bank dan Institusi Kewangan Dimiliki secara terbitan syer Menawarkan perkhidmatan kepada syarikat korporat Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada orang awam Bank Perdagangan Tertakluk kepada Akta Syarikat Kewangan Islam Dimiliki sepenuhnya oleh kerajaan Menawarkan perkhidmatan kepada orang ramai Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada kerajaan
114

23. Gambar 4 menunjukkan sejenis jentera.
GAMBAR 4 Apakah institusi kewangan yang dapat membantu seorang petani mendapatkan pembiayaan jentera tersebut? A. Syarikat Pemfaktoran B. Syarikat Pajakan C. Bank Saudagar D. Bank Pusat
24. Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan risiko yang tidak boleh diinsuranskan? A. Risiko kerosakan bangunan akibat kejadian tanah runtuh B. Risiko kehilangan kereta di tempat letak kereta C. Risiko kerugian akibat ketidakjujuran pekerja D. Risiko kemalangan kereta persendirian 25. Prinsip insurans yang memastikan insured tidak mendapat keuntungan akibat malapetaka yang menimpa harta bendanya ialah A. penuh percaya mutlak B. kepentingan boleh insurans C. doktrin sebab hampiran D. indemniti 26. Encik Osman adalah seorang peniaga pasar malam. Beliau menggunakan van untuk mengangkut barang-barang niaga dan dibantu oleh seorang pekerja. Suatu hari beliau dan pekerjanya telah terlibat dalam satu kemalangan jalan raya. Vannya rosak teruk dan pekerjanya mengalami kecederaan. Apakah jenis insurans yang boleh membayar pampasan ke atas kecederaan yang dialami oleh pekerjanya? A. Insurans pihak ketiga B. Insurans komprehensif C. Insurans hayat sementara D. Insurans endowmen 27. Apakah peranan pengangkutan? I. Menstabilkan harga barang II. Menjamin keselamatan barang III. Melindungi daripada risiko kerugian IV. Membolehkan pengeluaran besar-besaran A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
28. Antara berikut , yang manakah bukan kelebihan pengangkutan jalan raya? A. Membuat serahan pintu ke pintu B. Murah untuk perjalanan jarak jauh C. Cepat kerana tiada jadual yang tetap D. Tidak banyak kerja punggah memunggah 29. Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah perlu dipertimbangkan oleh peniaga apabila memilih jenis pengangkutan? I. Nilai barang II. Jenis barang III. Harga pasaran IV. Kos pengeluaran barang A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan III II dan IV III dan IV

30. Antara berikut, yang manakah peranan komunikasi dalam perniagaan? A. Mengurangkan risiko kerosakan barang B. Membantu menstabilkan harga barang C. Memudahkan aktiviti promosi barang D. Membantu agihan barang dengan segera 31. Apakah kepentingan gudang untuk barang yang dihasilkan secara bermusim? A. Barang menjadi tahan lama B. Barang dapat dibekalkan sepanjang tahun C. Barang dapat dikeluarkan sekaligus D. Harga barang dapat dikurangkan 32. Rajah 2 berkaitan ciri-ciri gudang yang baik. Lokasi Sesuai ng ya Ruang ang luas y Peralatan mencukupi
115
Ciri
udang Yang G aik
RAJAH Antara berikut , yang manakah menerangkan ciri X dan Y? I. Hiasan dalaman yang menarik II. Bilangan tenaga buruh yang ramai III. Mempunyai pengurusan yang cekap IV. Kesesuaian gudang dengan jenis barang A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
33. Apakah tujuan utama pengeluar mengadakan promosi untuk produk barunya? A. Mendapatkan keuntungan lumayan B. Memperkenalkan barang dan perkhidmatan C. Menghapuskan pengeluar yang sedia ada D. Meningkatkan imej syarikat 34. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan dengan unsur dalam campuran pemasaran? I. Produk yang dihasilkan menepati cita rasa pengguna II. Risiko kerosakan hendaklah dilindungi insurans III. Kumpulan sasaran pengguna meliputi pelbagai peringkat umur IV. Harga produk yang dikeluarkan mestilah sepadan dengan kualitinya A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan IV II dan III III dan IV
35. Antara berikut, yang manakah benar mengenai promosi jualan? I. Diadakan dalam satu tempoh yang singkat II. Kos promosi ditanggung oleh media massa III. Bertujuan untuk menghabiskan stok lama IV. Berupaya meluaskan pasaran sedia ada A. B. C. D. I dan II I dan III II dan III II dan IV
116

36. Berikut adalah peranan Majlis Amanah Rakyat (MARA) kepada peniaga kecuali A. menyediakan ruang niaga dan tapak kilang kepada usahawan bumiputera B. menyediakan kursus dan latihan kepada usahawan bumiputera C. menawarkan skim bantuan kredit kepada peniaga bumiputera D. mempromosi dan memasarkan hasil keluaran peniaga bumiputera 37. Antara berikut, yang manakah cara bijak apabila merancang pembelian barang? A. Membeli barang semasa tawaran B. Membuat senarai mengikut keperluan C. Membeli barang mengikut trend semasa D. Memilih tempat yang selalu dikunjungi Pilihan jawapan bagi Soalan 38 hingga Soalan 40 berdasarkan jadual berikut. Pilihan A B C D 38. I. II. Pernyataan I Betul Salah Betul Salah Pernyataan II Salah Betul Betul Salah
Bil muatan merupakan dokumen hak milik dan boleh digunakan untuk menuntut barang dari kapal Resit nakhoda dihantar kepada pihak Lembaga Pelabuhan untuk meminta pihak pelabuhan memunggah barang ke dalam kapal Syer syarikat sendirian berhad boleh dipindah milik dengan bebas Penyata kewangan syarikat sendirian berhad perlu diumumkan kepada orang ramai Diskaun niaga merupakan potongan daripada harga pada senarai harga Diskaun niaga diberi untuk menggalakkan pembelian secara pukal
39. I. II. 40. I. II.
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PERDAGANGAN Kertas 2
1 (a) Bezakan keperluan dan kehendak. [4 markah]
117
(b) Dalam pengeluaran, sesuatu keluaran mempunyai nilai faedah jika ia memberi kepuasan kepada pengguna. Terangkan, dengan contoh, tiga jenis nilai faedah tersebut. (c) Jelaskan kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran. (d) Bagaimanakah perbankan dan promosi dapat membantu seorang peniaga dalam melancarkan aktiviti perniagaannya? 2 (a) Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan kaedah jualan secara kredit.
Hitungkan (i) jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar oleh Puan Mahani (ii) kadar faedah setahun (b) Jelaskan kebaikan kaedah jualan berikut kepada peniaga. (i) Bayaran tertunda (ii) Jualan prabayar Terangkan tiga fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit. Situasi berikut berkaitan dengan seorang peniaga. Encik Dolah mendapat bekalan roti dari Syarikat Best Bakeries dua kali seminggu. Encik Dolah hanya perlu menyediakan ruang di kedainya agar Syarikat Best Bakeries dapat meletakkan rak khas yang menempatkan roti tersebut. (i) Nyatakan jenis pemborong dalam situasi di atas. (ii) Jelaskan peranan pemborong dalam (i) di atas. (e) 3 (a) Jelaskan sebab penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli. Malaysia mengimport hasil tenusu dari New Zealand dan mengeksport minyak kelapa sawit ke negara tersebut. Huraikan faktor yang menyebabkan wujudnya perniagaan tersebut. Terangkan empat halangan dalam perniagaan antarabangsa. Terangkan sumbangan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) kepada (i) masyarakat (ii) negara Terangkan kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais berbanding memulakan sendiri. Pengurusan dan kawalan stok yang rapi sangat penting dalam perniagaan. Jelaskan aspek yang terlibat dalam pengurusan stok. Bezakan ciri syarikat sendirian berhad dengan syarikat awam berhad. Encik Aru bercadang untuk menyediakan perkhidmatan fotostat di kedai alat tulis yang baru dibuka. Beliau mempertimbangkan dua cara untuk mendapatkan mesin fotostat tersebut iaitu pembelian melalui syarikat pajakan atau membeli secara tunai. Tentukan cara pembelian yang sesuai dipilih oleh Encik Aru. Berikan alasan anda. Pernyataan berikut berkaitan dengan polisi insurans. Puan Hasnah telah membeli sebuah rumah berharga RM150 000 dan melindungi rumah tersebut daripada risiko kebakaran. Beliau telah mendapatkan polisi kebakaran daripada dua buah syarikat insurans yang terkenal dengan perlindungan sebanyak RM150 000 setiap satu. Selain itu Puan Hasnah juga mendapatkan polisi insurans hayat endowmen. Bagaimanapun beliau mendapati premium yang dikenakan lebih tinggi daripada adiknya yang sepuluh tahun lebih muda darinya. (i) Berapakah jumlah pampasan yang akan diperoleh sekiranya rumah Puan Hasnah musnah dalam kebakaran? Nyatakan prinsip yang digunakan. (ii) Jelaskan faktor-faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat.
(c) (d)
(b) (c)
[4 markah] [6 markah]. [6 markah]
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
[6 markah]
(a)
Puan Mahani membeli sebuah peti sejuk berharga RM1800 secara kredit. Beliau telah membayar pendahuluan sebanyak RM300 dan bakinya akan dibayar secara ansuran sebanyak RM67.50 sebulan selama dua tahun.
118

(b) Kenal pasti perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad yang sesuai digunakan dan berikan alasan bagi setiap perkhidmatan yang dipilih oleh pihak berikut: (i) Sebuah bank perdagangan menyerahkan tugas mencetak dan menghantar penyata bulanan pelanggannya kepada Pos Malaysia Berhad. (ii) Syarikat Senang Menang menerima banyak borang penyertaan setelah melancarkan satu peraduan mencipta logo. (iii) Puan Cindy dari Shah Alam menghantar wang sebanyak RM500 kepada anaknya yang belajar di Universiti Malaysia Sabah. (c) Berikut adalah maklumat tentang Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad. Syarikat Ikan Segar Sdn Bhd ialah pemborong ikan di bandar Klang. Selain membekal ikan kepada peruncit yang datang sendiri ke gudangnya, syarikat itu juga membekalkan ikan kepada restoran dan pasar raya di Lembah Klang. Bagaimanakah pengangkutan membantu perniagaan syarikat tersebut? (d) Berikut adalah perbualan dua orang suri rumah. Puan Salina : Sejak kebelakangan ini, harga barang tidak menentu. Sukar bagi saya untuk berjimat dan memastikan setiap keperluan dapat dipenuhi. Puan Devi : Memang benar, krisis ekonomi global memberi kesan terutamanya kepada pengguna. Namun begitu, kita masih boleh berjimat jika kita membuat perancangan pembelian bijak. Berdasarkan perbualan di atas, bagaimanakah pengguna dapat membeli dengan bijak? [5 markah] [6 markah]
Bahagian B [25 markah] Soalan ini wajib dijawab.
6.
Encik Sulaiman, pemilik Syarikat Iman Furniture Sdn Bhd, menjalankan perniagaan perabot di Shah Alam, Selangor. Syarikat Iman Furniture juga mempunyai dua cawangan kedai di Seremban dan Melaka. Selain mendapatkan bekalan perabot daripada pengeluar tempatan, syarikatnya juga mengimport dan menjual perabot kayu jati dari Indonesia. Apabila membuat pesanan, Encik Sulaiman memastikan surat pesanan yang lengkap dengan nama pengusaha perabot jati di Indonesia dihantar kepada ejen import di Indonesia. Ini kerana Encik Sulaiman mempunyai pelanggan tetap yang menggemari rekaan perabot daripada pembekal yang khusus kerana kekemasannya dan berkualiti tinggi. Encik Sulaiman biasanya memesan perabot jati dalam kuantiti yang banyak bagi memenuhi keperluan kedai perabotnya serta cawangan-cawangannya. Beliau juga mendapati bahawa tempahan akan bertambah menjelang musim perayaan dan pada hujung tahun. Oleh kerana tempahan yang dibuat dalam kuantiti yang banyak, Encik Sulaiman mendapati beliau mengalami masalah kekurangan wang tunai untuk menjelaskan duti import kepada pihak kastam. Ini menyebabkan beliau terpaksa menyimpan dahulu perabot-perabotnya di dalam gudang yang disediakan oleh pihak berkuasa di pelabuhan. Perabot yang disimpan dalam gudang tersebut akan dikeluarkan apabila ada pelanggan yang membuat bayaran pendahuluan. Oleh kerana perniagaannya mendapat pasaran yang menggalakkan di dalam negara, Encik Sulaiman berhasrat untuk mengembangkan perniagaannya ke Eropah. Ini kerana beliau mendapati masih kurang perabot tempatan dieksport ke luar negara. Walau bagaimanapun beliau tidak pasti bagaimanakah cara untuk menembusi pasaran Eropah serta prosedur eksport yang harus dipatuhi. Beliau telah dinasihati oleh seorang rakan agar mendapatkan bantuan daripada sebuah agensi kerajaan. Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan yang berikut: (a) Terangkan dokumen yang digunakan ketika membuat pesanan. (b) Apakah jenis gudang yang digunakan untuk menyimpan perabot yang diimport oleh Encik Sulaiman? Jelaskan pentingan ke ng tersebut. guda Bagaimanakah bank perdagangan dapat membantu Encik Sulaiman? (i) Jika anda adalah rakan Encik Sulaiman, apakah peranan agensi yang dimaksudkan? (ii) Huraikan langkah-langkah yang mesti dijalankan oleh seorang pengeksport.
[3 markah]
[6
arkah] m
(c) (d)
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
119
SPM
2009
[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]
Ekonomi Asas
Analisis Peperiksaan Mata Pelajaran Ekonomi Asas SPM

Kertas 1 Bil 1 Pengenalan Kepada Ekonomi Pendapatan Individu dan Penggunaan Pendapatan Individu Tajuk 2005 7 2006 7 2007 6 2008 5 2005 1 a) b) c) 2a) b) 6a) b) 3a) 3b) 4a) 3c) Kertas 2 2006 1a) b) 1c) 2007 1a) b) c) 2a) b) c) d) 6a) c) 3a) b) 3c) 6b) d) 3d) 2008 1a) b) c) d) 2a) b) c) d)
3 4
Isi Rumah Sebagai Pengguna Firma Sebagai Pengeluar
5 5
5 6
5 6
4 4
2a) b) 2c) d) 6a) 3a) 6c) 3b) c) 4a) 4b) 4c) 5a) 5b) 5c) 6b)
3a) 3b)
Pasaran
3c) 6c) e) 4a) b) c) 6a) b) 5a) 5b) 5c) 6d)
Wang dan Institusi Kewangan
4b) c)
4a) b)
7 8 9 10 11
Struktur Ekonomi Negara Belanjawan Negara Perdagangan Antarabangsa Imbangan Pembayaran Pertukaran Asing
2 2 3 2 -
1 3 1 1 2
2 2 2
4 4 2
5a) 5b) 6c) 5c)
4c) d) 5a) b) 5c) d)
120
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 EKONOMI ASAS Kertas 1
1. Kekurangan sumber hasil memaksa kerajaan untuk membuat pilihan dalam melaksanakan projek pembangunan. Pilihan yang dibuat adalah untuk A B C D memaksimumkan keuntungan meminimumkan kos meminimumkan keluaran memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat
2.
Berikut merupakan ciri-ciri sistem ekonomi Negara Y.
- faktor pengeluaran dimiliki oleh kerajaan - tidak wujud kebebasan membuat pilihan terhadap jenis barang atau pekerjaan - motif utama pengeluaran adalah untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat
Bagaimanakah negara tersebut mengatasi masalah untuk siapa dikeluarkan? A Berdasarkan corak agihan dan kuasa beli masyarakat B Kerajaan menetapkan barangan diagihkan secara saksama untuk semua individu C Kerajaan berhasrat memaksimumkan kebajikan rakyat dengan berlandaskan prinsip Islam D Kerajaan mengenakan cukai yang progresif 3. Sesuatu barang tidak ada nilai ekonomi apabila barang itu A boleh dibayar dengan harga yang rendah B diperolehi secara percuma C mempunyai penawaran yang tidak terhad D tidak habis dijual
4. Kerajaan memutuskan untuk memberikan bantuan pakaian seragam percuma kepada murid murid yang tidak berkemampuan.
Pernyataan di atas berkaitan dengan masalah asas ekonomi A Apa yang hendak dikeluarkan B Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkan C Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkan D Kepada siapa dikeluarkan 5. Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan mekanisme harga? 1 Interaksi antara permintaan dan penawaran II Harga turun naik sehingga mencapai keseimbangan III Harga akan naik apabila berlaku lebihan penawaran IV Harga akan jatuh apabila berlaku lebihan permintaan A I dan II B I dan III 6. C II dan III D IIII dan IV
Berikut adalah tujuan dalam membuat pelaburan KECUALI A memperolehi faedah dan dividen B mendapatkan pulangan C menggantikan barang modal D meningkatkan daya pengeluaran Sebagai guru, Puan Mawar memperolehi pendapatan sebanyak RM2800 sebulan . Kadar caruman Kumpulan Wang Simpanan Pekerja (KWSP) bagi pekerja ialah 11% dan bagi majikan ialah 12%. Hitungkan caruman Puan Mawar dalam setahun. A RM308 C RM 336 B RM3696 D RM4032
7.
121
8.
Jurutera pengeluaran di kilang membuat kereta merupakan sejenis pekerjaan yang tergolong dalam sektor apa? A utama C ketiga B kedua D keempat Rumus mengira pendapatan individu adalah seperti yang berikut: Pendapatan individu = Upah + Sewa + Faedah + Untung + Z Apakah Z? A Zakat B Bayaran pindahan
9.
C Hadiah D Cukai
10. Encik Abas merupakan seorang pegawai di sebuah syarikat swasta. Beliau menerima gaji bulanan sebanyak RM 3000. Beliau mempunyai 2 orang anak yang masih bersekolah. Isteri beliau telah meninggal dunia 2 tahun yang lalu. Setiap bulan beliau mencarum sebanyak 11% di dalam KWSP dan RM200 untuk premium insuran nyawa. Pelepasan Cukai RM 8000 RM 5000 RM 1000 seorang RM 5000 maksimum RM 5000 maksimum
Diri sendiri Isteri Anak bawah 18 tahun Perubatan ibubapa KWSP dan Insuran nyawa
Berdasarkan jadual pelepasan cukai di atas, kirakan pendapatan boleh cukai Encik Abas. A RM 18 000 B RM 19 640 C RM 21 250 D RM 22 000
11. Jadual 1 menunjukkan upah dan harga barang A, B dan C. Upah (RM) 3000 Hitungkan upah benar. A 30 unit B 50 unit C 60 unit D 70 unit Harga barang (RM) Barang A 62 Jadual 2 Barang B 60 Barang C 58
12. Antara berikut, yang manakah kepentingan merancang belanjawan peribadi? I Mengelakkan pembaziran II Menggalakkan amalan berhutang III Menggalakkan individu menabung IV Mengawal inasi A I, II dan III B I, II dan IV C I, III dan IV D II, III dan IV
13. Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan antara harga dan permintaan terhadap kamera digital import jenama Konan bagi tahun 2007 dan 2008. Tahun 2007 2008 Harga Seunit (RM) 1500 1500 Jadual 2 Apakah yang menyebabkan perubahan permintaan kamera digital pada tahun 2008 berbanding tahun 2007? I Pendapatan pengguna merosot disebabkan kegawatan ekonomi II Harga kamera jenama lain meningkat III Harga kamera dijangka turun pada tahun 2009 IV Cukai kamera import diturunkan A I dan 11 B I dan III C II dan III D III dan IV Kuantiti diminta(Unit) 30000 15000
122
14 Apabila harga barang X menurun, permintaan barang Y akan turun. Apakah hubungan di antara barang X dan Y? A barang pengganti B barang penggenap C barang mesti D barang pengguna 15 Rajah 1 menunjukkan keluk permintaan barang M. Harga (RM) D 10 9 D
50
Kuantiti (unit)
Berapakah X jika pekali keanjalan ialah 4? A 30 B 40 C 60 D 70
16 Hukum penawaran menyatakan bahawa A semakin tinggi harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan B semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan C hubungan antara harga dan kuantiti ditawarkan adalah songsang D semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta 17 Jadual 3 menunjukkan jumlah keluaran sebuah rma pengeluar pakaian. Kuantiti mesin (unit) 1 1 1 1 Kuantiti buruh 2 4 6 8 Jadual 3 Berapakah keluaran sut pada tingkat buruh yang ke 8? A 10 B 15 Output 0 1 2 3 C 20 D 25 Kos purata (RM) 80 48 35 Jadual 4 18 Berdasarkan Jadual 4 di atas, kirakan kos tetap. A RM 30 B RM 35 C RM 40 D RM 45 Kos berubah (RM) 35 51 60 Jumlah keluaran (unit) 20 50 70 100
123
Soalan 19 adalah berdasarkan Rajah 2 di bawah. harga (RM) S1 S2
S1
S2 kuantiti (unit) Rajah 2
19 Keluk penawaran kereta nasional menunjukkan perubahan dari S1S1 ke S2S2. Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah menyebabkan perubahan keluk penawaran tersebut? I Kemajuan dalam teknologi pembuatan kereta II Penurunan cukai jualan kereta III Penurunan harga kereta import IV Matlamat pengeluar untuk menguasai pasaran kereta A I, II dan III B I, II dan IV C I, III dan IV D II, III dan IV
Soalan 20 berdasarkan Jadual 5 Output 2 4 6 8 Permintaan Musa 28 18 17 12 Permintaan Aziz 24 17 13 10 Jadual 5 20 Jadual 5 menunjukkan permintaan dan penawaran terhadap barang P pada pelbagai tingkat harga. Berdasarkan jadual, berapakah harga keseimbangan pasaran barang P? A RM 2 B RM 4 C RM 6 D RM 8 Permintaan Jack 32 25 18 14 Penawaran FirmaY 17 25 28 35 Penawaran Firma Z 13 15 20 25
21 Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keluk keseimbangan pasaran barang Q. Harga (RM) D 3 2 1 S D S
25
30
35
Kuantiti (unit)
Rajah 3 Pada tingkat harga RM3, pasaran akan mengalami A lebihan penawaran sebanyak 10 unit B lebihan permintaan sebanyak 10 unit C keseimbangan pasaran D lebihan permintaan sebanyak 30 unit
124
22 Antara berikut yang manakah BUKAN melibatkan aliran zikal? A Encik Chong bekerja di kilang kasut B Puan Aminah membeli mesin jahit tambahan untuk butiknya C Encik Raju mendapat untung hasil dari perniagaan kereta terpakai D Cik Tania menyewa 2 lot kedai untuk perniagaan spa
Bandar Botanical Bandar Botanical Rumah Banglo Untuk Dijual Rumah RM 1.5Banglo juta Untuk Dujual Hubungi: 012-324 2256
23 Fungsi wang sebanyak RM 1.5 juta ialah sebagai A alat perantaraan pertukaran B alat simpanan nilai C alat ukuran nilai D alat bayaran tertunda 24 Berikut ialah kelemahan-kelemahan dalam sistem barter KECUALI. A masalah tempat penyimpanan B wujud masalah menentukan nilai barang C barang yang digunakan sebagai wang tidak tahan lama D kesukaran mencari kehendak serentak 25 Maklumat di bawah ialah mengenai salah satu perkhidmatan yang ditawarkan oleh bank perdagangan. Pendeposit boleh mengeluarkan wang melebihi daripada baki di dalam akaun Kemudahan di atas diberikan kepada pemegang akaun A Tetap C Tabungan D Wadiah D Semasa 26 Bank Pusat telah mengambil langkah-langkah di bawah dalam mengawal kestabilan ekonomi negara. menurunkan kadar rizab tunai menurunkan kadar faedah melonggarkan syarat sewa beli Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesan akibat dari tindakan yang diambil oleh Bank Pusat? A Penawaran wang menurun B Harga umum jatuh C Kuasa beli masyarakat meningkat D Jumlah permintaan menurun
125
Bank
Pelanggan
Masing-masing Masing-masing mengeluarkan mengeluarkan modal modal
Pelaburan
Keuntunganatau atau kerugian kerugian ditanggung Keuntungan ditanggung bersama bersama mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui
27 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, apakah prinsip Perbankan Islam yang telah dipersetujui? A Mudharabah C Bai Bithaman Ajil B Musyarakah D Murabahah
28 Objektif penubuhan institusi kewangan adalah untuk menggerakkan tabungan di kalangan golongan berpendapatan rendah dan sederhana. Institusi kewangan yang dimaksudkan ialah A Lembaga Tabung Haji B Kumpulan Wang Simpanan Pekerja C Bank Simpanan Nasional D Syarikat Takaful
29 Antara berikut, yang manakah BENAR mengenai sektor kedua? A Melibatkan aktiviti cari gali di dasar laut B Meliputi aktiviti pemprosesan bahan mentah C Melibatkan aktiviti perkhidmatan D Meliputi aktiviti pertanian dan perikanan
30 Pergantungan ekonomi kepada sektor utama telah menyebabkan masalah-masalah berikut KECUALI. A kestabilan harga komoditi B merugikan imbangan dagangan C peluang pekerjaan terjejas D kehausan dan kepupusan sumber 31 Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan hasil bukan cukai? A Duti setem C Bayaran lesen B Duti eksais D Emolumen
Keadaan kegawatan ekonomi menyebabkan beribu-ribu pekerja telah dibuang kerja di negara ini. 32 Antara berikut, manakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh kerajaan untuk mengatasi masalah ekonomi di atas? A Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai B Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menaikkan kadar cukai C Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menambahkan kadar cukai D Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai
33 Apakah tujuan kerajaan membuat pinjaman dalam negeri dan luar negara? I Menampung kekurangan hasil kerajaan II Membiayai pembangunan ekonomi III Membantu membayar hutang negara IV Mengagihkan pendapatan melalui projek tertentu A I, II dan III B I, II dan IV C I, III dan IV D II, III dan IV
mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui
126
34 Aktiviti-aktiviti di bawah tergolong dalam Pelajar-pelajar Malaysia belajar di Australia Doktor dari India bertugas di Hospital Kuala Lumpur A import nampak Malaysia B eksport nampak Malaysia C import tidak nampak Malaysia D eksport tidak nampak Malaysia 35 Apakah keburukan perdagangan antarabangsa? A Mengamalkan pengkhususan yang berlebihan B Merugikan negara maju C Menghadkan pilihan pengguna D Memperolehi barang pada harga yang tinggi
Imbangan Pembayaran = Akaun Semasa + Akaun Modal + X
36 Apakah X dalam rumus di atas? A Akaun Dagangan B Akaun Perkhidmatan C Akaun Pelaburan Langsung D Akaun Pergerakan Kewangan 37 Apakah kepentingan pertukaran asing kepada Malaysia? I Untuk membiayai import II Untuk membayar balik pinjaman luar negara III Untuk memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara IV Untuk melancong ke luar negara A I dan II B I dan III C II dan III D III dan IV
38 Sebuah syarikat swasta telah mengeksport produk perubatan berasaskan herba ke Amerika Syarikat bernilai RM 200 000. Berdasarkan kadar pertukaran US$ 1.00 = RM 3.80, berapakah jumlah eksport dalam sebutan dollar Amerika? A US$ 55 000.50 C US$ 100 150.25 B US$ 760 000 D US$ 52 631.58 Soalan 39 dan 40 berdasarkan jadual di bawah. Pilihan A B C D 39 I II 40 I II Pernyataan I Betul Salah Betul Salah Pernyataan II Salah Betul Betul Salah
Permintaan anjal menunjukkan kadar perubahan harga lebih kecil daripada kadar perubahan kuantiti yang diminta. Nilai keanjalan adalah lebih kecil daripada 1. Insurans am memberi perlindungan kepada sidiinsuran yang mengalami kemalangan atau hilang keupayaan untuk bekerja Takaful bermaksud sumbangan atau derma dengan rela sebahagian wang yang dibayar sebagai balasan kerana menyertai skim takaful.
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 EKONOMI ASAS Kertas 2
ARAHAN: Jawab 3 soalan dari Bahagian A dan 1 soalan wajib dari Bahagian B. BAHAGIAN A:
127
Kedua-dua pihak swasta swastadan dan Kedua-dua pihak kerajaan telah bersetuju bersetuju untuk untuk kerajaan telah menangguhkan Projek Jambatan menangguhkan Projek Jambatan ke2 Pulau Pinang disebabkan oleh ke2 Pulau Pinang disebabkan oleh masalah ekonomi.
Saya rasa itu satu tindakan yang bijak.
l h k
1 .a) Bagaimanakah pihak kerajaan dan swasta menyelesaikan masalah yang dihadapi? b) Kerajaan Negara A sangat mengambil berat soal kebajikan masyarakat dan pada masa yang sama tidak mengenepikan pihak swasta yang banyak memberi sumbangan ke atas pembangunan ekonomi negara. i) Apakah sistem ekonomi yang diamalkan oleh Negara A? ii) Terangkan bagaimana masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan oleh negara tersebut. c) Nyatakan dan jelaskan jenis-jenis pendapatan individu. 2 a) Jadual 1 menunjukkan permintaan terhadap suatu barang. Harga (RM) 10 20 30 Jadual 1 i) Lukis keluk permintaan barang. (Guna skala 2cm: 10 unit pada paksi harga dan 2cm:20 unit pada paksi kuantiti) ii) Jelaskan hukum permintaan di 2a) i) b) Rajah 1 menunjukkan peralihan keluk permintaan motosikal skuter untuk tahun 2008. Harga (RM ribu) Kuantiti (unit) 60 40 20
(7 markah)
(1 markah) (8 markah) (9 markah)
(4 markah) ( 4 markah)
D0
D1
20 D1 D0 0 300 500 Kuantiti (ribu unit)
Terangkan empat faktor yang menyebabkan peralihan keluk tersebut.
(8 markah)
128
c) Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan diantara peratus perubahan harga, peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta dan jenis barang. Barang A B C Peratus Perubahan Harga 20 30 35 Peratus Perubahan Kuantiti Diminta 4 120 35 (3 markah) (6 markah)
i) Kira keanjalan harga permintaan barang A, B dan C. ii) Tafsirkan pekali keanjalan harga permintaan bagi barang A, B dan C 3. a) Encik Joni bekerja di Syarikat Proton iaitu pengeluar kereta nasional. Beliau berpendapatan RM 3000 sebulan dan membelanjakan RM500 setiap bulan untuk membayar ansuran kereta Proton yang dibelinya. i) Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, lukiskan aliran pusingan ekonomi dua sektor. ii) Terangkan perbezaan antara aliran zikal dan aliran wang. b) Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keseimbangan pasaran buruh. Upah (RM) DL 60 X SL
(8 markah) (8 markah)
40
20 SL Y DL
10
30
50
Kuantiti (unit) (9 markah)
Terangkan keadaan pasaran buruh di X dan Y. Syarikat General Motor meramalkan akan membuang kira-kira 10 000 pekerjanya di seluruh dunia akibat dari keadaan kegawatan ekonomi. -Buletin Utama-(diubahsuai) 10. 2. 2009 4. a) Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh Bank Pusat bagi memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara? b) Mengapakah wang telah digunakan secara meluas menggantikan sistem barter? c) Huraikan cukai langsung dan cukai tidak langsung. 5. a) Huraikan secara ringkas butir-butir akaun semasa dalam imbangan pembayaran bagi Malaysia. b) Bezakan perdagangan antarabangsa dan perdagangan dalam negeri. c) Jelaskan kesan tindakan-tindakan berikut ke atas kadar pertukaran asing Malaysia. i) Syarikat Bonia meluaskan pasaran barangan kulitnya di luar negara dengan membuka cawangan terbaru butiknya di Arab Saudi. ii) Rakyat Malaysia semakin gemar minum kopi keluaran negara Brazil. iii) Setiap tahun Malaysia menganjurkan perlumbaan basikal Le Tour de Langkawi dengan menjemput pelumba-pelumba handalan dari seluruh dunia. d) Huraikan tiga kepentingan pertukaran asing.
(12 markah) (8 markah) (5 markah) (7 markah) (6 markah)
(2 markah) (2 markah) (2 markah) (6 markah)
129
BAHAGIAN B: Arahan: Soalan ini wajib dijawab.
Berikut ialah harga pakaian yang diimport oleh Arianas Collection dari kedua-dua buah negara pada tahun 2008 dan kadar pertukaran antara Ringgit Malaysia dengan mata wang negara terbabit. Negara pengeksport Harga (dalam Sebutan mata wang pengeksport) USD 50 000 25 000 Kadar Pertukaran USD 1 = RM 3.60 1 = RM 4.30
Amerika Jerman
Bagaimanapun Ariana menghadapi masalah semasa mengimport barang dari kedua-dua negara disebabkan beberapa sekatan perdagangan yang dikenakan oleh kerajaan Malaysia. Akibatnya, beliau mengambil keputusan untuk hanya menjual pakaian yang dihasilkan oleh syarikatnya sahaja. Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan-soalan berikut, 1. a) Mengapakah Cik Ariana bertukar kerja dari sebuah butik kepada sebuah syarikat pengeluar pakaian yang lebih besar? b) i) Jelaskan perbezaan antara skim perbankan konvensional dengan skim perbankan Islam. ii) Huraikan prinsip-prinsip yang diamalkan dalam perbankan Islam yang berkaitan dengan pinjaman perniagaan dan perkongsian.
(8 markah) (4 markah)
(4 markah)
c) Kirakan harga pakaian import dari kedua-dua negara dalam sebutan Ringgit Malaysia. d) i) Nyatakan 2 jenis sekatan perdagangan antarabangsa yang dikenakan untuk mengurangkan barangan import. ii) Huraikan kesan dari pengurangan import ke atas kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia.
(4 markah)
( 2 markah) (3 markah)
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
Cik Ariana mempunyai ijazah dalam bidang Rekaan Fesyen dari Universiti Teknologi Mara. Beliau bekerja sebagai pereka di sebuah butik selama setahun sebaik sahaja menamatkan pengajiannya. Selepas itu, dia telah berpindah untuk bekerja dengan sebuah syarikat pengeluar pakaian ternama dengan gaji yang lebih tinggi. Selepas menimba pengalaman selama beberapa tahun dengan syarikat tersebut dan mengumpul modal hasil dari wang gajinya, Cik Ariana mengambil keputusan untuk berdikari dan membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri. Bagaimanapun, beliau masih menghadapi masalah kekurangan modal untuk memulakan perniagaannya. Beliau kurang pasti samada untuk memohon pinjaman dari skim perbankan konvensional ataupun skim perbankan Islam. Setelah mendapatkan nasihat dari ibubapanya, akhirnya beliau bersetuju untuk mendapatkan pinjaman dari Bank Islam. Pada tahun 2008 Ariana berjaya membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri dengan nama Arianas Collectian. Selain menjual pakaian hasil rekaannya sendiri, Ariana juga menjual pakaian import dari Amerika Syarikat dan Jerman.
130
SPM
2009
[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]
EST

YEAR 2004 Compare and Choose SECTION A Sound & Light waves Human Body Agriculture SECTION B Report
2005 2006
Diagnosis & Treatment Cats
Alternative Cars (Energy) Non-renewable resources
Acid Rain Food
Report Report Compare and Choose
2007 2008
Gout Gears and Levers
Asparagus Alternative Energy
Synthetic Fibres Nutrition
Report Report
131
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Kertas 1
You are advised to spend about 30 minutes on this section. Read the following text and complete the given task.
Nutrients are classied as essential or non essential. Non essential nutrients are manufactured in the body and do not need to be obtained from food. Examples include cholesterol, a fatlike substance present in all animal cells. Essential nutrients must be obtained from food sources, because the body either does not produce them or produces them in amounts too small to maintain growth and health. Essential nutrients include water, carbohydrates, protein, fats, vitamins, and minerals. An individual needs varying amounts of each essential nutrient, depending upon factors such as age, gender, and specic health conditions. What happens when the body is given too little food or too much food? When the body is given too little food in terms of the essential nutrients over a period of time, it becomes weak and less able to ght infection. The brain may become sluggish and react slowly. Eventually, the body withers away, the heart ceases to pump properly and death occurs. Deciencies can result from inadequate intake of the major nutrients. These deciencies can result from eating foods that lack critical vitamins and minerals, from a lack of a variety of food, or from simply not having enough food. This can result in eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia.
Based on the information in the text, complete the table below Nutrients Source 1 _______________________________________ 3 _______________________________________ Lack of Nutrients Body Brain Heart 5 ____________________________________________________________ 6 ____________________________________________________________ 7 ____________________________________________________________ CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES 8 ___________________________________________________________________ 9 ___________________________________________________________________ 10 __________________________________________________________________ 2 ______________________________________ 4 ______________________________________
Part 2 Read the following text. Malaria is an infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes. The disease has been recognized for thousands of years and once was found almost everywhere except in the most northern areas of the world. Malaria has been wiped out in North America, Western Europe, and Russia. However, it remains a serious problem in much of the tropical and subtropical world. Malaria is caused by protozoan of the genus Plasmodium. Infection begins with a bite from an infected mosquito. The parasite then travels from the mosquito to the liver, where the parasite begins to reproduce. The parasite leaves the liver and travels to the bloodstream, where it infects the red blood cells. The parasite reproduces in the red blood cells, which destroys the cells and releases more parasites into the bloodstream. If another mosquito bites an infected person, that mosquito can then carry the infection to someone else. There are 4 species of Plasmodium that infect humans. P vivax is the most common in India and Central and South America but found worldwide. P ovale is rarely found outsides Africa. P malariae is found worldwide but less common than the other forms. P falciparum is most common worldwidw, this is the most life-threatening from of malaria. With malaria, a person will develop a high fever, which comes and goes every other day or few days. How often a fever returns varies with each species of malaria. Headache, nausea and sweating are also common symptoms of malaria.
132
Based on the information from the text, complete the graphic organizer below. MALARIA
What is malaria? 1. ___________________________
Cause by 2. ___________________________
Symptoms 7. ___________________________ 8. ___________________________ 9. ___________________________ 10. __________________________
Species 3. ___________________________ 4. ___________________________ 5. ___________________________ 6. ___________________________ [ 10 marks ]
SECTION B [30 marks] You are advised to spend 45 minutes on this section. You are the Secretary of your Environment Society in your school. You have been given a task of writing a report based on the information given below HAZE IN THE CITY Causes of haze: Open burning Smoke from vehicles Pollutants from factories Complaints: Respiratory problems Dirty air Low visibility Suggestions to overcome problems: Enforce law against burning Fine owners of vehicles with high exhaust fumes levels Check on emission of pollutants from factories
Your report should include the following: Description of the situation Details about the haze The effects to health Your suggestions on how the situation can be improved And other relevant information Your report should not be less than 200 words
133
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Kertas 2
Information for candidates 1. 2. This question paper consists of 30 questions . Answer all questions .
Questions 1 25 are based on the given stimuli . Study the information carefully and choose the best answer .
The weight of oil is less than water can be seen in this experiment . To begin with , pour water into the glass . then tilt the glass slightly and slowly pour in the rubbing alcohol . Make sure you do not shake the glass , or the two liquids will mix . Fill an eyedropper with the cooking oil and lower the tip into the layer of rubbing alcohol , but not into the water . Squeeze out a couple of drops of the oil . As oil is lighter than water but heavier than the rubbing alcohol , oil blobs oat between the two liquids .
1.What does the experiment show about oil ? A. Oil is heavier than water. C. Oil pollutes water. B. Oil is lighter than water. D. Oil makes the water oily.
Vitamins are organic substances necessary for life . They are essential to the normal functioning of our bodies . Except for a few exceptions , vitamins cannot be made by our bodies . We can obtain vitamins from food or dietary supplements . Although it is impossible to sustain life without all the essential vitamins , they are not replacements for food . By themselves , they have no calories . So , they are not substitutes for protein , fats , minerals , carbohydrates or other nutrients .
2. We can conclude that vitamins are A. substitutes for protein. B. more important than minerals
C. obtained from dietary supplements D. not obtained from natural food.
About ve cups of green tea daily can help to prevent cancer . People who smoke should drink more green tea . Green tea lowers blood pressure and also increases the blood ow to the heart . It prevents heart attack by preventing the blood from clumping together and also forming clots that can lead to stroke . Green tea has been used throughout history to improve ailments such as allergies , asthma , cholera , colds , congestion , coughs , depression , diarrhea and digestive infections .
3. What does the text highlight ? A. How to prepare green tea B. The benets of green tea
C. The need to stop smoking D. The need to drink green tea
Cholesterol is a soft , waxy substance found among the fats in the bloodstream and in all body cells . It is an important part of a healthy body because it is used to form cell membranes and some hormones . However , a high level of cholesterol in the blood is a major risk factor for coronary heart disease , which leads to heart attack . As cholesterol and other fats cannot dissolve in blood , they have to be transported to and from the cells by special carriers called lipoproteins .
4. If the level of cholesterol is high , it A. become waxy B. form cell membranes
C. form more hormones D. can cause heart attack
134
Morse code is a method for transmitting telegraphic information by using standardized sequences of short and long elements to represent the letters , numerals , punctuation and special characters of a message . These elements can be formed by sounds , marks or pulses and are commonly known as dots and dashes . Morse code can be transmitted in a number of ways , as electrical pulses along a telegraph wire or as an audio tone or as a radio signal . Originally created for Samuel Morses electric telegraph in the early 1840s , Morse code was extensively used for early radio communication beginning in the 1890s .
5. Morse code was invented to A. form sounds B. represent letters
C. send electric telegraph D. communicate with the radio
Technically , the hippopotamus is a terrestrial or land-dwelling , mammal . However , since it spends so much of its life in the water , it has evolved many adaptations to an aquatic environment . The thick layer of blubber beneath its skin , for example , helps the hippo conserve body heat that would otherwise be lost underwater . The hippos ears , eyes and nostrils are placed in a line along the top of its head . This allows the animal to breathe , see and hear things above the water while almost entirely submerged . The feet are webbed between the toes to help the animal move through the water and the nostrils can be shut tight when it submerges .
6. The adaptations have been formed for the hippopotamus to A. live on land C. search for food B. live in the water D. breed fast 7. The blubber beneath the skin makes the hippopotamus A. keep warm in the water C. fend itself from its enemies B. swim faster D. breathe above water
The Earth , the rst planet known to have liquid water on the surface , is the only place in the universe known to harbour life . It has a magnetic eld that , together with a primarily nitrogen-oxygen atmosphere , protects the surface from radiation that is harmful to life . At present , the Earth orbits the sun once for every roughly 366.26 times it rotates about its axis ( which is equal to 35.26 solar days ) . The Earths axis of rotation is tilted 23* ( away from the perpendicular to its orbital plane ) , producing seasonal variations on the planets surface.
8. It is obvious that the Earth is the only planet A. that orbits the sun C. to have forms of life B. to be near the sun D. to produce variations on the planets surface
The safety of natural foods are established by the trial-and-error experiments of our distant ancestors . In the modern world , food additives have to full testing standards by the regulatory authorities before being released onto the market . this means that food additives can be used only if they are shown to be safe and placed on the ofcial listing and permitted list of the foods .
9. It is obvious that before they are added to food , additives A. must be natural C. must be used by our ancestors B. are placed on the ofcial list D. have been fully tested
There are two ways to make a phone call over the Internet computer to computer and computer to phone . Making calls over the Internet is great because it is so much cheaper than calling from the regular phone . To make a phone call over the Internet , you will need a microphone , speakers , a sound card and an Internet connection . We can also make calls from our computer to a regular telephone . to do this , we need to sign up for the service and while the software is usually free , we will be charged for the calls .
10. Calls made from the computer to a telephone A. are free of charge C. are only to overseas B. are not free of charge D. do not need a software to do so
135
The four innermost planets in the Solar System ( Mercury , Venus , Earth , and Mars ) are sometimes called the terrestrial planets because of their similarity as compact solid bodies with rocky surfaces . These four planets developed from small grains of dust that collided and stuck together to form pebbles , boulders and larger planetary embryos . They formed in the inner portion of the protoplanetary disk located closer to the developing Sun during the rst 100 million years of the Systems birth , it is too warm for them to bulk up in gravitational might to become gas giants .
11. What does the word might in the text refer to ? A. Probability B. Compact C. Power D. Inner portion
12. My brother has a copy of illegal copied software . What crime has he committed ? A. Theft B. Cheating C. Gambling D. Software piracy
Kerosene is an oil distillate commonly used as a fuel or solvent . It is a thin , clear liquid consisting of a mixture of hydrocarbons . While kerosene can be extracted from coal , oil shale and wood , it is primarily derived from rened petroleum . Before electric lights became popular , kerosene was widely used as oil lamps . These days , kerosene is primarily used as heating oil , as fuel in jet engines and as solvent for insecticide sprays .
13. Kerosene will remove paint stains for it A. is a type of paint C. dissolves the paint B. is used as a fuel D. is extracted from coal
Open Space Technology ( OST ) is a way to convene people for a conference , retreat or meeting . Technology in this case means a tool or a method . Attendees are asked to generate the meeting agenda as well as participate by leading small group breakout sessions during the meeting time . There is usually a facilitator . The technology enables group of any size to address complex , important issues and achieve meaningful results quickly . It has been widely adapted to private open space meetings and public open space conference purposes .
14. We can infer that OST is a A. place to meet B. meeting methodology
C. new policy D. topic of discussion
Rubber is an elastic hydrocarbon polymer that naturally occurs as a milky colloidal suspension or latex , the sap of some plants . In its relaxed state , consists of long , coiled-up polymer chains that are interlinked at a few points . At room temperature , rubber stores enough kinetic energy which causes each section of chain to oscillate chaotically . However , when rubber is stretched , the loose sections are taut and they no longer are able to oscillate .
15. If an object oscillate , it A. is still B. is relaxed
C. is long
D. moves about
The countrys national zoo , Zoo Negara features a cross-section of Malaysias wildlife . Within the grounds are more than 4 000 animals from more than 400 species . Its aquatic world has an impressive aquarium display . The aquarium has an extensive collection of marine and freshwater species , including reptiles . A high percentage of animals here are local . This zoo is a popular attraction among the animal lovers and photographers . To them , it is a great way to study and understand the animal kingdom . 16. The word impressive is appropriate in describing Zoo Negara because A. of its many animals and species C. it is far from the city B. it is the biggest zoo in the world D. it is in the city centre
Software piracy is the illegal reproduction and distribution of software applications , whether for business or personal use . Even possession of software that has been illegally copied is piracy . There are actually many distinct types of software piracy . This include both casual copying and distribution of software between individuals and companies . They usually do not monitor the number of software licences they install or acquire enough licences to cover their software installations .
136
Scanning is the process of sampling and recording the dots and colour values that make up an image . The image is scanned and sampled line by line and the results are described as a bitmap le . Bitmap les are commonly used in paint programs or image processing programs like Photoshop . Materials to be scanned include photos , artwork , drawings and text . Transparent materials such as slides or negatives can be scanned with special slide scanner or a atbed scanner that has a transparency adaptor .
17. If I want to scan a slide , I have to use A. a special slide C. a bitmap le B. a scanner with a transparency adaptor D. PhotoShop
Tropical cyclones are driven by the release of large amounts of latent heat of condensation as moist air is carried upwards. When this happens, water vapour condenses. This heat is distributed vertically, around the centre of the storm. If the heat conditions around the centre weaken, the cyclone dissipates. This too is the case when the cyclone makes a landfall.
18. For cyclones to occur , there must be A. a lot of air B. a strong wind C. hot air rising
D. heavy rain
Penguins are a type of ightless bird that spends most of their life in the sea . They seldom visit land except to raise their young . Due to their short legs and torpedo-shaped bodies , they walk with a waddle . They also climb rocky shores by hopping from rock to rock . Some travel over ice and snow by tobogganing , sliding on their bellies . But penguins travel best by swimming , hour after hour . They also dive much deeper than any bird . Some species are able to reach nearly 900 feet below the surface .
19. Penguins move on ice by A. hopping B. walking
C. swimming fast
D. sliding on their bodies
Environmental degradation is now a serious threat to our river ecosystems , endangering all inhabitants and diminishing the quantity and quality of water resources . This is due to pollution of water resources and contamination of the soil . It is as damaging to vegetation , livestock and health of the human body . An example of this is oil spills that interfere with the normal working of power stations and desalination plants that require a continuous supply of clean seawater .
20. What does the text highlight ? A. How environmental degradation occurs B. How to make the environment clean C. How to prevent environmental degradation D. The several adverse effects of environmental degradation
The term asteroid is generally used to indicate a diverse group of small celestial bodies that drift in the solar system in orbit around the sun . Hundreds of thousands of asteroids have been discovered within the solar system and the present rate of discovery is about 5 000 per month . They are classied into a number of types according to their chemical composition . The C-type includes more than 75% of known asteroids . The S-type is 17% relatively bright metallic nickel-iron mixed with iron- and magnesium-silicates . The M-type is mostly bright pure nickel-iron .
21. From the text , we learn that asteroids are A: of different types C. very small B. all the same type D. of the C-type only
The major advantage of hydroelectric dams is the elimination of the cost of fuel . Other advantages include longer life than fuel-red generation , low operating costs and the plants improves the daily load factor of the generation system . However , the system has several major disadvantages . These include release of signicant amounts of carbon dioxide at construction and disruption of aquatic ecosystems with adverse impacts on the river environment .
22. The low operating cost of hydroelectric dams is because A. fuel is used B. there are no costs from using fuel C. facilities for water sports are provided D. large amounts of carbon dioxide are emitted
137
Space travel is often cited as more dangerous than just about any other form of getting around . But till today , the true extent of the danger remains a hotly debated topic . While the space shuttle has failed only twice in its 113 launches , that is still high when translated into everyday terms . Following the Mir collision in 1997 , the New Scientist magazine calculated that the number of deaths in space equated to one per 10 000 of ying hours .
23 . Based on the statistic given , the danger of space travel A. is slight C. is talked about B. is non-existent D. far exceeds road traveling
24. Crops termed as annuals are expected to A. have good harvest C. produce ripe seeds B. die after harvesting D. be rich in bre
VTOL or Vertical Take-Off and Landing describes xed-wing aircraft that can only lift off vertically . This classication includes only a very few aircraft such as helicopters . Balloons and airships are not normally considered VTOL mode in addition to others ,such as CTOL ( Conventional Take-Off and Landing ) and STOL ( Short Take-Off Landing ) .
25 . We can infer that some aircraft operate by VTOL because they A. are too heavy C. are huge aircrafts B. are too small D. lack the gear to handle horizontal motion
Biodiesel is the name of a clean burning alternative fuel . It is
(26)_______ from biological sources such as
vegetables oils . A light to dark yellow liquid , it has a high (27)_______ point and low vapour pressure . Biodiesel contains no petroleum . However , it can be blended at any (28)_____ with petroleum diesel to create a biodiesel blend . Simple (29)_____ , biodegradable , nontoxic and essentially free of sulfur and aromatics , it is better for the environment because it has lower (30)_____ compared to petroleum diesel . Available nationwide , biodiesel can be purchased directly from biodiesel producers and marketers , petroleum distributors or at a handful of public pumps throughout the nation . 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. A. derives A. boiling A. position A. to have A. smell B. deriving B. cooking B. level B. to buy B. pollution C. derived C. setting C. depth C. to keep C. discharge D. derivative D. going D. height D. to use D. emissions
Cereals are annuals for they have to be planted every year . When they have produced ripe seeds , they usually die . Like all seeds , cereals are very nutritious because they contain all the nutrients the embryo plant needs to start growing . Unrened cereals are valuable sources of proteins , carbohydrates , B vitamins . A rich source of bre , cereals also contain some fat , iron , vitamin E and trace minerals . Some cereals such as wheat , barley , rye and oats contain the protein gluten , which is essential for leavened bread-making .
138
SPM
2009
[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]
Chemistry
Analsis Kertas Soalan 2004 - 2008

TOPICS 04 Introduction To Chemistry The Structure of The Atom Chemical Formulae and question Periodic Table of elements Chemical Bonds Electrochemistry Acids and Bases Salts Manufactured Substances In Industry Rate of Reaction Carbon compounds Oxidation and reduction Thermo Chemistry Chemical For Consumer TOTAL 7 4 2 2 3 5 1 4 6 6 3 1 3 4 0 3 4 6 3 2 5 3 2 4 6 6 3 1 3 4 0 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 2 1 FORM 5 4 6 6 4 2 50 5 7 7 4 1 50 4 6 4 5 2 50 4 7 6 5 2 50 2 3 5 3 3 50 1 1 1 1 7 2 1 7 1 6 1 9 6 4 4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05 PAPER 1 06 07 08 04 FORM 4 05 PAPER 2 06 07 08 04 05 PAPER 3 06 07 08
139
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 CHEMISTRY Kertas 1

1. After making observations, a chemist should try to A B C D 2. make hypothesis make inference collect data identify problems 7. When 1.52 g of a metal oxide of Z is reduced, 1.04 g of the metal is obtained. Determine the empirical formula of the metal oxide. [RAM: O,16; Z,52]. A B C D 8 Z2O Z3O2 Z2O3 ZO2
Which of the following is a molecule? A B C D Neon Ammonia Sodium chloride Potassium hexacyanoferate(III)
Which of the following chemical equation is balanced? A B C D KI + Pb(NO3)2 PbI2 + KNO3 2Cu(NO3)2 2CuO + 4NO2 + O2 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 CaCl2 + 2NH3 + H2O Cu(NO3)2 + CO2 + H2O CuCO3 + HNO3
The nucleus of an atom contains A B C D electrons only neutrons only both protons and neutrons both protons and electrons
Which of the following electron arrangement of an atom has eight electrons valence? A B C D 2.8.2 2.6 2.8.8 2.8.8.2
The diagram shows a model of an atom.
Electron Shell Nucleus that contains proton and neutrons

Who introduced this model? A B C D 5 Neils Bohr J.J Thomson James Chadwick Ernest Rutherford 10
What is the relative molecular mass of hydrated magnesium sulphate, MgSO4.7H2O? [Relative atomic mass: Mg, 24; S,32; O,16; H,1] A B C D 356 246 145 305
11. In a chemical reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid, 36cm3 of carbon dioxide gas is collected at room temperature. What is number of mole of carbon dioxide collected? A B C D 12
27 13
Which of following is the electron arrangement of a nonmetal? A B C D 2.1 2.2 2.8.3 2.8.7
0.0015 mol 0.067 mol 1.50 mol 1.61 mol
Which noble gases given below is used to ll airships and weather balloons ? A B C D Argon Neon Helium Xenon
What can be deduced from the symbol
Al ?
I The electron arrangement of aluminium atom is 2.8.3 II Aluminium atom has 13 protons and 27 neutrons. III Aluminium atom has a proton number of 27 and 14 neutrons. IV The total number of proton and neutron of aluminium atom is 27. A B C D I and III II and IV II and III I and IV
13
X, Y and Z are three different elements in the same period of The Periodic Table of the Elements. X is a non metal, Y is a metal and Z is a transition metal. Which is the correct order of these elements in The Periodic Table of Elements across the period from left to right? A B C D X, Y, Z X, Z, Y Y, Z, X Z, Y, X
140

14 Which of the following substances is a covalent compound? A B C D 15 Copper Ammonia Lead(II) oxide Sodium chloride 20 Calculate the volume of sodium hydroxide of concentration 0.5 mol dm-3 needed to neutralise 25.0 cm3 sulphuric acid of concentration 0.20 mol dm-3. A B C D 21 10 cm3 20 cm3 25 cm3 50 cm3
The table shows the electron arrangement for elements W, X, Y and Z. Element W X Y Z Electron arrangement 2.4 2.8.2 2.6 2.8.7
The distilled water is added to 20 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide solution to produce 250 cm3 of sodium hydroxide solution. What is the concentration of the sodium hydroxide solution produced? A B C D 0.08 mol dm-3 0.04 mol dm-3 0.06 mol dm-3 0.02 mol dm-3
Which of the following elements react to form an ionic compound? 22 A B C D 16 Y and X W and Y Y and Z W and Z
Which of the following solutions has the highest concentration of hydrogen ion? A 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution B 150 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution C 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution D 50 cm3 of 2.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution An oxide of D can reacts with both hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution Which of the following elements may be D? A B C D Aluminium Magnesium Sulphur Phosphorus
The ions present in aqueous copper(II) chloride solution are 23 A B C D Cu2+ and ClCu2+, Cl-, H+ and O2Cu2+, Cl-, H+ and OH Cu2+, Cl- , H3O+ and O2
17
Which of the following substances is an electrolyte? A B C D Glucose solution Molten aluminium oxide Hydrogen chloride in methyl benzene Copper(II) carbonate powder
24
An alloy is harder than its pure metal because the foreign atoms in the alloy A increases the bond strength between the atoms. B increases the empty spaces between the atoms. C react with the pure metal atoms to form a compound. D reduces the ability of the atoms to slide across each other.
18
The diagram shows the electrolysis of molten lead(II) bromide using carbon electrodes.
Carbon Lead II) romide ( b
25 The main element present in glass is A B C D 26 Lead Sodium Silicon Boron
Heat What are the products at the anode and the cathode?
Ceramic is made from A B C D Silica, SiO2 Cement Marmar Aluminosilicate hydrate
A B C D 19
Anode Bromine Oxygen Bromine Oxygen
Cathode Lead Hydrogen Hydrogen Lead
Which of the following is a weak alkali? A B C D Potassium hydroxide Cooper(II) hydroxide Aqueous ammonia Lithium hydroxide
27 The diagram shows the arrangement of atoms in steel.
Iron atom X atom

What is X? A Zinc B Copper C Carbon D Tin 28 Which of the following reactions occurs at the highest rate? A B C D 29 Photosynthesis Rusting of iron Combustion of hydrogen in oxygen Combustion of magnesium in oxygen 34 Which of the following structural formulae shows an unsaturated hydrocarbon?
141
Which of the following is the meaning of activation energy? A The maximum energy that the particles need to produce effective collision B The minimum amount of energy that particles must have in order to react C The amount of energy used by the particles during a collision D The amount of kinetic energy of molecules during a collision
30
The graph shows the maximum volume of carbon dioxide gas evolved when calcium carbonate react with hydrochloric acid. Volume of CO2 gas/ cm3
35 35
Which of the following pairs of substances are not isomers ? A B C D Hexane and 2,3-dimethyl pentane 1-butene and 2-methylpropene Pentane and 2,2-dimethylpropane 2-chloropentane and 3-chloropentane
36 Time/s 120 What is the rate of reaction at 120 s? A 0.00 cm3 s-1 B 0.15 cm3 s-1 C 0.29 cm3 s-1 D 0.35 cm3 s-1
Pentyl propanoate is a food avouring with apricot taste. This substance can be obtained from the reaction between A B C D C3H7OH and C4H9COOH C4H9OH and C2H5COOH C5H11OH and C2H5COOH C5H11OH and CH3COOH
37
Which of the following substance is found in crude oil? A Ethanoic acid B Polythene C Ethanol D Butane
31
The rate of reaction depends on A B C D the activation energy for the reaction the density of the reactants the heat of reaction the volume of solution at the same concentration
38
Which of the following is an oxidation process? A B C D Propene changes into propane Lead(II) oxide loses its oxygen Magnesium atom forms magnesium ion. Chlorine molecule gains electrons.
32
A catalyst A B C D always slows down a chemical reaction is not used up in the chemical reaction can catalyst many chemical reactions always doubles the rate of a chemical reaction
39
Which of the following statements refer to oxidation? I Process of losing oxygen II Process of gaining hydrogen III Process of losing electrons IV Process of increasing oxidation number. A B C D I and II only III and IV only I, II and III only I, II , III and IV.
33 Unsaturated fats can be converted to saturated fats through A B C D hydrogenation esterication neutralization fermentation
142

40 In which of the following compounds is the oxidation number of nitrogen the highest? A KNO2 B NH4Cl C N2O D HNO3 41 W, X, Y and Z are four metals. Consider the reactions below involving these metals: 46 Z sulphate + X Z + X sulphate Z sulphate + W No reaction Y sulphate + W Y + W sulphate Arrange the metals W, X, Y and Z in decreasing order of reactivity. 45 The reaction between solution P and solution Q is exothermic. A student conrms this statement by mixing equal volumes of the two solutions and measuring the temperature change. Which two pieces of apparatus should the student use? A B C D Balance and stop watch Balance and thermometer Pipette and stop watch Pipette and thermometer
The burning of 0.6 g of K causes the temperature of 100 cm3 water to increase by 12C. What is the heat of combustion of K? [ relative molecular mass of X = 60; specic heat capacity of water = 4.2 J g-1 C-1] A B C D 50.4 kJ mol-1 72.0 kJ mol-1 302.4 kJ mol-1 504.0 kJ mol-1
A B C D 42
X, W, Z, Y Y, W, Z, X X, Z, W, Y Y, Z, W, X 47
When a mixture of carbon and copper(II) oxide is heated strongly I the oxide ion loses two electrons. II the oxidation number of carbon increases from 0 to +4 III the copper(II) oxide acts as the reducing agent. IV the copper(II) ion accepts two electrons A B C D I and III II and IV II, III and IV I, II, III and IV 48
Which of the following is not used as a preservative in the food industry? A B C D Sugar Ginger Salt Vinegar
What is the function of an analgesic? A B C D To relieve pain To treat asthma To destroy bacteria To calm down the emotion of the patient
43
Redox reaction between iron(II) ion and manganate(VII) ion is represented by the equation: 49 5 Fe 2+ + MnO 4- + 8 H+ 5 Fe3+ + Mn2+ + 4H2O What can be deduced from the equation? I The oxidation state of manganese changes from +7 into +2 II The oxidation state of hydrogen changes from +1 into 0 III The greenish colour of iron(II) ions solution turns to colourless IV Electrons transfer from iron(II) ions to manganate(VII) ions 50 A B C D I and III only I and IV only I, II and III only I, II, III and IV
The cleansing effect of detergent is more effective in hard water compared to soap because detergent A B C D is more soluble in water produces more foam than soap in hard water does not form insoluble salt with metal ion in hard water has hydrocarbon chain which makes detergent dissociate less in hard water
Which of the following are examples of antibiotics? I Streptomycin II Barbiturate III Cortisone IV Penicillin A B C D IV only II and III only I and IV only I, III and IV only
44
The diagram shows a match. By striking the match, a chemical reaction is initiated.
Which statements about the chemical reaction are correct? A Reaction is endothermic because energy is used to strike the match B Reaction is endothermic because energy is given out as the match burns C Reaction is exothermic because energy is used to strike the match D Reaction is exothermic because energy is given out as the match burns
143

Answer all questions in this section. The time suggested to complete Section A is 90 minutes. 1. An experiment was carried out to determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide.A sample of lead (II) oxide was heated in the ow of dry hydrogen gas as shown in Figure 1.
After heating,the porcelain boat and its contents are cooled in the ow of hydrogen and its mass is recorded. The heating ,cooling and weighing processes are repeated until the mass of the porcelain boat and its contents are constant.The data recorded from the experiment are as follows: Mass of porcelain boat Mass of porcelain boat and lead (II) oxide before heating Mass porcelain boat and lead after heating = 25.30g = 36.45g = 35.65g
(a) Write one chemical equation that can produce hydrogen gas. (b) State one observation that can be made from this experiment. (c) Why is necessary to cool the porcelain boat and its contents in the ow of hydrogen gas? (d) Based on the data,determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide. [Relative atomic mass : Pb,207; O,16] [ 1 mark] [1 mark] [1 mark]
[4 (e) Why is the process of heating,cooling and weighing repeated until a constant mass is obtained? ... ... (f) State two precautionary steps to be taken while conducting this experiment.
arks] m
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
144

2. Figure 2 shows the ow chart for the fermentation process of a type of fruit juice. Gas A Heating with Porcelain chips
Fruit juice
Compound B C2H6O Process Compound C2H4O2 Reux C Compound H2SO4 Y Compound X D
Figure 2 (a) Name compound B. (b) Name process Y. (c) Gas A is produced when compound B is strongly heated in the presence of porcelain chips. (i) Name gas A. (ii) What can be observed when gas A is channeled into the acidied potassium manganate (VII) solution ? (iii) Write a chemical equation for reaction in (c)(i) to produce gas A. [1 mark] [1 mark] [1 mark]
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
(d)
(i) Name the formation process of compound D from compound C. (ii) Write the chemical equation for the formation of compound D. (iii) Give two chemical properties for the compound C. [1 mark] [1 mark]
[2 marks]
(e)
Give one characteristic of the compound D. [1 mark]

3. Substance X is heated in a test tube as shown in Figure 3. The limewater contained in another test tube turns milky.The residue left after substance X is heated is yellow when hot and white when cold.
145
Figure 3 (a) What is substance X? (b) Write an equation for the reaction. (c) [1 mark] [1 mark]
What other substance will decompose when heated to give the same residue as that produced when substance X is heated? [1 mark]
(d)
What other substances are produced when the substance referred to in (c) is heated? [2 marks]
(e)
Write an equation for the reaction that occurs when the substance referred to in (c) is heated. [1 mark]
(f)
The residue left in the test tube is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Write an equation for the reaction of the residue with dilute hydrochloric acid . [1 mark]
(g)
i.) A few drops of of sodium hydroxide solution are added to the solution obtained in (f).What can be observed?
[1 mark]
ii)
More sodium hydroxide solution is added to the product obtained in (g)i. until no more changes occur. What can be observed?
[1 mark]
(h)
What conclusion can be drawn from the observations in (g)i. and (g)ii.?
[1 mark]
146

4.
Potassium solution
Figure 4
(a)
Write half equations for the reactions at the cathode and the anode. Cathode :......................................................................... Anode :. [2 marks]
(b)
State two observations during the electrolysis. 1. ... 2
[2 marks]
(c)
Is the resulting solution,after the electrolysis,acidic,neutral or basic? Explain your answer.
[.2 marks]
(d)
The product formed from the anode goes into the potassium iodide solution. Describe what you would see. [ 1 mark]
(e)
Write the ionic equation for the reaction taking place in test tube X. [1 mark]
(f)
Another electrolysis is carried out using diluted copper (II) chloride solution. The observation stated in (d) are not seen at the anode?Explain why.
[1 mark]
(g)
Identify a test to verify the product formed at the anode for experiment in (f). [1 mark]

5. Figure 5 shows the arrangement of the apparatus used to study redox reactions.
147
Figure
(b) Write the change of oxidation number for zinc in the reaction . (c) State which metal foil serves as the anode. Explain your answer. (d) State the change that occurs at the (i) copper foil: (ii) zinc foil:
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
(e)
In the reaction,which substance is (i) oxidized: (ii) the oxidizing agent: [1 mark] [1 mark]
(f)
Write half equation s for the reaction at (i) copper foil (ii) zinc foil [1mark] [1 mark]
(a ) Name one chemical substance that can be used to replace 1.0 mol dm-3 potassium nitrate.
148

(g) Table 1 shows two experiments conducted at room condition. Experiment I 5.0 g of zinc powder + 50cm of 0.2 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid
3
Experiment II 5.0 g of zinc powder + 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid Table 1
The volume of hydrogen gas is recorded every 30 seconds. (a) Write the equation for the reaction. (b) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen gas produced in [RAM : Zn, 65 ; 1 mol of gas occupies 24 dm3 at room condition] (i) Experiment I [1 mark]
[2 marks] (ii) Experiment II
[2 (c) State the experiment that gives the highest rate of hydrogen gas release. (d) Plot a graph of the volume of hydrogen gas against time for Experiment I and Experiment II on the same axis.
arks] m
[2 marks]
[3 marks] (e) State one way to increase the rate of reaction of the two experiments. [1 mark]

Section B [20 marks] Answer any one question from this section. The time suggested to complete Section B is 30 minutes. (h) (a) The speed of reaction is important in industry and everyday life. State the ve factors affecting the rate of reaction. The use of catalyst is increasing in importance in industry. (i) What are the four essential features of catalyst? (ii) Describe the effect of catalysts on the rate of reaction. (iii) Give three catalyst with suitable examples,used in the manufacture of chemicals. (i) Table 3 shows the proton number of atoms of elements P,Q and R. Element S T U (a) (b) (c) Compare the atomic size of atom T and U .Explain your answer. S and T burn vigorously in oxygen gas. Compare the reactivity between S and T .Explain your answer. Gas U can react with iron to form a brown solid. With the help of a labeled diagram,describe how the experiment can be carried out in the laboratory. Your description should include the chemical equation for the reaction. Describe the location of S in the Periodic Table. Proton number 3 11 17 [ 4 marks] [ 5 marks] [4 marks] [5 marks] [6 marks]
149
[5 marks]
(c)
[ 6 marks] [ 5 marks]
(d)
Section C [20 marks] Answer any one question. The time suggested to answer this section is 30 minutes. 9. Salts may be prepared by the following methods: Method A: reaction between metal oxide and acid. Method B: double decomposition involving two solutions of salts. Rosmah has been asked to prepare lead (II) sulphate and copper (II) sulphate. (a) (b) Select suitable methods to prepare the dry salts. Explain your choice of method for each salt. Describe a laboratory experiment each to prepare the salts.In your description,include the chemical equations nvolved.i [6 marks] [14 arks] m
10.
The properties of compound R are as follows: Has melting point of 78C Colourless solid Insoluble in water
(a) What type of compound is R? Explain your answer. (b) R has a melting point of 78C. Explain. (c) Q is an ionic compound. State three differences of the physical properties of Q compared to R
[3 marks] [3 marks] [3 marks] [9 marks] [ 2 marks]
(d ) Describe briey an experiment to prove that Q can conduct electricity in a molten state but R cannot. (e) R cannot conduct electricity in molten or solid state. Explain why.
150

1. A student conducted two experiments and obtained the following results. Time(min) Experimen X Temperature (oC) Experiment Y Temperature (oC) 0 61 87 30 65 84 60 67 83 90 71 81 120 74 80 150 76 80 180 80 80 210 80 76 240 80 73 270 83 69 300 87 66 330 89 64
In Experiment X, naphthalene powder is put in a boiling tube and placed in a water bath. The water is heated until 60oC, then the temperature of naphthalene is recorded at every 30 seconds interval until the temperature reaches about 90oC. The substance is stirred gently with the thermometer throughout the heating process.In Experiment Y,the hot boiling tube is cooled down. (a) Write the hypothesis of: (i) Experiment X: (ii) Experiment Y: (b) During the cooling of naphthalene,explain why the naphthalene must be stirred continuously. (c) In the space given below,draw the apparatus showing the (i) heating of naphthalene
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
[3 marks] (ii) cooling of naphthalene
[ 3 marks] (d) State two important steps involved in this experiment. (i) (ii)
[3 marks]

(e) State the three types of variables in Experiment X and Experiment Y. (i) Manipulated variable
151
(ii) Responding variable (iii) Constant variable: (f) Using scale of 1 cm to represent 30 s on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent 10oC on the y-axis, draw the temperature against time graphs for (i) Experiment X [3 marks]
152
(i)
Experiment y
(g)
What conclusion can you draw regarding the melting and freezing points of naphthalene from the graphs? [3 marks]
2. Iron (II) ions can be oxidized to iron by a strong oxidizing agent like chlorine through the transfer of electrons at a distance. Plan and explain how you would conduct an experiment in the laboratory to test the statement given above. Your planning should include the following aspects: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) Hypothesis All the variables List of substances and apparatus Procedure of the experiment Tabulation of data Conclusion
[17 marks]
153
SPM
2009
[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]
Physics

PAPER 1 TOPICS 04 Introduction to Physics Forces and Motion Forces and Pressure Heat Light Waves Electricity Electromagnetism Electronics Radioactivity TOTAL 8 5 5 7 5 3 4 3 40 6 4 5 6 5 3 3 3 40 5 3 5 5 3 4 4 3 40 7 4 5 7 4 5 4 3 40 8 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 40 8 8 1 1 1 1 9 1 8 8 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 7 05 3 8 06 2 9 07 3 8 08 3 7 04 1 3 Section A 05 1 3 06 1 1 1 1 07 08 04 PAPER 2 Section B 05 06 1 07 08 04 Section C 05 06 07 08
PAPER 3 TOPICS 04 Introduction to Physics Forces and Motion Forces and Pressure Heat Light Waves Electricity Electromagnetism Electronics Radioactivity TOTAL 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section A 05 06 07 08 04 Section B 05 06 07 08
154
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PHYSICS Kertas 1

The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.
155
1. The force, F, acting between two electrical charges, Q1 and Q2 , is given by the equation F = k Q1 . Q2 The SI unit of k is A N C2 B N C2 C kg A2 D kg A2
5. Diagram 3 shows four motion graphs, P, Q, R and S.

s
2. Two groups of students are asked to estimate the mass of a pendulum bob. The results of the two groups are shown in Diagram 1.
45 g, 60 g, 50 g, 50 g Group 1
40 g, 55 g, 70 g, 60 g Group 2
Diagram 1
If the actual mass of the pendulum bob is 55 g, which of the following comments about the two groups estimation is correct? A Group 2 is more accurate but less consistent compared to Group 1 B Group 1 is more accurate but less consistent compared to Group 2 C Group 2 is more accurate and more consistent compared to Group 1 D Group 1 is more accurate and more consistent compared to Group 2 3 A student carries out an experiment to study the relationship between the temperature and time of a beaker of water that was left to cool. He pours some hot water into a beaker and takes the temperature of the water at regular time interval of 1 minute. In this experiment, the manipulated variable, the responding variable and the xed variable are Manipulated variable A B C D Mass of water Time Temperature Time Responding variable Time Temperature Time Mass of water Fixed variable Temperature Mass of water Mass of water Temperature
Diagram 3
Which of the graphs are for motion with constant velocity? A P and R C Q and R B P and S D Q and S 6. Diagram 4 shows block L moving towards a stationary block M on a smooth surface. After collision the two blocks move together.
Diagram 4
Which physical quantity becomes smaller after the collision? A mass B velocity C momentum D acceleration
7. Diagram 5 shows a moving lorry carrying sacks of rice.
4 Diagram 2 shows a girl standing on the platform of a train station watching a train. The train starts from rest and moves with an acceleration of 0.2 m s2. The girl observes that the train takes 24 s to move past her.
Diagram 5
The inertia of the lorry will decrease when
Diagram 2
What is the length of the train? A 48.0 m B 57.6 m C 115.2 m D 120.0 m
A the lorry accelerates B the lorry slows down C the lorry stops D some sacks of rice fall off the lorry
156
Diagram 6 shows the three forces P, Q and R acting on three different objects and the acceleration produced.
4 m s2 P 2 kg 5 kg 2 m s2 Q 3 kg 3 m s2 R
11
Which diagram correctly shows the addition of a 6 N and a 8 N force?
10 N
B
6N
10 N
6N
Diagram 6
Which of the following statements shows the forces arranged in ascending order of their magnitudes? A P, Q, R B P, R, Q C Q, R, P D R, Q, P
8N
8N
10 N
D
6N
10 N
6N
Diagram 7 shows a boy landing with his legs bent after jumping down from the wall.
8N
12
8N
Diagram 9 shows a car accelerating uphill along a straight road.
Diagram 9
What are the changes in its kinetic energy and potential energy?
Diagram 7
What is the effect of bending his legs on his stopping time and the impulsive forces acting on him? Stopping time A B C D Decreases Decreases Increases Increases Impulsive forces Decreases Increases Decreases Increases A B C D
Kinetic energy Decreasing Decreasing Increasing Increasing
Potential energy Decreasing Increasing Decreasing Increasing
13
Table 1 shows the results of an experiment to investigate the relationship between the force and extension of a piece of rubber band.
Force / N Length / cm Extension / cm Diagram 8
0 9.4 0
0.3 10.6 1.2
0.6 x 2.9
0.9 13.7 4.3
TABLE 1
What is the value of x? A 11.8 B 12.3 C 12.9 D 13.5
10
Diagram 8 shows a stroboscopic photograph of a ball falling towards the ground. Which of the following statements describes the motion of the ball? A B C D It falls with increasing acceleration It falls with constant acceleration It falls with decreasing velocity It falls with constant speed
157
14
A, B, and C show 3 identical concrete blocks placed in dif ferent arrangement on the oor. Which arrangement exerts the biggest pressure on the oor?
P P Q R R Q P R Q
17
Diagram 12 shows the piston about to be pushed with the constant force into a ask with holes.
Hole Piston
A
15
Water Flask
Diagram 10 shows a container containing water.
Diagram 12
Which of the following statements is false when the piston is pushed inwards?
Water 3.0 m 0.7 m

Diagram 10
What is the pressure exerted by the water at X? [Water density = 1 000 kg m3] A 7 000 Pa B 21 000 Pa C 23 000 Pa D 30 000 Pa 18
AThe pressure transmitted through the water is increasing. B The force exerts a pressure on the surface of the water. C Water gushes out of the holes in all directions. D Pressure is transmitted throughout the water. Diagram 13 shows three positions of a steel block as it is dropped into water. U1, U2 and U3 are the up thrust produced by the water.
U1
Steel block
16
Diagram 11 shows a simple barometer.
U2
Water
Trapped air
U3
Diagram 13
65 cm
Which of the following statements is true? A U1 > U2 > U3 C U1 > U2 = U3 B U1 < U2 < U3 D U1 < U2 = U3 19 Ahmad stands near the rail at a LRT station. When a fast train passes in front of him, he experiences a force that pulls him towards the rail. This phenomenon can be explained by A Pascals principle B Bernoullis principle C Archimedes principle
Mercury i
If the atmospheric pressure is 76 cm Hg, calculate the pressure of the trapped air in the glass tube. A 11 cm Hg B 65 cm Hg C 76 cm Hg D 141 cm Hg
158
20
In Diagram 14, P is in thermal equilibrium with Q and Q is in thermal equilibrium with R.
24
An object is placed in front of a convex lens of focal length 15 cm. The image formed is virtual, erect and enlarged. Which of the following statements about the object distance, u, is correct? A B C D u < 15 cm u = 15 cm u = 30 cm 15 cm < u < 30 cm
Diagram 14
25
If the temperature of P is P and the temperature of R is R, which of the following statements is correct? A P = R B P > R C P < R
21 Four different metals of equal masses, W, X, Y and Z are of equal mass and initially are at the room temperature of 25 C. The heat absorbed, Q, by each metal to achieve the nal temperature, , is shown in Table 2.
Diagram 15 shows how a ray of light from an object, O, entering the eye of an5observer after being reected two times. Eye
5 cm
15 cm
Metal W X Y Z Heat absorbed, Q / J 11 300 7 150 29 025 22 325 / C 50 80 100 120
Hole
Mirror X
Diagram 15
O
Using the information given in Diagram 15, what is the distance of the nal image of the object O from mirror X as seen by the observer? A 5 cm B 10 cm 26 C 15 cm D 20 cm
TABLE 2
Which metal has the highest specic heat capacity? A W B X 22 C Y D Z
50g of water at 10 C is mixed with 100g of water at 30 C. The temperature of the mixture is A B C between 10 C and 20 C between 20 C and 30 C equal to 20 C
A periscope is made from two 45 - 90 - 45 prisms. Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the structure of the periscope?
Light ray
Light ray
23
An experiment is carried out to investigate the change of pressure with temperature for a xed mass of gas in a conical ask. Which of the following graphs shows the correct relation ship between pressure and temperature?
Pressure / kPa Pressure / kPa
Light ray
Light ray
Temperature / oC
Temperature / oC
Pressure / kPa
Pressure / kPa
Temperature / oC
Temperature / oC
159
27
Diagram 16 is a ray diagram showing the image I of an object O that is formed by a lens.
Lens
30
Diagram 19 represents the fringe pattern obtained in a double-slit experiment using monochromatic light. The two slits are 0.03 cm apart and the distance from the double slit plate to the screen is 1.5 m.
O I
15 mm
10 cm 35 cm
Diagram 19
What is the magnication of the image? A 1.0 C 2.5 B 1.5 D 3.5 31 28 Diagram 17 shows the displacement time graph of an oscillating spring.
A 5.0 x 107 m B 6.0 x 107 m
C 7.0 x 107 m D 8.0 x 107 m
Diagram 20 shows sound waves produced by the thunder in the sky moving towards the sea.
Cloud
Displacement
0 Time
Diagram 17
The spring is undergoing A damping B resonance C forced oscillation D interference
Surface of the sea
Diagram 20
Which of the following diagrams shows the correct propa gation of wave in the sea water?
29
Diagram 18 shows plane water waves traveling towards an L-shaped barrier in a ripple tank.
Diagram 18
Which of the following diagrams shows the reected wave pattern?
32
Which of the following factors affect the pitch of a sound? A Amplitude B Frequency C Speed D Wavelength
Diagram 16
Calculate the wavelength of the monochromatic light used in the experiment.
160
33
Diagram 21 shows a boat behind a concrete barrier.
36
Diagram 23 shows an electric circuit where the internal resistance of the battery is 1 .
20
Boat
9V
Concrete barrier
Diagram 21
Diagram 23
What is the ammeter reading? A 0.43 A B 0.45 A 37 C 2.22 A D 9.00 A
When the sea waves approach the barrier, the boat is seen moving up and down. This is because the sea waves undergo A reection C diffraction B refraction D interference 34 Diagram 22 shows two different electrical circuits. When 1 C of charge ows through each circuit, the energy released in R1 is E1 and the energy released in R2 is E2.
Diagram 24 shows two types of light bulbs.
3V
R1
6V
R2
Diagram 22
Which of the following relationships is correct? A E1 = E2 B E1 = 2E2 C E2 = 2E1 D E2 = 4E1
Bulb 12 V, 36 W
Bulb Y 240 V, 120W
Diagram 24
The normal operating currents for bulb X and bulb Y are IX and IY respectively. Which of the following gives the correct comparison between IX and IY? A IX < IY 38 B IX = I Y C IX > IY
35
Which of the following arrangements of resistors will result in the minimum effective resistance between point X and point Y? [All the resistors are identical]
A
X Y
B
X Y
Diagram 25 shows the arrangement of apparatus to investigate the strength of an electromagnet.
Soft iron core
Insulated copper wire
C
X Y
D
X Y
Pin
Diagram 25
The number of pins attracted to the rod can be increased by P decreasing the resistance of the rheostat. Q increasing the number of turns of the coil. R increasing the thickness of the insulated copper wire. A P and Q B P and R C Q and R D P, Q, R
161
39
Diagram 26 shows a current carrying conductor in a permanent magnetic eld between two magnets. In which direction will the conductor move?
41
Diagram 27 shows an ideal transformer used to light up a bulb at normal brightness.
IP
Conductor carrying current out of the paper C N
240 V
48 W
Diagram 26
D
40 Which of the following diagrams shows the biggest deection of the pointer on the galvanometer when the magnet and the solenoid are moved in the direction shown? 42
Diagram 27
Alternating current at very high voltage is used for long distance transmission of electrical energy so as to A increase the current in the transmission cable. B reduce power loss during transmission. C reduce the resistance of the cable. D supply more power to the users.
S 2 m s1 Stationary
43
Diagram 28 shows an electron beam in a cathode-ray tube.
Filament
Cathode
Anode
Electron beam
N 2ms
S
Diagram 28
1
2ms
Which of the following actions will cause the electron beam to be deected? A Increase the current in the lament B Apply a magnetic eld near the electron beam C Decrease the distance between the anode and cathode D Increase the potential difference between the anode and cathode
S 2 m s1 Stationary
44
Diagram 29 shows a logic circuit.
A B
Diagram 29
This circuit is equivalent to a A B AND gate OR gate C NAND gate D NOR gate
S 2 m s1 2 m s1
What is the current Ip? A 0.2 A C 5.0 A B 1.2 A D 8.0 A
162
45
Diagram 30 shows a circuit that consists of a switch, a lamp and a diode.
48
In a radioactive decay sequence, a nuclide 238 92 X decays to nuclide Y by emitting an -particle and -ray. The new nuclide Y decays again to nuclide Z by emitting a -particle. What is the correct symbol for nuclide Z? A B
235 89 234 90
Z Z
C D
234 91 238 93
Z Z
49
6 V, 12 W
In a ssion reaction, 0.09% of the mass of uranium-235 is changed to nuclear energy. Calculate the energy released when 1 g of uranium-235 is ssioned in a nuclear reactor. [ Speed of light, c = 3 x 108 m s-1 ] A 2.7 x 102 J B 2.7 x 105 J C 8.1 x 1010 J D 8.1 x 1015 J E 8.1 x 1018 J
Diagram 30
When the switch is closed, the lamp does not light up. Which of the following actions will make the lamp light up? A Inserting a rheostat into the circuit B Changing the battery to a 12 V supply C Reversing the connection to the lamp D Reversing the connection to the battery 46 Diagram 31 shows a transistor circuit.
3V Potential divider 3V 0V Sliding contact
50
Diagram 33 shows the arrangement of a radioactive source and a detector to monitor the thickness of aluminium sheets in a factory.
Detector
Too Correct Too thin thick
Aluminum set
Radioactive source Diagram 33
Diagram 31
What would be observed if the sliding contact is moved from the 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potential divider? A The brightness of the lamp increases B The brightness of the lamp decreases C The lamp lights up with a same brightness 47 Diagram 32 shows the path of particle P moving close to a nucleus.
Which of the following would be most suitable to be used as the radioactive source?
Source A B C D
Radiation emitted Alpha Alpha Beta Beta
Half-life 5 days 5 years 5 days 5 years
End Of Question Paper
Particle P Nucleus
Diagram 32
Identify the particle P. A -particle B -particle C neutron D -ray
163
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PHYSICS Kertas 2

The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.
164

Section A [60 marks] Answer all question in this section.
Question 1.
Diagram 1 shows a displacement - time graph of the oscillation of a loaded spring.
Displacement / cm
4 2
0 0.1 -2 -4 0.2 0.3 0.4
Time / s
Diagram 1
a)
Base on Diagram 1, i) ii) Label the period using the symbol T. What is the period of the oscillation? ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] [1 mark]
b)
What is meant by amplitude? ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]
c)
If the spring is undergoing damping, what will happen to the amplitude of the oscillation? ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]
Question 2.
Diagram 2.1 shows a driver that is driving under a hot sun, sees a pool of water appearing on the road ahead, but the pool of water disappears as the car approaches it.
Image of the cloud seen as a pool of water Diagram 2.1

(a) Name this natural phenomenon as observed by the driver. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) State the physics concept that is involved in this phenomenon. ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] [1 mark]
165
(c)
(i)
How is the density of the cool air compare to the density of the warm air? [1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii)
When light rays propagates from a denser medium to a less dense medium, state what happen to the direction of the refracted rays. [1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (iii)
Complete Diagram 2.2 to show the formation of the natural phenomenon as shown in Diagram 2.1.
Light from the cloud Light to driver's eyes
Normal
Normal
Normal
Cool air Warm air Hot air Road
Image of the cloud seen as a pool of water Diagram 2.2
Question 3
Diagram 3.1 shows a cheetah chasing a deer in a wild world. Given that the mass and velocity of the cheetah and the deer are 60 kg , 20 ms-1 and 70 kg , 15 ms-1 respectively. Diagram 3.2 shows the cheetah successfully landed its jaws on the deer and both of them are moving with a same velocity of v ms-1.
15 m s-1 20 m s-1 v m s-1
Diagram 3.1
(a) Name a physics quantity that relates the mass and velocity.
Diagram 3.2
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) State the type of energy that is possessed by the running cheetah. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (c) Calculate the nal velocity of the cheetah and the deer.
[1 mark]
[2 marks] (d) (i) Name the Physics principle that is involved in the above hunting. [1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) Dene the Physics principle in (d)(i).
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
166
Question 4

Diagram 4.1 shows a SONAR waves is sent by transmitter at the lower part of the boat and the echoes are detected by hydrophone. Diagram 4.2 shows the trace on the screen of oscilloscope.
Diagram 4.1 (a) What is meant by wavelength?
Diagram 4.2
..................................................................................................................................................................... (b)
[1m ark]
Sound waves with frequency of 5.8 x 105 Hz are used to determine the depth of the sea. The speed of sound waves in sea water is 1250 ms-1. The time-base of the oscilloscope is adjusted at 50 ms cm-1. If the time interval between the transmitting and receiving a pulse of waves is 1.2 s. Calculate (i) the depth of the sea.
[2 (ii) the wavelength of the sound wave.
arks] m
[2 marks] (c) Observe the Diagram 4.1 and 4.2. (i) Compare the amplitude of the reection waves. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) Explain your answer in (c) (i) ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] [1 mark]

Question 5 Diagram 5.1 shows a load placed on an ice block. Diagram 5.2 shows an ice block without the load.
167
Load Ice block
Diagram 5.1
(a) What is meant by density?
Diagram 5.2
..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) Explain why the ice block oat in water. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (c) What are the forces acting on the ice block? ..................................................................................................................................................................... (d) Base on Diagram 5.1 and Diagram 5.2, (i) compare the volume of water displaced.
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) compare the weight of water displaced.
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) Compare the buoyant force.
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (iv) State the relationship between buoyant force and the weight of water displaced.
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (v) Name the principle of physics involve.
[1 mark]
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
168
Question 6
Diagram 6 shows a series of observation and record made by a student on a melting ice cube that is put in a metal plate.
The ice starts to melt
Ice Ais
Metal plate Metal Bekas logam
All the ice has melted Metal plate Bekas logam Metal Plate Ice water Cecair ais Water droplet Water Titisan air Droplet Mass of ice water = 20 g
Plate
Mass of ice = 20 g Temperature of ice = 0oC Time = 0 s Temperature of ice water = 0oC Time = 60 s Water droplets form on the metal plate
Temperature of the metal plate = 20oC
Diagram 6
(a) Name two sources where the ice cube obtained the heat to change into ice water. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) State the change in physical state when the ice cube is melted into ice water. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (c) (i) [1 mark] [2 mark]
Name the physics quantity that is involved when ice cube change to water at constant temperature. [1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) Why the temperature is remain constant when ice melts to water?
..................................................................................................................................................................... (d) If the amount of heat absorbed by the ice cube is 6.72 x 10 J, calculate the specic latent heat of fusion.
[1 mark]
[2 marks] (e) Why water droplets are formed on the outer surface of the metal plate? ..................................................................................................................................................................... Question 7 Diagram 7.1 shows a semiconductor transistor. [1 mark]
Diagram 7.1
(a) (i) Name the type of the transistor. [1 mark]
.....................................................................................................................................................................
169
(ii)
Transistor has three terminals connected to the emitter, base and collector. Label the emitter, base and collector in Diagram 7.1
[1 mark]
(b)
Diagram 7.2 shows a transistor circuit.

3V Potentiometer 0V X
3V 3V
Diagram 7.2
When the sliding contact X is at the 0 V end of the potentiometer, (i) is there any current ow through the base and emitter circuit?
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) what happened to the transistor and the bulb? Tick in the box. Transistor Bulb
[1 mark]
On (iii)
Off
On
Off [1 ark] m
If the sliding contact X were raised from 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potentiometer, what happened to the bulb? Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]
(c)
Diagram 7.3 shows a transistor is used to light up during the day.
LDR
Diagram 7.3
(i) Suggest a modication to light up the lamp at night.
..................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) [1 mark]
A student replaced lamp L with a lamp labeled 240 V 24 W in Diagram 7.3. The bulb is not light up. (a) Why the lamp is not light up? [1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (b)
An electrical component is connected to the output transistor so that the lamp is light up. Name the electrical component and state the functions. [2 mark]
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
170
Question 8
Diagram 8 shows an electromagnet for a crane. It is used to lift iron scrap in a factory.
Crane
electromagnet Iron Diagram 8
Table 8 shows four cranes with their respective properties. Type of crane J K L M (a) What is meant by electromagnet? ..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) Base on Table 8, state the suitable properties of the crane to lift iron scrap more effectively. Give reason for the suitability of the properties. (i) Current ...................................................................................................................................................... Reason ...................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark] [1 mark] Current /A 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Type of core Soft-Iron Steel Soft-Iron Steel Number of turn 8 10 12 14
Table 8
(ii) Type of core .............................................................................................................................................. Reason ....................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]
(iii) Number of turns ....................................................................................................................................... Reason ........................................................................................................................................................ (c) Based on your answers in 8(b), determine the most suitable crane in Table 8 to lift iron scrap in a factory. ..................................................................................................................................................................... (d) Base on your choice in 8(c), state the change in the quantity of the iron scrap that can be lifted when the cylindrical soft iron core is replaced with a U-shaped iron core. Explain your answer ..................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark] [1 mark] [1 mark]
(e)
A crane P is used to lift 250 kg of iron scrap to a height of 4m in 5 s. Determine the output power of the crane P.
[2
arks] m

Section B [20 marks] Answer any one question from this section.
171
Question 9.
Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2 show a transparent block made of a material with a different refractive index. A light ray travel in both blocks with the same incident angle, i.
i = 40
i = 40
Diagram 9.1
(a) (i) (ii) What is meant by a refractive index?
Diagram 9.2
[1 mark]
Using Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, compare the refractive index, refraction angle and critical angle between the two blocks. Base on Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, relate the refractive index with critical angle. State two conditions under which light ray would undergo total internal reection. Diagram 9.3 shows a light ray is incident on a piece of Crown Glass of critical angle 42. Draw the light ray to show how a ray emerging from the Crown Glass.
[5 marks] [2 marks]
(b)
(i) (ii)
135
Diagram 9.3
(c)
Diagram 9.4 shows the structure of an optical bre used in telecommunications.
Inner core
Light ray
Outer cladding Diagram 9.4
Optical bres are made of ne strands of glass. Each single glass bre (inner core) is coated with a thin layer of another type of glass (outer cladding).You are required to give some suggestions in designing an optical bre which can carry more information. Explain your suggestions base on the following aspects: (i) (ii) (iii) refractive index of the inner and outer glass the properties of material used for optical bre the hicknesst f he ass o t gl
[10
arks] m
172

Question 10. Diagram 10.1 and Diagram 10.2 show the bulbs connection at the fruit stores. The bulbs and the battery in both the store are identical.
Bulb Bulb Switch

Bulb Switch
Bulb
Battery Battery
Diagram 10.1 (a) (i) (ii) (b) What is meant by a potential different?
Diagram 10.2 [1 mark] [4 marks]
Draw a circuit diagram for each circuit and label the type of circuit.
Using Diagram 10.1 and 10.2, compare the brightness of the bulbs. Relate the brightness of the bulb, the potential different and the current ow for the bulbs to deduce a relevant physics concept. Diagram 10.3 shows an electric kettle which is a rated at 240 V, 2 000 W and connected by a exible cable to a three-pin-plug.
[5 marks]
(c)
Electric kettle
Three-pin-plug
Heating element Flexible cable
Diagram 10.3
Suggest modications that can be made to the electric kettle in Diagram 10.3 so that it can boil water faster and has better safety. [10 arks] m

Section C [20 marks] Answer any one question from this section. Question 9. (a) (b) (c) What is meant by temperature? Explain how a new thermometer can be calibrated. [1 mark] [4 marks]
173
Fins
Diagram 11.1
Diagram 11.1 shows a cooling system of a motorcycle engine. You as a mechanical engineer is given a task to study characteristics of metal shown in the Table 11.2 to be used as effective ns in the cooling system of the motorcycle engine. Types of metal P Q R S (i) (ii) (d) (i) Specic heat capacity, Jkg-1C-1 300 360 450 900 Melting point, C 1020 700 1600 720
Heat Conductor Good Moderate Good Moderate
Rate of expansion Moderate High Moderate High
State suitable characteristics of metal that is used as ns in the motorcycle engine. Determine the most suitable metal that can be used as ns. Give reasons for your choice. A piece of n in the engine of a motorcycle with a mass of 0.5 kg made from metal R. If the temperature increased by 10C in one hour, how much of energy being sorbedaby he n. b t If 10 ns identical to the one in (d)(i) are used in the motorcycle engine, how muc h e nergy i s l ost b y t he e ngine i n o ne h our? [10 marks]
[3 marks]
(ii)
[2 marks]
PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained
174
Question 12
Diagram 12.1 shows the Dead Sea Scrolls aged 1900 years old. An archaeologist used radioisotope to estimate age of the ancient artefact.
Diagram 12.1
(a) (i) (ii) What s ant i yme adioisotope? b r [1 ark] m
Carbon-14 is a radioisotope. Explain how Carbon-14 can be used to estimate the age of a dead plant, which contain carbon. Table 12.2 shows the characteristics of the ve radioisotopes, P, Q, R, and T, that can be used to detect the brain tumour. Radioisotope P Q R S T Half-life 5.0 minutes 8 days 6 hours 5.27 years 7 hours Ionising power Low High Low Moderate High Radioactive radiation Gamma Alpha Gamma Beta Alpha
[3 marks]
(b)
(i)
Table 12.2
As a medical ofcer, you are required to determine the most suitable radioisotope that could be used to inject into the blood of a patient to detect the location of a brain tumour. Study the characteristics of all ve radioisotopes based on the following aspects: - The Half-life - The ionising power - The radioactive radiation Explain the suitability of the aspects. Justify your choice. (ii) Name the most suitable detector can be used to detect the radioactive radiation from the body f he atient. o t p ive our G eason. y r [8 marks]
[3
arks] m
(c)
In a nuclear reactor, 3.5 x 10-6 g of Uranium is change into energy in 1.5 ms. Given that the velocity of light, c = 3 x 108 ms-1. Calculate (i) the total energy released. (ii) the power generated by this reaction. [5 marks]
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PHYSICS Kertas 3
Answer all questions in this section. 1. A student carries out an experiment to investigate the relationship between the angle of incidence, i and angle of refraction, r of a glass block. The arrangement of the apparatus is shown in Diagram 1.1. A normal line is traced and the ray box is placed at the angle of incidence, i.
175
light ray normal line P white paper
glass block
Diagram 1.1 A ne beam of light from ray box is directed to the glass block at P with angle of incidence, i 20 from the normal line. Traces of light which leaving the glass block at Q is marked with X. A line from P to Q is drawn. A protractor is used to measure the angle of refraction, r as shown in Diagram 1.2.
The reading of the protractor, r, is shown in Diagram 1.3.

i
Normal line
P
r Q
r = Angle of incidence, i = 20 Diagram1.3
Diagram1.2
The procedure is repeated with angle of incidence, i = 30, 40 , 50 and 60. The corresponding readings of protractor, r, are shown in Diagram 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 on page 4 Normal line Normal line
r = Angle of incidence, i = 30 Diagram 1.4
176
Normal line
Normal line

a) For the experiment described on page 2 and 3, identify; (i) The manipulated variable
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) The responding variable
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) The constant variable
[1 mark]
..................................................................................................................................................................... (b) Based on diagram 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 on page 3 and 4 (i) Record the angle of refraction, r, in the space provided on page 3 and 4
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
(ii)
Tabulate your result for all values of r , sin i and sin r for all values of i , in the space below.
[5 marks]
(c)
On the graph paper on page 7, plot a graph of sin r against sin i.
[5 marks]
d)
Based on your graph in 1 (c) , state the relationship between i and r . ..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]
177
2.
A student carries out an experiment to determine the electromotive force, E and the internal resistance, r of a dry cell. The student used four resistors with different values of resistance, R and xed the e.m.f, E of the cell. The graph of the reciprocal of current,
1 against resistance, R is shown in Figure 2. I Graph 1 against R I
1 I
/A-1 JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 1 2 3 4 R/
178
(a)
Based on the graph, 1 (i) state the relationship between and R.
..................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) determine the value of , when the R = 0 . Show on the graph, how you determine .
[1 mark]
[2
arks] m
1 1 (iii) The value of , when the R = 0 is given by the formula = 0.4r, where r is the internal resistance of the cell. I I Calculate r.
[2 marks] (b) The electromotive force, E, of the cell is given by the formula m =
1 , where m is the gradient of the graph. E
(i) Calculate the gradient, m, of the graph. Show on the graph how you calculate m.
= .. [3 marks]
(ii) Determine the value of E.
[2 marks] (c) State two precautions to be taken in this experiment. ..................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]
179
Section B [12 marks]
Answer any one question from this section. 3. Diagram 3.1 shows an inverted beaker contains an air trapped is converted and immersed in the water. Diagram 3.2 shows the volume of air trapped in the beaker decreased when the beaker is pushed down in the water.
Air trapped Beaker
Water Air trapped
Beaker Diagram 3.1 Water Diagram 3.2
Based on your observation on the volume of air trapped in the beaker; (a) ate neSt table o sui nference, i [1 ark] m
(b) State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated, (c ) With use of apparatus such as a syringe , thick rubber tube and other apparatus, describe an experiment to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b)
[1 mark]
In your description, state clearly the following: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) The aim of an experiment The variable in experiment The list of apparatus and materials The arrangement of the apparatus The procedure of the experiment. Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and how to measure the responding variables. The way to tabulate the data The way to analyze the data [10 ks] mar
(vi) (vii)
180
4.
Diagram 4.1 and 4.2 show the electric bell which is connected to the similar batteries.
Hammer
Hammer
Coil Spring
Coil Spring
Switch
Switch
Figure 4.1
Figure 4.2
When the switch is on, the bell in gure 4.2 ring loudly than the bell in gure 4.1 . Based on your observation (a) (b) (c ) State ne uitable o s nference, i State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated, [1 mark] [1 mark]
With use of apparatus such as a insulated copper wire , small iron pins and other apparatus, describe an experiment to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b) In your description, state clearly the following: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) The aim of an experiment The variable in experiment The list of apparatus and materials The arrangement of the apparatus The procedure of the experiment. Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and how to measure the responding variables. The way to tabulate the data The ay o w alyze t he an a t dat [10 arks] m
(vi) (vii)
SKEMA JAWAPAN
S T N E T N O C
ia Bahasa Malaysi English Sejarah matics Additional Mathe Mathematics Science Biology an Prinsip Perakaun Perdagangan Ekonomi Asas nology h c e T & e c n ie c S English for Chemistry Physics
182 186 191 188 206 212 226 237 248 5 25 262 264 4 27
182
SPM
2009
Kertas 2 [ 1103/2 ]
Bahasa Malaysia
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
Pendahuluan Petikan merumuskan/membincangkan kebaikan/ kepentingan/ kesan positif/implikasi positif/ faedah motivasi dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran. Kepentigannya ialah 1. unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan diri secara aktif 2. menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan. 3. merangsang minat murid dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan/merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak (suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang, wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian dan sebagainya./motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. 4. kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru/menerima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik. 5. motif juga bertindak sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang/dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, (sewaktu menyelesaikan sesuatu masalah) susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri. 6. pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah/ (prosedur pemelajaran) mampu menarik perhatian murid untuk menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental. 7. motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdorong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara mereka. 8. guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau kebolehan. 9. motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan/menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran. 10. pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan mampu menggalakkan murid belajar dengan lebih tekun 11. guru mampu memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan mereka 12. pelajar berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran
Isi tersiratcara-cara melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah. 1. kaunselor memberi pendedahan kaedah mengajar melalui motivasi kepada guru-guru 2. menyediakan bahan rangsangan/set induksi/bahan p&p yang lebih menarik 3. mengaplikasikan secara berterusan Kesimpulan, semua pihak perlulah menyokong kaedah pengajaran secara motivasi di sekolah-sekolah agar minat murid-murid untuk belajar lebih terangsang.
2 (a) Petikan Umum i. Dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah insentif dan motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam suasana pemelajaran, insentif manakala motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. (max 2 isi) ii.Ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya mejadi pembimbing rakan sebaya. ialah dapat menjadi pendengar yang setia/tidak cepat emosi/boleh menyimpan rahsia/sedia membantu apabila diperlukan * sertakan alasan (max 4 isi) iii.Maksud pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah meningkatkan kecenderungan/ menarik perhatian

2 (b) Prosa Moden i. Persoalan yang bermain dalam kiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng ialah sama ada untuk membiarkan Daneng dan keluarganya terus dibelenggu kemiskinan/membiarkan Daneng memulakan keluarganya dalam kehidupan miskin. Membiarkan Daneng terjerumus dalam kitaran kemiskinan. Daneng t idak me nikmati ap a-apa k emodanan dal am h idup. H idup m iskin s eperti b apanya/nenek m oyangnya. (max si) 3 ii. Masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini kerana mereka tinggal terlalu jauh di pedalaman/tidak mahu(takut) terima perubahan/tidak mahu kehidupan mereka diganggu/diabaikan oleh pemimpin (max 1 isi) - sebagai rakyat yang perihatin dapat membantu dalam membangunan minda mereka.dengan cara mendekati masyarakat orang asli. Menyediakan kemudahan/memberi pendedahan sistem komunikasi sep erti internet kepada mereka. Menyediakan peluang pendidikan/pekerjaan yang lebih luas/ke tahap yang lebih tinggi. Memberi biasiswa (max 2 isi) (3 isi) . iii. Satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah kita mestilah prihatin akan masalah orang lain. Contohnya Cikgu Jo yang prihatin akan masalah kemiskinan keluarga Daneng. Dua pengajaran lain yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen ialah kita janganlah mengabaikan masyarakat orang asli kerana mereka juga berhak dilayan seperti orang lain. Kita mestilah berusaha untuk mengubah nasib kita sekeluarga seperti Daneng yang meneruskan pelajaran untuk memajukan masyarakatnya. Kita mestilah menghargai alam sekitar. Contohnya Daneng yang amat sayang akan hutan yang terdapat di kampungnya. (max 3 isi) Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional (i) Maksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah Hang Jebat bersungguhsungguh memerhati/ Hang Jebat melihat dengan teliti (ii) Sekiranya saya Hang Tuah, tindakan yang akan saya lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan saya mem bunuh Hang Jebat ialah bersemuka dengan Hang Jebat untuk mengetahui punca dia bertindak demikian. Membawa Hang Jebat bersemuka dengan sultan supaya sultan dan Hang Jebat dapat menyelesaikan masalah ini secara berbincang. Menyuruh Hang Jebat melarikan diri sementara ada peluang. Meminta Hang Jebat dibicarakan dan hanya dijatuhkan hukuman sekiranya dia bersalah. (max 3 isi) (iii) Sebaik sahaja melihat Hang Tuah, Hang Jebat berasa was-was dalam hatinya kerana pada pengetahuannya Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara / sekarang Laksamana sudah tidak ada dalam dunia ini lagi, malah orang yang datang itu kelakuannya seperti Laksamana /siapa yang datang itu seperti Laksamana sikap dan kelakuannya. Hang Jebat ragu-ragu kerana mungkin dia bermimpi / kalau mata Hang Jebat bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandangan Hang Jebat. (max 3 isi)
183
2 (d) Puisi Moden i Keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang ialah mereka berasa tidak sabar dengan keadaan kesesakan jalan raya. Ada sesetengah pemandu yang tunjuk lagak / angkuh / sombong. Ada pemandu yang bosan dengan gelagat pemandu yang sombong/jalan raya yang sesak. (max 3 isi) Persoalan-persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini ialah sikap sombong pemandu yang menunjuk-nunjuk sewaktu memandu di jalan raya. Jalan raya di kota yang sering dilanda masalah kesesakan lalu lintas. Perasaan tertekan pemandu-pemandu di bandar-bandar besar. (max si) 3 Beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu sesuka hati di jalan raya ialah dengan mengetatkan peraturan lalu lintas/mengenakan denda/hukuman yang lebih keras/tegas. Meminta bantuan polis trak mengawal lalu lintas pada waktu-waktu tertentu. Mengadakan kempen/ceramah keselamatan jalan raya. Mengstruktur kembali laluan yang kerap kali mengalami kesesakan lalu lintas. (max si) 3
ii.
iii.
184

Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa (30 Markah) (a) i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. (b) i. ii. iii malapetaka - bencana/kecelakaan/kesengsaraan/kesusahan yang amat sangat larut malam dinihari/ sudah jauh malam tersenyum melirik senyum sambil menjeling dengan tajam/mengerling termenung jauh berkir panjang/ memikir dalam-dalam/tafakur kemuncak kejayaan berjaya dengan cemerlang/ peringkat kejayaan tertinggi berdebar kencang jantung berdenyut pantas/cepat/kencang Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat (ayat tunggal) Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan tidak larat ke sekolah, Shazwanee mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. (ayat perbualan) Tangga dipanjat oleh Shazwanee pelahan-lahan dalam keadaan letih dan mengantuk (ayat pasif)
(c)
i. belok - blok ii. pembangunan bangunan iii. plan - pelan iv. dilulus - diluluskan v. lapuran - laporan vi. merasa - berasa (i) (ii) (iii) Mereka telah berbincang cara menanam buah-buahan tempatan. Aqil memotong dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi ke ekolah. s Irfan makan seulas durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak itu/ enak sekali itu
(d)
(e) (a) (b) Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung Membuat pekerjaan dengan berhati-hati Tiada beban batu digalas orang yang sengaja mencari masalah yang membebankan diri sendiri.
Soalan 4. (a) 2 penggunaan teknik plot iaitu: (pilih dua teknik plot sahaja) Terminal Tiga - teknik kejutan, contoh: peristiwa Ruzaini lari dari rumah kerana mengikut seorang pendakwah. Ini adalah kerana watak Ruzaini yang baik dan lembut serta mendakwa dia tidak mungkin terpengaruh dengan pendakwah itu. - teknik saspens, contoh: apabila Rimpa akan berjumpa ayahnya yang sekian lama menghilangkan diri. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: semasa berada dalam kapal terbang, Rimpa teringatkan Ramaon yang sering bertengkar dengannya. Perlumbaan Kedua - teknik saspens, contoh: semua penonton suspen melihat aksi Tuk Kura yang melantunkan badannya dari batu ke batu semasa perlumbaan tersebut. - teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Tuk Kura dengan anak buahnya berkenaan latihan untuk berlumba dengan Sang Arnab. - teknik pemeri, contoh: pengarang menggambarkan keadaan tempat berlumba yang berbatu dan di lereng yang berbukit. Di Hadapan Pulau - teknik kejutan, contoh: Rosiah berubah sikap daripada seorang yang sopan kepada seorang yang sanggup menggadai maruah semata-mata untuk hidup senang. - teknik saspens, contoh: Aziz bercita-cita untuk ke sebuah pulau kecil menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya sama ada hasratnya itu tercapai atau tidak. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Tuk Marzuki terkenangkan peristiwa sewaktu dia balik ke Melaka, adikya Mustaffa berpindah dari kampung. Bukit Kepong - teknik saspens, contoh: berlaku pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong, menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya sama ada pasukan polis akan menang atau tumpas. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Sarjan Jamil terkenangkan anak dan isterinya sebelum pertempuran berlaku yang akhirnya memyebabkan dirinya terkorban. - teknik pemeri, contoh: menggambarkan latar belakang Othman yang berasal dari Kedah dan bekerja sebagai
185
penoreh sebelum menyertai polis. Konserto Terakhir - teknik kejutan, contoh: Hilmi meninggal dunia sebelum sempat mengetahui dia merupakan anak Datuk Johari - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apakah yang akan berlaku terhadap Hilmi apabila dia dimasukkan ke hospital. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Datuk Johari teringatkan peristiwa dia berkahwin dengan emak Hilmi tetapi meninggalkannya selepas sehari berkahwin. Seteguh Karang - teknik kejutan, contoh: Anita tiba-tiba melarikan diri kerana berkonik dengan Kak Maysarah. - teknik suspen, contoh: Kak Maysarah dimasukkan ke hospital kerana cuba membunuh diri. - teknik monolog dalaman, contoh: Awanis merungut dalam hatinya kerana Kak Maysarah selalu bermurung. Julia - teknik kejutan, contoh: Jun datang ke tanah perkuburan Islam dengan memakai baju melayu. - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya akan kemampuan Julia mengendalikan syarikat yang banyak masalah milik arwah bapanya. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Julia teringat akan dirinya yang pernah hidup secara liar satu ketika dahulu. Putera Gunung Tahan - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: perempuan tua teringatkan kembali peristiwa dia melahirkan anak 30 tahun dahulu - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apa akan berlaku kepada penduduk puncak Gunung Tahan apabila dua buah kapal terbang Inggeris muncul secara tiba-tiba. - teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Putera Bongsu dengan perempuan tua agar berhati-hati dengan orang Inggeris. (b) Persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari Persoalan kesabaran dalam menghadapi dugaan hidup - Bukit Kepong Osman sabar menghadapi kecacatan apabila kakinya dipotong akibat terkena serpihan bom semasa pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong. - Konserto Terakhir - Hilmi sabar setiap kali dicaci oleh Datin Salmah kerana perbezaan taraf hidup antara mereka. Persoalan taat setia terhadap ibu bapa. - Bukit Kepong Osman taat terhadap permintaan ibu dan bapanya dan menurut kata-kata mereka apabila Osman disuruh berkahwin dengan Limah gadis pilahan mereka sebelum Osman ditempatkan ke Muar untuk bertugas sebagai anggota polis. - Konserto Terakhir hayati taat terhadap ibu bapanya agar di berkahwin dengan Mohsin tunangannya walaupun Hayati menyintai Hilmi.
186
SPM
2009
[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]
Bahasa Inggeris
Answer
The President, Student Council, SMK Perwira, 42500 Banting, Selangor. The Principal, SMK Perwira, 42500 Banting, Selangor.
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
Marks
35
Paper 1 Question
Section A/1
22 anuary J
2009
Dear Sir, Complaint about the School Canteen With reference to the above, I, as the President of the Student Council, would like to complain about our school canteen. The Student Council conducted a survey recently, and we are very unhappy with the condition and service provided by the canteen operator. 2. When the students complaint about the food which was not tasty, we visited the canteen. We bought a plate of fried rice but it was not fresh. We then noticed that the food was not covered. There were ies sitting on the food and ying in the shelves. 3. Next, we would like to bring up the prices. A few of us had bought the same food but the canteen operator charged all of us different prices. We wanted to check the actual price but a price list was not displayed. This means that the canteen operator can charge as she pleases as there was no price list for the students tom compare the price. 4. Thirdly, I would like to complain about the canteen oor. The oor was dirty. It looked like had never been swept..The oor was also slippery with with remnants of food strewn all over and stepped on. Thus the reasons for the constant accidents among students during their recess at the canteen. 5. The next point is about the environment. It was not a hygienic environment with stray cats moving among the students legs in the eating area, eating the remnants of food strewn under the tables. Students had also talked about seeing cockroaches and ies in the canteens cupboards. 6. Finally, the students were unhappy with the utensils used by the canteen operator. The styrofoam cups, plates and the plastic spoons were not only brittle but also not environmental friendly. 7. During our meeting, the Council has a few suggestions for your consideration in this matter. The food must be fresh, kept warm and covered at all times. She should use plates, cups and spoons that can be washed and reused. The price list should be prominently displayed. The environment should be improved such that students would feel more comfortable having their recesss in the canteen. We hope you will give your consideration to our suggestions and take appropriate action regarding this matter. Thank you. Yours faithfully, ______________ (Salizah bt. Ahmad) President Student Council. Section B /1 a) It was a calm evening. I looked across the lake, enjoying the sight of the ripples splashing softly across the surface. Seated on the wooden bench, I sighed loudly as I thought of the worries that were sitting so heavily on my shoulders. Whats your problems? Do you want to talk about it?a starngers voice which came from my left made me start. I looked at the man sitting on the other end of the bench. I had not even been aware that he had came and sat there. I looked closely at him. The right half of his face was badly disgured because of burns. He appeared to be about 60 years old and had a thin oval face and calm, wise eyes. His right hand dangled uselessly at his side. His deformity aside, I could see kindness and understanding in his expression. I hesitated for a moment and then replied bitterly,My father hates me. Hmm....your father must be scolding you all the time, right? the stranger said quietly.He wants you to get better marks in your exam and stop meeting those boys who are school dropouts,the stranger said, and I looked at him in shock. 50
187
b) With the introduction of the internet, the world has become a smaller place. Buying and selling items through the internet can be done in seconds. At the click of the mouse and in the blink of an eye, billions of dollars are exchanged via banks, from country to country. In the face of such excitement, one wonders whether the conventional method of shopping will continue for long. I feel that although internet shopping is slowly becoming popular, it cannot take over the conventional method of shopping. Firstly, human beings are complex creatures. It is very difcult to satisfy them. They need to look at products, and feel and try them before they decided to buy. They will go frm one shop to another to compare prices, and ask for opinions before they nally decide on a product to buy. This cannot be done through internet shopping. When the goods are delivered, you have to accept them whether you like them or not. Internet shopping does not allow for easy refunds and repairs. When you look at a product on the internet, you do not know how efciently it will function. If you discover it does not work when you received it, you will have to go through a tedious process to return it. If you have bought the product from a shop, it would be easier for you to have it repaired or replaced or to get a refund. Furthermore, when you go internet shopping, you do not know how reliable your seller is. You do not know where he works, what he looks like, whether he can be trusted or whether such a company really exists. The conventional method of shopping does not give room for such doubts. The seller is there in person to persuade you to buy a product and to stand guarantee for the quality of the product. Internet shopping also encourage credit card fraud. Since you normally have to pay through credit cards, unscrupulous people can hack into website, get access to your account number and use your credit card. You also run the risk of not getting your product even after paying for it. The traditional method of shopping allows families to get together for an outing and enjoy a meal later on. It encourages family unity and family harmony. Internet shopping, on the other hand, can be a lonely affair. The shopper has to sit in front of a silent tube and wait for the products to ash on the screen. In conclusion, I believe that internet shopping will not replace the traditional method of shopping.
c) An invention that has brought positive changes to our lives is the television. First, it helps us in acquiring knowledge. Many programs are of great educational value. They give lessons on geography, history, science, literature and ne arts in a pleasant and entertaining way. Watching these programs keeps us intellectually occupied. They also impart knowledge to us beyond the classroom. We use our senses of sight as well as hearing when we are watching television. That is why television is widely used in teaching in universities, colleges and schools. Another important point is that it saves money and time. If we had to go to the cinema each day, it would cost us a lot of money. Time is also wasted in getting ready and traveling to the cinema. If we have a television set at home, we can view programs in comfort. We can also choose the programs that we like. Very often, we get live telecasts of important events. Thus, we can update our knowledge and information on world affairs. Watching television is a healthy form of entertainment for all. To our tired parents, it offers easy relaxation. They can forget their worries when they watch a good musical program, drama or a comedy. After a few hours of serious study, nothing is more relaxing to the student than watching a television program. He would then be less tired and can study much better after that.
Yeah, he was very angry about my bad grades. I know that I have been a bit naughty, playing truant with those boys in my school. The form teacher called my father and complained to him.My dad was furious. He told me that he was going to deprive me of the motorbike he had given me until i get better grades. He doesnt love me anymore. I started crying as I spoke. He was silent for a while and let me cry. After a few minutes, he started talking.Let me tell you a story. I had a son like you, who was rebellious. I tried to advise him but he thought that I did not love him. One day, he brought his friends to play recrackers in my house.I told him that it was dangerous but he just refused to listen. I went out for a short while.The whole house caught re and my son was trapped in it. His friends managed to rush out of the house but he was left inside, screaming for help. I rushed into the house and managed to pulled him out of the burning house. I was glad he was safe,the stranger said. What about you? What happened? I asked curiously. He said,A heavy beam fell on me and I was trapped there. The neighbours came and managed to put out the re with pails of water. When they found me, they thought that I was dead. But I loved my son and didnt want to die until I had seen him through his education and make sure he had a successful future. You were ready to sacrice yourself in the terrible re for your son ? you must really love your son, I said to him in wonder. So does every father in this world,he replied.They want their children to achieve excellent results and have a bright future. Your father doesnt know how to advise you anymore. But dont ever say that he hates you ! I think you are right.He has never scolded me before.It was only after I started mixing with those bad hats and getting low grades that he started to scold me. I think that I should thank you for showing me the right path. Ill go and apologise to him and promise him Ill be good, I said. Go and make your father happy. And remember, Ill be here every day around this time. Come and talk to me if you have any problems,the stranger said. I dont even know your name, I exclaimed in embarrassment. Lokman. Call me Uncle Man, thats what everyone here calls me, he answered. And that was how Uncle Man began to play an important part in my life. He was always there, rain or shine on the bench by the lake. He would listen to my problems and advise me. I faced many trials and tribulations in my life but all those became small challenges after I talked to Uncle Man. Today, I am a successful professional, and I have two men to thank for my success my father and Uncle Man.
188
Finally, the television is a social asset. Members of a family sit together to watch a program. This helps to bring them together. When members of the family sit together, exchange views and comments, they are not only learning but also improving family ties. Watching television is less harmful than loitering in the streets or associating with bad company. The advantages of watching television denitely outweigh the disadvantages.
d) Zainal looked up from his work. His head was throbbing and his eyes were beginning to water. Surprised to hear the cry of a baby, he stood up and walked to his window. He could see Siva, his neighbours baby in a pram under a tree just outside his house. He thought it was funny the baby being left alone. Just as he was turning away from the window, Zainal saw a strange looking woman grabbing the handle of the pram and slowly pushing the pram away. Zainals eyes widened in amazement. He had never seen the woman before. She was stockily built and her face was heavily done up. Refusing to take any chances, Zainal called out to the woman from his window. Stop....stop..... What do you think youre doing? But she paid no attention and continued to push the pram. Zainal was sure she was a kidnapper. He had to save the baby from the clutches of the evil woman. Zainal ran downstairs and dashed out of his front door. He ran after the woman waving his hands wildly, signaling her to stop. The woman turned around and looked at Zainal in fear. She began to push the pram faster. Zainal too increased his speed determinedly. He soon caught up with the kidnapper and grabbed her arm to make her stop. The angry and frightened woman tried to push Zainal away and hit him several times with an umbrella. Zainal caught hold of the umbrella and shouted at the woman, Stopstopit, you kidnapper ! The lady stopped hitting Zainal and asked, Who you are calling a kidnapper ? You.of course.Why have you taken this baby from his home? accused Zainal. But this is my baby., she is mine. I have not kidnapped anyones baby, she insisted. The word liar was at the tip of Zainals tongue when the baby began to cry loudly. Zainal looked into the pram. Dumbfounded, Zainal stared at the fair roundface baby with two slits for her eyes. She certainly wasnt Siva. She was a picture of the woman standing in front. There is no mistaking whose baby she was. Zainal then realized how hasty and silly he had acted. He apologized to the woman and tried to explain about the confusion, but the woman glared at him angrily. His face red with embarrassment, he turned away and quickly walked back to his own house.
e) Advertising is a lucrative business. It is public promotion and deals with the publicizing of a new product, service or idea. The main purpose of advertising is to persuade consumers to purchase a product or service, while providing information about it at the same time. Another purpose is of course, to promote the new product or service in order to boost sales. In short, advertising creates demand for a product. Advertising is mainly carried out through print and electronic media. Print media range from brochures and posters to billboards, magazines and newspapers. Electronic advertising, on the other hand, includes radio, television and the internet. It often employs the use of catchy jingles and tunes to persuade , attract and tempt the consumers. Advertising preys on our vanity. We all desire to be admired and accepted, whether socially, physically, intellectually or professionally. We desire prestige and status, and think we can achieve it simply by using product carrying a renowned brand like Calvin Klein or Versage. Advertisements have the power to inuence our thoughts and emotions, and lure us into buying a product or service we may have no need for. They are successful because we, consumers, are gullible and vulnerable to the sales gimmicks and strategies used by marketers. We succumbed easily to irresistable offers like Buy one, get one free and Free gifts. Consequently, we end up purchasing a product or service. Advertisements work because they usually present misleading and untruthly information to create a sense of desire for the product in a consumer. Ultimately, we have the right to choose what we do or do not want. As businesses become increasingly competitive, advertisements will become more aggressive by the day. We, therefore, need to be rational and exercise our rights as consumers and not let marketers take control of our lives through advertising.
189
Paper 2
Answers Section A (15 marks) Questions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Answer
B A B D C D A D A D C A D C A
Answers section B Question Answer

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Intelihealth RM 78.95 Asian Health Traditions Traditional Chinese Medicine RM 56.95 ve Body Well-being Asian Health Traditions Chinese Medicine Traditional Chinese Medicine 10
Marks
190
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 Answer Section C Question Answer

26 a. The blood supply carries oxygen which is helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and spasms which are oxygen starved. b. stop 27 28 apparent a. To examine the effects of magnets on post polio patients. b. At least 4 weeks 29 a. experimental subjects/patients b. Subjects who had received the treatment had less pain. 30 a. 94 patients b. 6 months 31 Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing diseases. Magnets increase the blood ow which helps ush lactic acid and other inammatory agents in the body. This eases pain and inammation. The blood supply carries oxygen which relaxes muscles and relieves cramps and spasms. Magnets help to loosen muscles in spasms and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the spasms. People with chronic back pain have found relief by sleeping on magnetic mattresses or magnetic seat cushions. Tendon or ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages. In some hospitals, powerful electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even help prevent asthma and relieve headaches. ( 106 words)
Marks
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15
Answer Section D Question Answer

32 a) a wet atmosphere b) wear pajamas/read poetry/watch mother prepares for bed/wait for father to return.. c) their family respected and worship their ancestors a) The fact that she had no luxuries and was poor. b) distressed suffered c) she was self-centred and grumpy/moody d.i) being married to a poor man ii) her desires to be rich There are many events in The Pearl but one important event is the discovery of the pearl itself by Kino. Kino and Juana with their sick child, Coyotito, make many trips to go pearl shing and this trip is particularly special in the search for the pearl that would make a difference in their nancial situation. The pearl they actually found causes the story to take a different turn in their life. This discovery of the pearl affects the lives of kino and Juana as it reects their hopes, dreams and desires. But it is interesting to note that this same discovery of the pearl affects the thoughts and actions of the greedy doctor, the priest, the pearl buyers and the trackers. Even their neighbours in the village imagine what they would do if they had the pearl. The pearl should have brought nancial security for the family and a bright future for Coyotito but what happens is that greed grips everyone and their personalities change. A happy home is destroyed. The family is threatened by wicked men who would not hesitate to kill and Coyotito was the fatal victim.That is the tragedy that the discovery of the pearl brings.
Marks
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 15
33
34
191
SPM
2009
Kertas 1
[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]
Sejarah
Answer
D A D B D B D D C C A A C A A C D A B B
Soalan
Questions
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Ulang kaji
Answer
D D B C C C D B C A D A A C A A D A C C A A
Questions
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Kertas 2 Soalan
1(a) F1- Mohenjo Daro F2- Harappa
Butiran
Markah
1 1 Maks 2M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3M
(b)
F1- Bandar dikelilingi oleh tembok F2- Terbahagi kepada dua bahagian F3- Bahagian utama pusat pentadbiran/keagamaan/tempat mandi awam / tempat penyimpanan hasil pertanian F4- Bahagian kedua kawasan perumahan F5- Disusun berasaskan blok-blok berbentuk segi empat F6- Dipisahkan oleh satu rangkaian jalan raya yang lurus dan bersambung antara satu sama lain F7- Setiap bandar mempunyai sistem kumbahan yang terancang F8- Bandar- bandar ini juga dihubungi dengan sungai yang berfungsi sebagai jalan perhubungan F9- Menggunakan batu bata daripada tanah liat yang melalui proses pembakaran dengan suhu yang tinggi untuk membina rumah Maks F1F2F3Kepandaian penduduk menyesuaikan diri dengan alam sekitar Peningkatan penghasilan pertanian Pertambahan jumlah penduduk
(c)
1 1 1 Maks 1M 1 1 1 1 1 2M
(d)
F1- Pengetahuan tinggi dalam ilmu geometri F2- Matematik F3- Kesenian F4- Teknologi pembakaran batu bata F5- Pengetahuan yang diperoleh hasil hubungan antara tamadun Indus dengan tamadun Mesopotamia dan Mesir Maks
192
(e)
F1- Hubungan dengan tamadun lain membolehkan kedua-dua pihak memperoleh manfaat F2- Berlaku pertukaran teknologi F3- Menerima pengaruh dari luar yang disesuaikan dengan keadaan dan suasana tempatan F4- Peningkatan kemahiran F5- Peningkatan dalam aspek seni bina F6- Keamanan dan kedamaian merupakan tunjang kekuatan sesebuah bangsa untuk mencapai kemajuan dan kecemerlangan F7- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa membuat hubungan dengan negara/ pihak luar F8- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa bertukar pandangan dengan pihak luar Maks (i) Tahap Pertama F1- Damsyik (ii) Tahap Kedua F2- Cordova
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1
2 (a)
1 2M 1 1M 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3M 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 2M
(b) (c)
F1- Muawiyah bin Abu Sufyan F1 - sistem khalifah F2 - sistem hijabah F3 - sistem wazarah F4 - sistem urus setia F5 - penubuhan empat buah jabatan F1 - kharaj / cukai tanah F2- jizyah / cukai perlindungan F3- zakat F4- usyur / cukai 1/10 hasil pertanian F5- ghanimah /harta rampasan perang F1- kebijaksanaan pemerintah menubuhkan banyak universiti/IPTA/IPTS F2 - membina banyak sekolah rendah/menengah/sekolah bestari F3 - melaksanakan pembaharuan pendidikan/bidang IT/ICT F4 - berpandangan jauh/wawasan/Falsafah Pendidikan Kebangsaan F5 - pendidikan percuma F6 - pemberian skim pinjaman buku teks F7 - memberi biasiswa untuk melanjutkan pelajaran/PTPN F8 - mewajibkan pendidikan F9 - memperkenalkan subjek baru/teknikal/vokasional/pertanian/KHB F10 -pencapaian semakin meningkat pada setiap tahun [mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah] F1 - Kuasa pemerintahan dibahagi kepada tiga cabang F2 - Badan perundangan, badan pelaksana dan badan kehakiman F3 - Ketiga-tiga badan harus dipegang oleh pihak berasingan F4 - Mengelakkan pembolotan kuasa
(d)
(e)
3(a)
(b)
F1- berumur sekurang-kurangnya 30 tahun F2 - mewakili setiap negeri F3 - memegang jawatan bagi tempoh tiga tahun F4 - individu yang telah memberi sumbangan cemerlang dalam bidang-bidang tertentu dan mewakili orang asli F1 - menggubal dasar-dasar kerajaan F2 - merancang program pembangunan ekonomi dan sosial F3 - menyelaras program pembangunan ekonom dan sosial F1 - kuasa mendengar serta menentukan perkara sivil dan jenayah F2 - menentukan kesahihan undang-undang yang dibuat oleh badan perundangan dan pihak badan pelaksana F3 - mentafsir perlembagaan persekutuan dan perlembagaan negeri F4 ntafsir dang-undang me un F5 - mengisytiharkan undang-undang bertulis Kerajaan Persekutuan atau Kerajaan Negeri F6 - mengisytiharkan sesuatu tindakan kerajaan tidak sah di sisi undang-undang F1 - membuat keputusan dengan adil/saksama F2 - melicinkan perjalanan undang-undang/dilindungi daripada pengaruh politik F3 menjamin perbicaraan yang adil/telus F4 membuat keputusan tanpa tekanan pihak tertentu/parti politik yang dianggotai
(c)
(d)
(e)
193
4(a)
F1- Komanwel Negara bekas jajahan yang merdeka F2- terdiri daripada 54 buah negara maju dan sedang membangun F1 - Untuk membina semangat setia kawan F2 - Mewujudkan kerjasama dalam semua bidang F3 - Memelihara keamanan dan kedaulatan sesebuah negara F1- Kerjasama pertahanan di kalangan Negara-negara komanwel F2- Dapat membincangkan hal-hal kepentingan bersama F3- Mesyuarat CHOGM di Malaysia telah mengisytiharkan Deklarasi Langkawi F4- Dapat bersuara menentang dasar apartheid di Afrika Selatan F5- Eksport Malaysia ke Britian dikenakan cukai yang rendah F6- Rancangan Colombo menyediakan bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa dalam bidang pendidikan F7- Malaysia berjaya menganjurkan Sukan Komanwel 1998 F1 - membantu pelihara keamanan F2 - menyekat perjuangan Parti Komunis Malaya F3 - berjanji membantu jika diserang musuh semasa berkonfrontasi dengan Indonesia F4 - eksport Malaysia ke negara-negara Komanwel dikenakan cukai yang rendah F5 - bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa melalui Rancangan Colombo F6 - menjadi tuan rumah Sukan Komanwel F1 - berbaik-baik dengan semua negara F2 - menjamin keselamatan rakyat dan negara F3 - memelihara kepentingan nasional F4 - mengekalkan kedaulatan negara F5 - menggalakkan pembangunan ekonomi F6 - keamanan sejagat melalui kerjasama antarabangsa F7 - menjadi warga global yang bertnggungjwab F8 - memupuk kesejahteraan dunia [mana-mana jawapan yang relevan] Faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara F1Perdagangan H1a- dijalankan oleh pedagang Arab H1b- pusat tumpuan pedagang Islam H1c- perkampungan pedagang Islam H1d- aktiviti dakwah Islamiah H1e- bersifat terbuka H1e- Sifat mahmudah H1f- hubungan baik dengan pemerintah tempatan H1g- peranan syahbandar F2H2aH2bH2cF3H3aH3bH3cF4 H4aH4bH4cH4dH4eH4fH4gH4hF5 H5aH5bH5cH5dH5ePerkahwinan perkahwinan siasah perkahwinan politik perkahwinan biasa Pengislaman raja dan golongan bangsawan golongan berpengaruh Melaka Megat Iskandar Syah Pasai Raja Malik Al-Zahir Kelahiran kerajaan Islam Peluasan jajahan takluk Peranan Tun Perak Kerajaan Johor-Riau Pulau Jawa Peranan Acheh Pattani Brunei Champa
1 1 1M 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3M
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5(a)
Peranan pusat kebudayaan Perlak/Samudera Pasai/Melaka/Acheh/Riau Kitab al-dur Manzum Gaya tulisan Arab Karya Muhammad Ali Hanaah/Hikayat Amir Hamzah/Hikayat Nabi Bercukur Ulama Acheh Hamzah Fansuri/Syeikh Nuruddin Al-Raniri/Syeikh Samsuddin Al-Sumaterani/ Abdul Rauf Singkel H5e- Karya Tuhfat al-Nas/Peringatan Sejarah Johor
1 1 1 1 1 1 2M
194
F6 Peranan mubaligh H6a- Mubaligh Melaka/Pasai/Acheh/Jawa H6b- Peranan Wali Songo F7 H7aH7bH7c(b) Keistimewaan Islam mencakupi semua bidang kehidupan menyanjung keadilan/akhlak/kebahagian dunia akhirat berkir secara rasional
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Kesan pengaruh Islam di Asia Tenggara F1- Institusi pemerintahan beraja diganti oleh institusi kesultanan F2- Diwarisi daripada sistem pemerintahan Islam Kerajaan Abbasiyah dan F3- Kerajaan Turki Uthmaniyah F4- Institusi kesultanan diperkenalkan F5- Sultan sebagai ketua negara dan mufti sebagai penasihat sultan dalam hal ehwal negara dan pentadbiran negara. F6 - Wujud pegawai dan petugas C6a- Kadi, khatib, pemungut zakat, C6b- Penyelia baitulmal dan penjaga harta wakaf. F7- Gelaran sultan digunakan untuk mengukuhkan kedudukan kerajaan Islam di Alam Melayu F8- Menjamin kewibawaan raja F9- Memupuk semangat persaudaraan di kalangan umat Islam. F10- Dalam Hukum Kanun Melaka, raja Melaka digelar Khalifatul Mukminin F11- Pemimpin orang mukmin dan zillulah l alam bermaksud bayangan allah di alam ini. F12- Islam menjadi agama rasmi di Melaka, Acheh dan Brunei. F13- Dalam kerajaan Islam, sultan dalah khalifah allah/wakil allah di bumi F14 - Mereka hendaklah memerintah dengan adil. F 15 - Nama negeri berasaskan Islam C15 a Cth: Acheh Darus Salam. F16- Nama raja menggunakan nama Islam F17- Undang-undang syariah dilaksanakan. F2- Sistem pendidikan H2a- Mementingkan ilmu H2b- Perlak/Acheh/Pasai/Pattani/Sem. Tanah Melayu H2c- Pusat penterjemahan karya agama H2d- Pendidikan di Acheh H2e- Acheh digelar Serambi Makkah H2f- Perkembangan di di rantau Asia Tenggara F1C1aC1bC1c . F2C2aF3C3aC3bC3cF4C4aF5C5aIslam menekan kepentingan ilmu untuk masyarakat Institusi pendidikan formal di Asia Tenggara Istana/pondok/madrasah/surau di wujudkan.. Dayah Bukit Ce Breek pada abad ke-9M Munculnya pusat terjemahan karya agama menjadi rujukan kerajaan Islam Melaka muncul sebagai pusat terjemahan terkemuka di rantau Asia Tenggara. Wujudnya sistem pendidikan pondok secara meluas di Asia Tenggara. Pendidikan pondok berkembang di Pattani, Acheh dan Jawa dan di Melaka Ilmu dipelajari di rumah ulama, masjid dan surau dan istana pusat pendidikan formal untuk golongan bangsawan. Menjadi tumpuan pelajar dari luar Pada abad ke 16 hingga 17 Acheh menjadi tumpuan orang islam hingga digelar serambi Makkah. Peluang pendidikan yang sama kepada golongan wanita Wanita digalakkan belajar di dayah dan berpeluang memegang jawatan pentadbiran.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
F3 Bahasa dan kesusasteraan H3a- Mutu bahasa dan kesusasteraan Melayu ditingkatkan H3b- Penulisan jawi H3c- Penggunaan banyak perkataan Arab H3d- Bahasa Melayu sebagai lingua franca H3e- Melahirkan sasterawan tempatan Tun Seri Lanang/Shamsudin Al Sumaterani dan Abdul Raof Singkel H3f- Aktiviti penterjemahan Hikayat Perang Badar/Hikayat Nur Muhammad/Hikayat Bulan terbelah/ Hikayat Nabi Wafat H3g- Cerita Panji dalam bahasa Melayu F4 Cara hidup H4a- asimilsasi H4b- Cara hidup Islam H4c- Nilai-nilai akhlak Islam H4d- Sifat tolong menolong/hormat menghormati/bekerjasama H4e- Amalan gotong royong F5 Kesenian H5a- Seni khat/seni bina/seni ukir/dipengaruhi oleh kesenian Islam
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
195
H5b- Seni khat pada batu nesan H5c- Tulisan abjad Arab dan Jawi mengandungi ayat al-Quran H5d- Cth: batu nisan Malik Ibrahim/naina Hisham al-Din H5e- Merakamkan ayat-ayat suci al-Quran/hadis/catatan H5f- Pengaruh seni khat pada batu bersurat dan bilah mata keris H5g- Ukiran kayu H5h- Pengaruh pada seni bina/bangunan masjid/kubah/mimbar/mihrab/menara azan F1- Institusi Baitul Mal diperkenalkan. H1a- Baitul Mal berfungsi sebagai perbendaharaan negara H1b- Sumber diperoleh dari zakat dan sedekah. F2- Islam menggalakkan umatnya rajin bekerja H2a- Mencari rezeki yang halal/berjimat cermat. F3- Amalan riba/penindasan dan penipuan dilarang. F4- Budaya berjimat cermat disarankan oleh Islam F5- Usaha yang bersungguh-sungguh tanpa mengenal putus asa. (c) Pengajaran perjuangan jihad F1- berani menentang penjajahan C1a- penentangan di Acheh F2- mempertahankan agama merupakan kewajipan umat Islam C2a- ulama di Acheh F3 memberi semangat kepada rakyat untuk menentang penjajahan tanpa rasa takut C3a- penentangan di Jawa F4- menentang kemiskinan juga suatu jihad F5 berusaha untuk mendapatkan kehidupan yang lebih baik F6 berkorban untuk agama/bangsa/negara ( terima mana-mana yang munasabah) F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombongan Kekurangan tenaga buruh tempatan Galakan kerajaan British Faktor yang terdapat di negara asal Penghijrahan mereka tidak ditentang oleh orang Melayu Wujud hubungan tradisi antara India dengan Tanah Melayu Kemakmuran di Tanah Melayu Kestabilan politik di Tanah Melayu
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 6M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M 1 1 1 1 1
6(a)
(b)
Kemasukan Buruh Cina F1- Melalui sistem Tiket Kredit H1a- Bakal imigran dikumpulkan oleh Kheh-tau (ketua) H1b- Imigran (Sin Kheh) ini diletakkan bawah pengawasan nakhoda kapal atau agensi buruh yang dibayar oleh majikan H1c- Golongan Sin Kheh perlu membuat perjanjian untuk menjelaskan hutang secara bekerja dengan majikan untuk tempoh tertentu H1d-Mereka dibekalkan dengan tiket ke pelabuhan yang dituju H1e- Tiba di pelabuhan, mereka diambil oleh pemborong buruh yang akan mendapatkan majikan untuk mereka F2- Melalui sistem Pengambilan Kakitangan H2a- Majikan menghantar pegawainya ke China untuk mendapatkan buruh H2b- Segala perbelanjaan dan tambang dibiayai oleh majikan H2c- Pegawai yang dihantar mengiringi buruh tersebut hingga mereka sampai ke tempat majikan. F3- Melalui sistem Pengambilan Rumah Kongsi H3a- Pengambilan buruh dilakukan oleh pegawai di Negara China yang dilantik oleh sesebuah rumah kongsi H3b- Pegawai tersebut membiayai perbelanjaan buruh sehingga mereka sampai di rumah kongsi Kemasukan Buruh India F4- Melalui sistem Buruh Bebas H4a-Buruh India datang sendiri ke Tanah Melayu dengan biayaan masing-masing F5- Melalui sistem Kontrak H5a- Majikan akan membiayai tambang mereka ke Tanah Melayu H5b-Buruh akan bekerja dengan majikan untuk jangka masa tertentu dengan bayaran minimum. F6- Melalui sistem Kangani H6a- Seseorang kangani / tandil / ketua / mandur diberi lesen dan dihantar pulang ke India untuk mencari tenaga buruh H6b-Kangani diberi wang untuk perbelanjaan buruh ke Tanah Melayu Maks
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M
196
(c)
Cara generasi pada hari ini mengekalkan kedaulatan negara F1 memiliki ilmu pengetahuan F2 memiliki kemahiran/kepakaran dalam bidang teknologi F3 mempunyai perasaan cinta akan tanah air F4 sedia berkorban untuk negara F5 sedia mempertahankan tanah air F6 memupuk perpaduan kaum F7 sentiasa berusaha untuk untuk mencapai kemajuan F Memajukan ekonomi negara [ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah] F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8Kedudukan Asia Tenggara yang strategik terletak antara China dan India Kedudukan ini menarik minat barat kerana penguasaan tersebut dapat menjamin pasaran yang luas Asia Tenggara juga kaya dengan bahan mentah Perindustrian di Eropah menyebabkan mereka memerlukanBahan mentah Mereka memerlukan pasaran yang baru penggunaan kapal wap membolehkan membolehkan muatan yang lebih banyak dan cepat pembukaan terusan Suez memendekkan perjalanan, selamat dan menjimatkan masa Penciptaan telegraf memudahkan perhubungan antara pegawai dengan tanah jajahan dengan lebih cepat dan berkesan F9- Persaingan antara kuasa kuasa barat menjadikan Asia Tenggga sasaran mereka F10- Semakin luas jajahan mereka semakin tinggi sanjungan dan melambangkan kekuatan dan kekayaan F11- Slogan beban orang putih yang digunakan oleh British dan Belanda mendakwa mereka lebih maju dan bertamadun F12-Bagi Perancis mereka bertanggungjawab untuk menyebar dan mentamadunkan orang timur F13-Mubaligh Kristian berpendapat mereka bertanggungjawab menyebarkan agama Kristian Kepada penduduk tanah jajahan Kesan kedatanan kuasa imperialis F1- Penubuhan kerajaan pusat hasil penyatuan wilayah- wilayah di tanah jajahan F2- Perlantikan Gabenor Jeneral sebagai ketua pentadbir di tanah jajahan F3- Pelaksanaaan pentadbiran melalui biro ( jabatan ) C3a-seperti jabatan kesihatan, perhutanan dan pelajaran F4- Perlantikan pegawai barat sebagai ketua biro F5- Pengenalan undang undang barat dan sistem kehakiman barat F6- Sistem pemerintahan tradisional merosot F7- Institusi raja tersingkir dan jawatan pembesar tradisional peringkat pusat terhapus F8- Pengaruh golongan agama merosot F9- Fungsi raja sebagai penaung sami Buddha telah diambil alih oleh undang F10- Memperkenalkan sistem pungutan cukai F11- Pembahagian pentadbiran kepada pusat F12- Muncul golongan baru F13- Terdiri daripada pentadbir yang empunyai kedudukan dalam birokrasi moden F14- Berdasarkan tahap pendidikan mereka F15- Pengenalan sistem Residen F16- Penasihat yang diletakkan di bawah pengawasan Gabenor Negeri Negeri Selat F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9Semangat setia negara Sanggup berkorban untuk bangsa Sifat bekerjasama Sikap tolong menolong antara pemimpin dengan pengikut Sifat berdisiplin Gigih berusaha Melengkapkan diri dengan ilmu pengetahuan yang baik Kekurangan ilmu menyebabkan perjuangan gagal Penggunaan senjata moden penting dalam Perjuangan (Mana-mana isi yang munasabah)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M
7(a)
(b)
(c)
Maks
8(a)
Persamaan Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dengan Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911). Undang undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor F1- Menjadi negeri Melayu pertama yang mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis. F2- Johor mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis yang dikenali sebagai Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor. F3- Berunsur demokrasi dan pemerintahan Raja berpelembagaan. F4- Mengiktiraf orang Melayu sebagai rakyatnya. F5- Agama Islam sebagai agama rasmi F6- Mengukuhkan keturunan Sultan sebagai pewaris takhta F7- Berbangsa Melayu, lelaki, beragama Islam F8 - Raja berhak memilih Menteri Besar F9 - Naib Menteri Besar ditentukan oleh Jemaah Menteri dengan perkenan Sultan F10- Memperuntukkan dua badan pemerintah iaitu Majlis Mesyuarat Negeri dan Jemaah menteri F11- Pentadbiran negeri dilarang sama sekali drp diserahkan kepada orang lain. F12- Pegawai-pegawai yang dilantik mestilah taat setia kepada raja dan kerajaan Johor Undang undang Tubuh Kerajaan Trengganu
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M
197
F13F14F15F16F17F18F19F20F21(b)
Kedudukan yang istimewa kepada agama Islam Pemerintahan bercorak Raja Beperlembagaan Pemerintah mestilah beragama Islam, bangsa Melayu dan waris sultan Sultan dibantu oleh Majlis Mesyuarat Kerajaan Menteri yang menganggotai Mesyuarat Kerajaan mestilah beragama Islam, Melayu dan rakyat negeri Mengakui taat setia kepada sultan dan kerajaan Majlis Mesyuarat Kerajaan yang diketuai oleh Menteri Besar dilantik oleh Sultan Jemaah Menteri berhak melantik Naib Menteri Besar Waris Sultan dan Menteri dilarang menyerahkan negara kepada kuasa lain
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M
(c)
F1 Melicinkan pentadbiran F2 Rakyat memilih pemimpin F3 Mewujudkan keamanan/aman makmur F4 Menjamin kerajaan yang adil F5 Mewujudkan perpaduan kaum F6 Meningkatkan ekonomi negara F7 Mengamalkan kebebasan memilih kerajaan yang bertanungjawab F8 Rakyat bebas bersuara [ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah ] Usaha memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaan F1- Termaktub dalam Perkara 152 Perlembagaan Persekutuan Tanah Melayu 1957 F2- Bahasa Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaan H2a-Memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaan H2b-Untuk menjamin perpaduan rakyat di Tanah Melayu F3- Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP) ditubuhkan pada 1956 H3a-Usaha memajukan bahasa Melayu F4- Pelancaran Minggu Bahasa dan Bulan Bahasa menggalakkan penggunaan bahasa Melayu. H4a-Slogan Bahasa Jiwa Bangsa F5- Penubuhan sekolah menengah Melayu sebagai bahasa pengantar C5a-Sekolah Alam Shah, Sekoalh Sri Puteri dan Sekolah Sultan Abdul Halim F6- Akta Bahasa Kebangsaan diluluskan pada 1967 F7- Tahun 1970, bahasa pengantar di sekolah rendah Inggeris telah ditukarkan kepada bahasa kebangsaan secara berperingkat-peringkat F8- Penubuhan Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, 1977 membuktikan bahasa Melayu mampu menjadi bahasa ilmu F9- Tahun 1982, bahasa Melayu menjadi bahasa pengantar di semua sekolah menggantikan bahasa Inggeris. F10- Tahun 1990, bahasa Melayu digunakan di mahkamah F1- Lahir daripada gagasan Kongres Kebudayaan Kebangsaan F2- Menjadi panduan dalam membentuk dan mengekalkan identiti negara Malaysia F3- Bertujuan memperkukuh perpaduan melalui kebudayaan F4- Memupuk dan memelihara keperibadian kebangsaan F5- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kemanusiaan F6- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kerohanian F7- Mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan seimbang dengan pembangunan sosioekonomi F8- Tiga prinsip utama Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan H8a-Kebudayaan rakyat asal rantau Melayu sebagai tunjang H8b-Unsur-unsur kebudayaan lain yang wajar dan sesuai boleh diterima H8c- Islam sebagai unsur yang terpenting F1- Penyertaan dalam sukan tanpa mengira ideologi F2- Dapat menyemarakkan semangat patriotik dalam kalangan rakyat F3- Tidak menghadkan penyertaan kepada sesuatu kaum F4- Memberi peluang seluas-luasnya bagi mereka yang berminat F5- Di sekolah, sukan merupakan aktiviti sekolah yang sangat digalakkan F6- Penubuhan Majlis Sukan Sekolah-Sekolah Malaysia (MSSM) F7- MSSM ditubuhkan di peringkat daerah, negeri dan kebangsaan F8- Temasya Sukan Malaysia (SUKMA) diadakan dua tahun sekali F9- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan perpaduan antara kaum F10- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan hubungan antara negeri F11-Dapat memupuk perpaduan dalam kalangan pemain, penonton dan penggiat sukan (Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah diterima)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M
9 (a)
(b)
(c)
Bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan Buapak dalam sistem pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan. F- Yamtuan Besar ialah pemerintah tertinggi tetapi tidak berhak melantik pembesar F2- Undang ialah ketua pentadbiran peringkat Luak (daerah) F3- Terdapat 4 Undang Luak iaitu Sg. Ujong, Rembau, Jelebu dan Johol F4- Berhak memutuskan pelantikan Yang DiPertuan Besar/ Yamtuan Besar F5- Lembaga ialah ketua suku anggota masyarakat F6- bertanggungjawab terhadap suku masing-masing F7- Berkuasa memilih individu untuk jawatan Undang F8- Buapak ialah ketua Perut (setiap Perut dianggotai oleh Anak Buah) F9- Menjadi tempat rujukan bagi setiap masalah khususnya mengenai adat
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6M
198
SPM
2009
[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]
Additional Mathematic Soala n Ul a n gkaji

SOLUTION (a) Many-to-one (b){1, 3, 5, 7 } B mark 1 1 NO 2 x= SOLUTION y-3 2 B mark 1 2 3 (3) 1 2 3 (3) 1 2 3 (3) 1
NO 1
g(y) = 6
( y -2 3 ) - 1
g(x) = 3x - 10 (2) 3 (a) h = 0 1 (b) f (x) = x-2 k=2 1 1 2 (3) 5 (a) f(x) = 4 - (x - 1) (b) (i) p = -1 q=3 (ii) r = 3 7 (2x8)2x+1 = 4 or 2 2x+1 = 2 2
3 (2x+1)
(h - 4) = -1 3 2k OR = -6 3 h = 7 or k = -9 h = 7 and k = -9
1 1 1 1 (4)
15x + 26x - 80 0 or (4x+1+9-x)(4x+1-9-x) 0 (3x+10)(5x-8) 0 or graph x - 10 , x 8 3 5
8 1 2 3 (3) 1 2 3 4 (4) 10
log2 y = 3 log2 x log2 8 or log2 8 = 3 y log2 x = 1 y = 2x (a) PQ : y = -x + 6 Q (5,1) (B) 1 (10)(5) 2 25 unit
4x + 2 = 1 or 2x-1 = -6x-1 x=- 1 4 9 or log5 = 35 log5 = 875 100 4 log5 35 - log5 4 log5 7 + log5 5 - 2 log5 2 n + 1 - 2m
2 3 (3) 1 2 1 2 (4) 1
11
PA = 2 PB (x - 3) + (y-6) = 2 (x - 1) + (y + 2) 3x + 3y - 2x + 28y - 25 = 0
1 2 3
12
1 q 1 1 = + y p p x 1 1 = p 2
()
or q = -2 p q = -2 p
(4) 13 (4+6d) - (4+d) = 10 d=2 1 2 14
1 = 1 and p 2 p = 2, q = -4 (a) x = 4 x x = -1 (2) S = = 16 5 16 Sin 2x = 0.5 2x = 30 , 150 x = 15 , 75 4 1+
3 4 1 2 1 2 (4) 1 2 3
(2) 15 (a) p + q = 5i - j = -5 (b) |p + q| = 26 0.980i - 0.1961j 1 2 1 2 (4)
(3)
199
17
(a) -12 (2x - 3) or 12 - (2x - 3) (b) y = - 12 or x = - 0.02 = 0.24
18 1
(a) 2 (-3) + k = 0 k = 6
1 2
1 2 (4) 20 1 2 3 4 (4) 1 22
(b) (0,-4)
or gradient = 6
1 2 (4) 1 2
y = 6x - 4 6-4 2 unit
19
1 (10)(10) cos 60 or 2 1 (10)(10) 2 3 25 or 52.3599 52.3599 - 25 54.72
(2)
)=5
2 3 (3)
(b) 1, 3, 6, 6, 7 1 + 9 + 36 + 36 + 49 - 23 5 5
( )
1 2 3 (4) 1
= 5.04 24 (a) 720 (b) 5 x 2 x 4! 240 or 48 x 5
23
(a) 1 8 (b) 1 8 0.0477 1.668
1 1 (2) 1 2 (2)
1 2 (3)
25
TOTAL 80 MARKS
21
kx + 2x -1 2 4k + 4 - k - 2 2 2 - 2 3
] )(
(a) 3
200
Additional Mathematics Paper 2
No 1
SOLUTIONS x = 2 - 2y or y=2-x 2 or 1 + 2 x 2-x 2
Marks 1
Sub marks
Total Marks
1 + 2 =5 (2 - 2y) y
( )
= 5
(2y - 1)(5y - 4) = 0 y=1 , 4 2 5 x=1 , 2 5 2 or or
or x=1 , 2 5 1 , 4 y= 2 5
(x - 1)(5x - 2)
1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) (x - t) - t + 4t - t + 4t = 3 (t - 3)(t - 1) = 0 t = 3, t = 1 (b) f(x) = x - 6x + 12 y or f(x) = (x - 3) + 3
12 x 0 3 (a) 64 (0.5)6 or Shape (3,3) x Points 1 1 1 1 1 2 6 2 1
70 (0.5)6 The three sides are : 1, 1, 35 32 (b) The rst three perimeters : 198, 99, 49.5 r = 198 = 49.5 = 0.5 99 99 (c) S = 198 1 - 0.5 = 396 unit
1 2 1 1 2
(a) 2 sin x cos x 2 cos x - 1 + 1 sin x = tan x cos x (b) y Shape 2 cycles reection x 0 2 Equation Straight
1 1 1 1 1 6 1
sin 2x cos 2x + 1
3x
or
y = 3x 1
Number of solution = 4
201
(a) (b)
25 . 5 Frequency 4 10 13 10 3 Cummulative frequency 4 14 27 37 40
Class boundry 0.5 - 10.5 10. 5 20.5 20.5 30.5 30.5 - 40.5 40.5 50.5 m = 20.5 + = 25.12 (c) Class boundry 0.5 - 10.5 10. 5 20.5 20.5 30.5 30.5 - 40.5 40.5 50.5
3 8
x 5.5 15.5 25.5 35.5 45.5
f 4 10 13 10 3 40
fx 22 155 331.5 355 136.5 1000
fx 112 2402.5 8453.25 12602.5 6210.75 29781
mean = 1000 40 Variance = 29781 - 1000 40 40 = 119.53 6 (a) i) OR = OP + PR = 5x + m OQ = 5x + 10my ii) OR = 1 OS n = 1 (OP + PS) , n
[ ]
1,1 1 1 1 4
PS = 2 PQ 5 = 2/5 (-5x + 10y) ~ ~ = 4y - 2x ~ ~
4 1
+ 4y - 2x) = 1 (5x ~ ~ ~ n + 4y) = 1 (3x ~ ~ n = 3x + 4y n~ n~ (b) Comparing the coefcient : 3 = 5 , 4 = 10m n n n=3 5 m=2 3
1 7 1 1 1
-14 [ 2013 ] 10
2 1
202
(a) A (3,3) m Tangent = dy = 2x dx At A (3,3) m Tangent = 6, 1
: m Normal
= -1 6
1 4 1 1
Equation of normal : y - 3 = -1 (x-3) 6 x + 6y = 21 (b) Area of the triangle = (3)(3) or OR area under the curve :
3 2
3 0
x dx
x - 2x dx = x - x 3
1 3 1 1 10
Area of the shaded region = 9 - 4 2 3 = 19 unit 6 (c) Volume = 2 (x - 2x) dx = =

0 2 0
x4 - 4x + 4xdx x5 - x4 + 4x 5 3
2 0
1 1
= 16 unit 15 8 (a) x 1 y 1 y 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 x 0.01 0.50 0.04 0.46 0.09 0.4 0.16 0.30 0.25 0.19 0.36 0.35
1 1
Correct axes
6 points correctly plotted
Line of best t
10
(b) i) 1 = 1 x + r y p p 1 = gradient = -1.347 p p = -0.7424 ii) r = c = 0.52 p r = -0.386
1 1 1
1 1
203
(a) cos = 9 10 APC = 0.451 rad APB = 0.902 radian (b) i) AOC = 1.804 radian
9 cm 10 cm
1 2 1 1 1 10
OR
Lenght of arc ADC , S1 = 10 x 1.804 Lenght of arc ABC , S2 = 18 x 0.902 Perimeter = S1 +S2 Perimeter = 34.28 ii) POA = 2.24 radian Area of the circle, A1 = 3.142 x 10 Area of sector APC, A2 = (18) (0.902) Area of sector AOP, A3 = (10) (2.24) Area of triangle AOP, A4 = (10)(10) sin 2.24 rad Area of the shaded region : A1 - A2 - 2(A3 - A4) = 22.508 cm
1 1 1 8
OR OR OR
1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 10
10
(a) m FH = , m EG = -2 Equation of EG; y - 3 = -2(x-3) y = -2x + 9 (b) -2x + 9 = -1 G = (5,-1) (c) Area = 1 |(0 + 10 + 18) - (-5 + -6 + 6)| 2 = 23 unit 2 (d) RE = RF RE = (x - 3) + (y - 3) 6x - 8y + 17 = 0 or RF = x + (y + 1)
11
(a) i) p = 1 , q = 6 7 7 1 - 5C0 1 0 6 5 - 5C1 1 6 7 7 7 7 = 0.1517
() ()
()()
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 10 5
ii) variance = 2490 1 6 7 7 variance = 3304.90
( )( )
(b) i) 155 - 160 or 175 - 160 225 225 p(-0.2 < z < 1) 1 - 0.4207 - 0.1587 or equivalent 0.4206 ii) p (X > m) = 0.12 m - 160 = 1.175 225 m = 142.38 12 (a) (3t+1)(t-3) = 0 t =3s
1 1 1 1 2
204
(b) v
3 t 0 3
Shape 1 2 All points 1
-32
(c) =
3 0
| - 3t] + | [ 3t + 8t - 3t] | [3t + 8t 2 3 2 3

3 + 8t - 3tdt +
5 3
3 + 8t - 3tdt
1 1 3 10
= 46 ms (d) v is maximum when dv = 0 , P dt vQ = 8 - 6t = 0 t=4s 3
13
(6t-6)dt = 6t - 6t + c 2 t = 0 , v = -7 , c = -7 when t = 4 , v = 3 4 - 6 4 - 7 3 3 3 = - 29 ms 3 (a) x = 1.00 x 100 or y x 100 = 150 0.8 0.40
() ()
1 or 0.40 x 100 = z 80 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 DEC is obtuse 1 10
x = 125, y = 0.6, z = 0.5 (b) i) 125(4) + 140m + 150(5) + 80(3) = 129.45 18 m=6 ii) P2007 x 100 = 129.45 2306 P2007 = 2985.12
(c) 129.45 x 140 x 100 100 100 = 181.23 14 (a) i) AC 10 = Sin 110 Sin35 AC = 16.38 cm
ii) AD = 18 + 16.38 - 2(18)(16.38) Cos 40 AD = 11.86 cm (b) i) E
D ii)
C 1 6 1 1 1 1
10
Sin DEC = Sin 40 18 11.86 DEC = 102.69, DEC = 37.31 Area of triangle EDC = (18)(11.86) sin 37.31 = 64.70 cm
205
15
(a) y 2x x + y 900 25x + 50y 20000 (b) y
1 1 1 3
Any line correct 1
900
700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 x
correct region 1
10
(c) i) 480 (ie at (160,320)). ii) (300,600) 25(300)+50(600) = RM 37500
1 1 1 1 4
800
All line 3 correct 1
206
SPM
2009
Paper 1
[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]
Mathematic
ANSWER B D C C B D B B D B C D C B C D B B A C 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 QUESTION D D B B B C B C A C C A C B C B A D C D
Soalan
ANSWER
Ulang
kaji
QUESTION 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Paper 2 Section A
No 1 Marking Scheme i) A B ii) A B Marks (i) 1 M 3
(ii) 2 M
C 2 2x-x-21=0 (2x-7) (x+3)=0 x= 7 , or -3 2 3 2m 4n = 8 n= 1 m-2 2 1 2 m=1 m=2 n=-1
C 1M 1M 1 M 1M 2 1 2 m -3 -1 1M 1M 1M 1M 4 4
n = 1
( )( )( ) () ( )( )
m n
=
7 2
n =-2
-1 1 2
7 2
n = 1 m=2
m= 2 n=-1
207
4.
HAC tan <HAC = 5 15 HAC = 18 26
1M 2M 1M 1M 1M 2M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M
5.
a) True b) KLMN has not two parallel sides c) 2n + 5, n = 1, 2, 3, 4
6.
196 7. a) mQR = mPS = 2 y+11 x-2 = -2 or -11 = -2(2)+ c
y = -2x - 7 b) 0 = -2x - 7 x=- 7 2 8. a) P = 1 2 x 1 - (-3)x4
( -4
3 2
1M
= 1 14 b)
(1 -4
3 2
)
3 2
1M
-3 x 6 (2 4 1 ) ( y )= ( 5 ) 1 x 1 ( (y )= 14 -4 x= 3 2 y = -1 x = y
1M 1M
) (6 5)
1M 3 2 -1 1M
( )( )
Note: accept for 1 M 10. a) 16 b) 25-0 22-30 = - 25 8 (u+16) + 1 (u+25) x 6=303 2 u=12 1M 1M 1M 6
c)
2M 1M 1M 1M 6
11
a)
4 x 8 13 15 32 = 195 7 6 9 8 ( 16 x 15 )+ ( 16 x 15 ) = 19 40
b)
2M
1M
1 x4x7x7 2 1 x7x7x6 3 1 1 2 x4x7x7+ 3 x7x7x6
208
12
a) k = 11 m = 9.11
1M 1M
12
b) Uniform scales -3 x3 and -4y30 All 9 points plotted correctly . Smooth curve and passed all 9 correct points . Refer to the graph. c) x = 8.1 0.1 y = -2.8 0.5 y = 2x + 8 Straight line y = 2x + 8 drawn x = -2.5 0.1 , 0.1 0.1 , 2.4 0.5 (1 , 9) (9 , 1)
1M 2M 1M
1M 1M 1M 1M 2M 1M 2M 3M 3M 2M 1M 12 12
d)
13
a) (i) (ii)
b) (i) K : rotation 90clockwise by the centre (6, 1)) (ii) J : enlargement at centre P or (7,3) and scale factor 2 c) A+87 = 2 x A = 29cm 14 a) Time(minutes) (i) 35 39 40 44 45 49 50 54 55 59 60 64 65 69 70 - 74 (i) all class interval correct (ii) all frequencies correct (iii)all midpoints correct b) (i) 55 59 (ii) 3(37)+6(42)+4(47)+7(52)+9(57)+5(62)+4(67)+2(72) 3+6+4+7+9+5+4+2 53.75 c) Frequency (ii) 3 6 4 7 9 5 4 2 Midpoints (iii) 37 42 47 52 57 62 67 72
1M 1M 1M 1M 2M 1M 1M 1M 2M 1M
Uniform scale on the x-axis and on the y axis Mid points, class interval or lower/upper boundary on horizontal axis 8 bars drawn corecctly histogram completely drawn correctly histogram refer to the graph.
15 H/G L/K 5cm 7cm 6cm D/C Correct shape with hexagon AEHILD. Correct mesurement 0.2. I/J 6cm A/B 1M 2M
12
209
b)
K/C
4cm
G/J F/B 2cm
5cm
L/D
H/I E/A P1 P1 Q2
Correct shape with rectangle ABCD and semicircle CD. Straight line GH and semicircle CD by using compasses. Correct mesurement 0.2. c) J C/B 2cm 5cm D/A H L H/E 4cm K1 G/F
Coreect shape with 3 rectangles. Dotted line JH. The length of the sides must be in correct proportion Correct mesurement 0.2 16 a) P R
1M 1M 1M 2M 1M1M 12
Q (b) (67N , 115E) (c) (90 - 67) x 2 (90 - 67) x 2 x 60 2760 n.m. (d)(i) cos 67o 180 60 cos 67 4219.9* (e) 4219.9+67x2x60 1500 2M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M
1M 1M
8.17 hours or 8 hr 10 min
a)
b)
210
Graph for Question 12
30
25
20
15
10
-3
-2
-1
211
Graph for Question 14
34.5
39.5
44.5
49.5
54.5
59.5
64.5
69.5
74.5
212
SPM
2009
[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]
Science
11 1 13 1 15 1 1 1 1 20 D 2A A 4D A 6D 7D 8B 9C B 2 2 23 2 25 2 2 2 2 30 1A 2B C 4A C 6D 7C 8D 9D A 3 3 33 3 35 3 3 3 3 40 1B 2B A 4D C 6C 7C 8D 9D C 4 4 43 4 45 4 4 4 4 50 1B 2B A 4D A 6B 7A 8B 9A C
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 D B C B B C B D A C
PAPER 2 Question
SECTION A 1(a) Able to write the observation correctly Sample answer 1. The number of bubbles in test tube Y is more than test tube X 2. The number of bubbles in test tube X is less than test tube Y Able to write the inference for the observation correctly Sample answer (b) 1. Metal Y is more reactive than metal X 2. Metal X is less reactive than metal Y Able to predict the position of copper correctly Sample answer (c) 1. Lower than the position of zinc Able to state the responding variable correctly Sample answer (d) 1. Reactivity of metal with the acid 2. The number of bubbles given out 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Answer
Marks
Marks
Able to give the operational denition of reactivity of metal correctly Sample answer (e) 1. Reactivity of metal is the number of bubbles given out (by the metal when it reacts with the acid.) 2. Reactivity of metal is shown by the number of bubbles released when the metal reacts with acid.
Total
213
Question
2 (a)
Answer
Able to write the inference for the observation correctly Sample answer 1. Soap/alkali is not suitable for bacterial growth 2. Lime juice/acid is slightly suitable for bacterial growth 3. Distilled water is most suitable for bacterial growth
Marks
1
Marks
1
(b)(i)
1. pH value of the solution 2. The condition of the solution 3. Properties of the solution (b)(ii) Able to state the constant variable correctly Sample answer 1. Type of bacteria 2. Volume of nutrient broth 3. Temperature (of incubation) 4. Time (of incubation) (c) Able to tick ( )the correct properties of solutions correctly
Properties of solution (Sifat larutan) Test tube (Tabung uji) X Y Z Acidic (Asid) Alkaline (alkali) Neutral (neutral)
(i) All 3 correct tick (_/), two marks (ii) 2 correct tick (_/), one mark. Total 5
Able to state the manipulated variable correctly Sample answer
214
Question
3(a)
Answer
Able to draw the graph of velocity against time correctly
Marks
2
Marks
2
Notes: 1. Transfer of all points correct - 1 mark 2. Smooth curve - 1 mark (b) Able to give the relationship of time and velocity correctly Sample answer 1. 2. When the time increases the velocity also increases. The time is directly proportional to velocity 1 1
(c)
Able to state the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 s accurately Answer 7 (ms-1)
(d)
Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly. Sample answer 1. When the time increases the velocity increases 2. The velocity increases with the time
Total
215
Question
4(a)
Answer
Able to measure the height of precipitation correctly Sample answer P: Q: R: 0.4 0.8 1.2
Marks
1
Marks
1
(All measurement must be correct)
(b)
Able to locate the most polluted area correctly Sample answer 1. R 2. Where the sample had the highest precipitate
(c)
Able to state the operational denition of water pollution correctly Sample answer 1. Water pollution is the presence of precipitation in the water 2. Water pollution is the presence of solid particles in the water
(d)(i)
Able to state the manipulated variable in the investigation correctly. Sample answer 1. 2. Area Place where water sample was taken.
(d)(ii)
Able to state responding variable in the investigation correctly Sample answer 1. Height of precipitation
Total
216
Question
SECTION B 5(a)
Answer
Marks
Marks
2
Able to label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4 accurately Answer Y : Diaphragm Z: Film
(b)(i)
Able to name the part in the eye which have the same function with Z accurately Answer Retina
(b)(ii)
Able to state the function of part Y correctly Sample answer 1. To control the size of aperture in the camera
(c)(i)
Able to state one characteristic of image formed by the camera correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. Real Inverted Smaller then the object
(c)(ii)
Able to state one optical instrument that forms the same image characteristics with the camera correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Telescope Binocular
Total
217
Question
6(a)(i)
Answer
Able to name process P accurately Answer Fertilisation
Marks
1
Marks
(a)(ii)
Able to state the number of chromosomes in R correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 46 23 pairs
(b)(i)
Mitosis (b)(ii) Able to state one importance of process Q correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. To make new cells To repair damage cells To replace dead / worn out cells 1 2
(c)(i)
Able to recognise the type of twins shown in Diagram 5 accurately Answer Non identical twins
(c)(ii)
Able to explain how the identical twins formed correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Formed when two ovum were fertilised by two sperm Fertilisation of two ovum by two sperm at the same time
Total
Able to name process Q accurately Answer
218
Question
7(a)
Answer
Able to state the reasons why human beings need calories correctly Sample answer 1. 2. To do work To carry out all the process of life
Marks
1
Marks
1
(b)
Able to state two factors which affect the calorie requirement correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Type of work Gander Body size State of health Age group Physical activities The surrounding temperature [Any two]
(c)(i)
Able to identify the individual that need the highest calorie requirement accurately Answer Labourer
(c)(ii)
Able to explain why the individual need highest calorie requirement correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Because their type of work require Because they need a lot of energy when they do their work
(d)
Able to give reason why teenager need more calorie than the old man correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. A teenager is more active than old man A teenager do more work than old man A teenager burn more calorie than old man
Total
219
Question
8(a)
Answer
Able to state why the food need to be processed correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. To prevent from decay To prevent from spoilt To make the food last longer
Marks
1
Marks
1
(b)(i)
Able to name the method used to process the food accurately Answer Canning
(b)(ii)
Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Food is placed in can and heated to a high temperature Food is placed in can and heated to 120 oC
(c)(i)
Able to name the method used to process the food accurately Answer Pasteurization
(c)(ii)
Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctly Sample answer 1. The food is heated at 65 oC for 30 min than cools immediately 2. The food is heated at 72 oC for 15 sec than cools immediately
(d)
Able to locate where the information is obtained correctly Sample answer At the label of the can
Total
220
Question
9(a)
Answer
Able to choose the terms accurately Answer
Marks
2
Marks
2
Amplitude
Wave length
(b)
Able to state one characteristic of the wave correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. Have specic amplitude Have specic wave length Have specic frequency
(c)(i)
Able to locate the radio wave accurately Answer R
(c)(ii)
Able to locate the x-ray accurately Answer P
(d)
Able to give reason why radio wave is suitable for communication correctly Sample answer 1. Can travel very fast / at the speed of light 2. Can travel through vacuum 3. Can be modulated with sound wave 4. Can broadcast music/picture
Total
221
Question
SECTION C 10(a)
Answer
Marks
Marks
1
Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly Sample answer 1. Vulcanised rubber is more elastic than non vulcanised rubber 2. Vulcanised rubber is less elastic than non vulcanised rubber
(b)(i)
Able to write the aim of the experiment correctly Sample answer 1. To investigate the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rubber. 2. To study the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rubber
(b)(ii)
Able to identify the variables correctly Sample answer Manipulated variable 1. 2. type of rubber vulcanised rubber and non vulcanised rubber
Responding variable 1. 2. 3. The elasticity of the rubber Ability to return to its former length after stretching The length of the rubber after hanging with the weight
Constant variable 1. 2. 3. Length of the rubber before stretching The mass of the weight / 200g weight Time [Any two variable]
(b)(iii)
Able to list the functional apparatus and materials to be used in the experiment correctly Sample answer Vulcanised rubber, non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of 200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a retort stand and meter ruler
222
Question
(b)(iv)
Answer
Able to write the procedure for the experiment correctly Sample answer 1. Clip both end of the vulcanised rubber // Diagram 2. One clip is used to hang the vulcanised to a retort stand and at another end place 200 g weight 3. After 30 minutes take out both clip 4. Measure the length of the vulcanised rubber // record the length of the vulcanised rubber 5. Repeat procedure 1 to 4 for non vulcanised rubber [Any four procedure]
Marks
4
Marks
4
(b)(v)
Able to draw the table correctly Sample answer
Type of rubber
The elasticity of the rubber // The length of the rubber after hanging
Vulcanised rubber Non vulcanised rubber
Total
10
223
Question
11(a)
Answer
Able to state four differences between nervous coordination and hormonal coordination correctly Sample answer
Nervous Coordination Hormonal Coordination
Marks
4
Marks
4
1 2 3 4 5
Information in form of impulse Information is carried through neurone Speed of information is faster // Speed of response is faster The effect will last for a short period of time The target organ is one part of the body // certain muscles / glands
Information in the form of hormone Information is carried the ow of blood
The effect will last for a long period of time The target organs are many parts of the body
[Any four] (b) Able to identify the information from Diagram 11 correctly Sample answer 1. The thyroid gland, the pancreas and the ovaries are the example of endocrine glands Able to identify the common characteristics of the organ in Diagram 11 correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. The glands has no duct // ductless glands The glands secrete hormone The hormone secreted into blood stream [Any two] Able to state other example of endocrine glands and reason correctly Sample answer 1. 2. 3. Pituitary Adrenal Testes 1 1 2 2 1 1
Reason: because has no duct and secrete hormone into the blood
Speed of information is slow // Speed of response is slow
224
Question
(b)(iv)
Answer
Able to state non example of endocrine glands and reasons correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Sweat gland Saliva gland
Marks
1
Marks
1
Reason: The gland has duct and do no secrete hormone (b)(v) Able to state the actual concept of endocrine glands correctly Sample answer 1. Endocrine glands are glands which has no duct which secrete hormone into blood stream. 2. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that produce hormone 3. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that secrete hormone 1 1
Total
10
12(a)
Able to state four differences between metal and non metal correctly Sample answer
Metal 1 2 3 4 5 Malleable Shiny surface Ductile Good electrical conductors Good thermal conductors Non metal Non malleable Dull surface Brittle Bad electrical conductors Bad thermal conductors
Any four
(b)
Able to identify the problem correctly Sample answer 1. 2. Water from the pipe is cloudy and yellowish Pipe water is cloudy and yellowish after rain
Able to make clarication of the problem correctly Sample answer 1. The water was contaminated with solid particles, sand and soil
225
Question
Answer
Able to suggest the method of solving the problem correctly Sample answer Filtration 1. Used process of ltration 2. Using any type of lter 3. The ltered / clean water will pass through the lter 4. Suspended particles / solid particles, sand and soil will be block by the lter. [Any three] Precipitation 1. Collect the water into a container 2. Let the suspended solid particles, sand and soil in the water precipitate to the bottom of the container 3. Collect clean water on the top of the container
Marks
3
Marks
Able to evaluate the method used to solve the problem correctly Sample answer 1. By using the suggested method Nora will get clean water for her consumption 2. Nora will get clean water if she lter the water 3. Nora will get clean water if she let the suspended particles to precipitate
Total
10
226
SPM
2009
[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]
Biology
Soalan
No 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Answer D C C D B A C D B B C C C B D B B C B B A D C B C
Ulang
kaji
Paper 1
No 1 2 3 4 Answer D C A B C B B A A C D D A A C C A A C C D C C C C
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Paper 2 Section A
No. 1a) Marking criteria -Plant cell -Because it has a xed shape/ large vacuole A- Chloroplast , B Plasma membrane , C Cytoplasm, F Vacuole D Controls the activities of the cell E Generates energy in form of ATP for the cellular activities. G Supports and protects the cell. It also gives the xed shape. -Mesophyll palisade -Absorbs sunlight for photosynthesis/to make food -No chloroplast/chlorophyll to absorb sunlight - to make food through photosynthesis 1 1 4 Marks 2 4
b)
c)
1 1 1
d)(i)
1 1 1 1 Total 13
ii)
227
2a)
A - Pore protein B - Carrier protein Y - Phospholipid -Molecules which are very minute such as small molecules and ions -Small molecules and ions move across the pore between the protein -by simple diffusion -The molecules are at higher concentration outside the cell -cause the molecules to be pushed into the cells through the pore -The root hairs of a plant contain cell sap which usually has a higher osmotic pressure compared to soil water. -As a result, water from the soil will move into the vacuole of the root hair through the plasma membrane by osmosis.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 1
b)(i) (ii)
Any 3
c)
3a)(i)
A : Meiosis B : Mitosis A : Meiosis is important in producing gametes B : Mitosis is important in replacing dead/damaged cells//asexual reproduction//increasing the number of cells (growth)
Interphase
1 1 1 1
(ii)
b)
1
W
c)
or
or o r
Cell A
Note : The number of chromosomes, n = 2 The type (colour) of chromosomes 1 1
Cell B
Note : The number of chromosomes, 2n = 4 The type (colour) of chromosomes 1 1 4
-Structure S is a spindle bre -If structure S fails to be formed, the chromosomes cannot be pulled to the opposite poles -This causes the reproductive cells to have either extra/less number of chromosomes. d) -Cloning -Problem : Costly // expensive All clones have same resistant towards diseases / environmental factors e)
1 1 1
Any 1
Total
14
Total
228
4a)
W : Ultraltration X : Reabsorption Y : Secretion Red blood cells Plasma proteins From W to X where F1-Glomerular ltrate become more concentrated E1-Reabsorption of water into the blood capillaries by osmosis F2-Glomerular ltrate does not contain glucose and amino acids E2-because all of them are reabsorbed by active transport into the blood capillaries From X to Y, F3-Glomerular ltrate has a higher concentration of urea E3-Urea not reabsorbed from ltrate but water is reabsorbed from ltrate F4-Glomerular ltrate low in salt E4-Reabsorption of sodium and chloride ions into blood capillaries
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Any 1F & 1E
b)
c)
d)
F1-Conc. of urea in blood plasma is 0.3g/dm3 which is same as in glomerular ltrate E1-Ultraltration in Bowmans capsule E2-High pressure of blood forces out uid from blood plasma which contains urea and other solute into the Bowmans capsule F2-Conc. of urea in urine is 18g/dm3 which is much higher than in the glomerular ltrate E3-Active secretion of urea from the blood into glomerular ltrate at distal convolated tubule and collecting duct
1 1 1 1 Any 1F & 1E 1 1 1 1 1 Any 2F & 2E Total 13 2 1 1
5a(i)
-Monthly reproductive cycle controlled by hormones -Consists of follicle development, ovulation, thickening of endometrium and menstruation. -Follicle Stimulating Hormone/FSH -To stimulate the formation of follicles in the ovary F1-Undersecretion of hormone P inhibits B from the pituitary gland F2-Ovulation is delayed/does not occur F3-Oversecretion of hormone P stimulates secretion of hormone B F4-Ovulation occur earlier -Able to draw a degenerated corpus luteum/H
(ii)
1 1 F1 & F2 Or F3 & F4
(b)
c (i)
- Structure H has shrunken /become smaller in size (ii) Hormone Q : Progesterone Structure H : Corpus luteum 16th - 22nd day : H is formed, hormone Q is secreted, endometrium thickens 23rd - 28th day : H degenerated, the level of hormone Q declines resulting in menstruation 1 1 1 1 Total 2
(iii)
2 11
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 Paper 2 Section B

No. 6(a) Marking criteria Adaptive features of structure M : -Has thin epithelial wall of gill laments to facilitate diffusion of gases. -Many plate like projections (lamella) at gill laments to increase the total surface area for diffusion -A network of blood capillaries in the gill laments to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the gases. Adaptive features of structure N : -thin alveolar wall which helps in the diffusion of gases, -the wall of the alveolus is moist whereby respiratory gases can dissolve in it, -the alveolus is well supplied by blood capillaries to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the gases. -many alveoli to increase total surface area for diffusion Differences between respiratory systems Cockroach 1. Exchange of gases occur at the tracheole directly with the body cells 2.The respiratory organ is the tracheole system which branches out to increase the total surface area for diffusion 3. Does not require blood capillary to transport the oxygen to the body cells 4. Breathing mechanism involves the contraction and relaxation of muscles in the body wall to enable the air to ow in and out of the tracheal system 5. Air enters and leaves the tracheal system through the spiracles Fish 1. Exchange of gases occur at the gill laments 2. The respiratory organ is the gill which consists of many gill laments to increase the total surface area for diffusion 3. Require blood capillary to transport the oxygen from the gill laments to the body cells 4. Breathing mechanism involves the ow of water through the mouth, over the gills and out through the operculum Human 1. Exchange of gases occur at the alveolus 2. The respiratory organ is the lungs which of many alveoli to increase the total surface area for diffusion 3. Require blood capillary to transport the oxygen from the alveolus to the body cells 4. Breathing mechanism involves the ow of air in and out of the lungs through action of the intercostals muscles and the diaphragm muscles 5. Air enters and leaves the respiratory system through the nasal cavity Marks 2 Marks
229
Any 2
Any 2
(b)
5. Water containing dissolved oxygen enters into the buccal cavity and leaves through the operculum
10
(c)
-The athlete wears a track suit so that there is no sudden decrease in temperature in his muscles -A sudden decrease in temperature will cause the accumulation of lactic acid and muscles pain/cramp -He draws a deep breath several times to oxidize lactic acid that has been accumulated -and pays back the oxygen debt -He walks freely so that the muscles takes time to oxidize 1/6 of lactic acid to carbon dioxide, water and energy -and 5/6 of the lactic acid is converted back to glucose.
1 1 1 1 1 1 Total 6 20
230
7(a)
The ability of the body to resist an infection of pathogen/disease - by producing a specic antibody -Is obtained after a person recovers from an infection such as chicken pox -When a person is exposed to a pathogen , the antigens of the pathogen stimulate an immune response -The immune system produces antibodies in response to the antigens. -After the person recovers from infection, the person is immune to the pathogen because the lymphocytes remain in the body.
1 1 1 1 1 1
b)(i)
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Any 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Any 10 Total 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Max 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Max 10 Total
(ii)
-Is obtained through immunization or vaccination -Vaccine contains weakened, dead or non-virulent forms of pathogen that is not harmful to the person receiving it. -The vaccine is injected before the person gets infected. -Once the vaccine is injection into a person it stimulates the body to produce antibodies capable of binding to the antigen. -Therefore , if a live pathogen invades the body, it is able to eliminate the pathogen immediately because already has the antibodies against the pathogen. - So, the body has acquired immunity through vaccination. -Our blood has clotting agent to help the wound to recover. -When there is a wound, the platelets in the blood will stick rapidly to the collagen bres in the tissues -and releases clotting factors to make the platelet sticky. -The sticky platelet can temporarily stop the blood loss. -The clumped platelets, the damaged cells and clotting factors in the plasma forms activator -called as thromboplastins, -together with calcium ions and vitamin K convert prothrombin to thrombin -Later thrombin catalysts the conversion of the soluble protein brinogen in blood plasma - into insoluble brin. -The brin is a brous protein which aggregates to form a mesh of long threads over the wound, -trapping red blood cells and sealing the wound. -The resulting blood clot hardens when exposed to air to form a scab.
(c)
10 20
8 (a)
The food will be digested after ve hours. -The process starts in the mouth where the rice which contains carbohydrate will be digested to form maltose by the enzyme amylase. -Then, with the help of the tongue and saliva the food forms bolus which will move along the oesophagus through peristalsis. -Then the chicken will be digested in the stomach where the enzyme pepsin will be secreted by the gastric glands. -Pepsin will digest the protein in the chicken into peptone and polypeptide -Then the food will remain in the stomach for three to four hours and forms a semi-solid food called chyme. -Then chyme moves from the stomach into the duodenum where the fats from the fried chicken will be digested . -The pancreatic juice containing enzyme lipase will hydrolyse the fats into glycerol and fatty acids. -Further digestion of the starch from the rice will be done by enzyme amlyase. -Enzyme trypsin will hydrolyse peptone and polypeptide into peptides. -Finally, the food will move to the small intestine where enzyme maltase will hydrolyse the maltose into glucose. -Enzyme erepsin / peptidase will hydrolyse peptide into amino acids -and enzyme lipase hydrolyses fats into glycerol and fatty acids. -Zarinae atsr egularly,g astricj uicew illb es ecretedat xedt imest oc arryo utd igestionp erfectly. -while for Kavitha, there is excess of gastric juice produced in the empty stomach - The hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice will act on the stomach wall and corrode the wall of the stomach - causing gastritis. -Z arinassy stemr eceivest heo ptimumamo unto fw aterw hileK avithai ss horto nh eri ntakeo fw ater. - In Zarinas system, the biochemical processes are occuring at an optimal level while for Kavitha, there is an imbalance of water which affect the biochemical reactions. - The osmotic blood pressure increases - and can cause crenation of the erythrocytes. - This will affect the transportation of oxygen to the body cells. - Zarina is in a healthy state while Kavitha has a high risk of getting cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, high blood pressure and heart diseases - because of excess cholesterol and saturated fats in the fast food which will deposited on the wall of the arteries and blocked the blood vessels. - Fast food contain less vitamin C which can cause scurvy. - Fast food has less calcium and phosphorus which can cause osteoporosis and rickets. - High content of salt in the junk food can cause high blood pressure. - Excess carbohydrates and fats in the fast food can lead to obesity
10
(b)
10 20
231
9(a)
Characteristics Father (CC) Curly hair Mother (cc) Straight hair Child (Cc) Curly hair 1
Keys : C : Curly hair c : Straight hair Parent Gamete Male CC c X Female 3 cc
1st Generation
Cc
Cc
Cc All Curly hair
Cc
Parent
Male Cc C c
Female Cc 3 C c
2nd Generation
CC :
Cc Straight hair(cc) 3 :
Cc 1
cc
Curly hair (CC & Cc)
-From the above cross, the hair characteristic is determined by a pair of allele, C which represents the dominant trait, curly hair and c which represent the recessive trait, straight hair. -In the formation of gamete, the pair of allele, will segregate during me iosis I -and o nly o ne o f e ach p air o f al leles c an b e p resent i n a s ingle g amete. -Mendels First Law explains the Law of Segregation, that is one gene characteristics is carried by one allele in every gamete -and forms a monohybrid in the genotype ratio of 3:1 in the second generation. (b) -Haemophilia i s a s ex-linked di sease t hat c an b e t ransmitted f rom p arent t o o ffspring -This c haracteristic i s c arried b y a r ecessive al lele l ocated o n t he X c hromosome -The patient lacks blood clotting factors, resulting in excessive blood loss. -The allele for haemophilia is written as Xh -and the allele for normal blood clotting is written as XH. -Haemophilia can occur in men because men only need one recessive gene on X chromosome (XHY) to cause haemophilia. -The Y chromosome carries no allele. -A woman who has a family pedigree of haemophilia does not necessarily has it because she can still exist in the heterozygous form(XH Xh ) -She is a carrier for the next generation. -Two recessive genes are needed to show the haemophilic characteristic. -She wi ll o nly b e h aemophiliac i f h er ge notype i s h omozygous r ecessive. ( Xh X h ) . -The inheritance of haemophilia can be avoided by making sure that every marriage of the grandchildren (third generation) does not involve carriers or haemophilic individuals -Eventually after generations by elimination, the recessive genes will disappear.
1 1 1 1 Max 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Max 10 Total 10
10 20
232
Paper 3
No. Mark Scheme Score 3 1 (a)(i) Able to state two different observations correctly. Sample answers 1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest, that is 57 minutes. 2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest, that is 10 minutes. Able to state one observations correctly and one two inaccurate observations Sample answers 1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest. 2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest Able to state one observations correctly and one two observations at idea level Sample answer 1. The time taken for water samples to decolourise changes
No response or incorrect response
No. 1 (a)(ii)
Mark Scheme Able to make two inferences correctly. Sample answers 1. Water sample Z has the highest concentration of dissolved oxygen. 2. Water sample W has the lowest concentration of dissolved oxygen Able to make one inferences correctly and one two inaccurate inferences Sample answers 1. Water sample Z has more dissolved oxygen. 2. Water sample W has less dissolved oxygen. Able to state one inferences correctly and one two inferences at idea level Sample answer 1. Water samples have dissolved oxygen No response or incorrect response
Score 3
No. 1(b)
Mark Scheme Able to record all 4 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly Sample answers Sample water W X Y Z Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise (minutes) 10 23 42 57
Score 3
Able to record 3 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly Able to record 2-1 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly No response or incorrect response
2 1 0
233
No. 1 (c)
Mark Scheme Able to state all 3 variables and the 3 methods to handle the variable Sample answers Variable Manipulated variable Source of water sample Responding variable Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise Constant variable Volume of water sample // Volume / concentration of methylene blue solution Fix the volume of water samples // Fix the volume /concentration of methylene blue solution Collect water samples from different sources Record the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise using a stopwatch Method to handle the variable
Score 3
Able to state 2 of any variables and methods to handle the variable Able to state 1of any variables and methods to handle the variable No response or incorrect response
2 1 0
No. 1 (d)
Mark Scheme Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly. Sample answer The shortest time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution indicates that the water sample is most polluted Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable incorrectly. Sample answer The source of water sample inuence the time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable at idea level. Sample answer The time taken for the decolourisation of the water samples changes No response or incorrect response 0 1 2 3
Score
No. 1 (e)(i)
Mark Scheme Able to construct a table correctly according with following aspect. 1. Able to state the 2 titles 1 mark 2. Able to record all the data correctly 2 marks Sample answer Water sample Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise (minutes) 10 23 42 57 3
Score
W X Y Z
Any two correct. Any one correct No response or incorrect response
2 1 0
234
No. 1 (e) (ii)
Mark Scheme Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect : 1. Able to state the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise 2. Able to state the content of dissolved oxygen 3. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the content of dissolved oxygen Sample answer The time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise will be short if the water sample has a low content of dissolved oxygen Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects. Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect. No response or incorrect response 2 1 0 3
Score
No. 1 (f)(i)
Mark Scheme Able to predict the outcome of the experiment correctly. 1. Correct prediction 2. Reason 3. Effect Sample answer The time taken will be long, probably more than 57 minutes because the river is less contaminated with sewage or agriculture runoff Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect. No response or incorrect response 2 1 0 3
Score
No.
Mark Scheme 3
Score
1 (f)(ii) Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect : 1. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the content of dissolved oxygen 2. Able to state the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen with the level of water pollution 3. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the level of water pollution Sample answer The higher the level of water pollution, the lower the content of dissolved oxygen in the water, so the shorter the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects. Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect. No response or incorrect response
2 1 0
No. 1 (g)
Mark Scheme Able to dene operationally biochemical oxygen demand of the water sample based on the result of the experiment. 1. The time needed 2. To decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue solution 3. In each water sample Sample answer Biochemical oxygen demand in the water sample is the time needed to decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue solution in each water sample Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects. Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect. No response or incorrect response 3
Score
2 1 0
235
No. 1 (h)
Mark Scheme Able to arrange orderly the level of pollution for the water samples. Sample answer Level of water pollution Most polluted Water sample W X Y Z 3
Score
Least polluted
Able to arrange with 3 correctly Able to arrange with 2 correctly No response or incorrect response
2 1 0
Question 2
Construct Objective Problem statement 01 Sample answers To study the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of transpiration of a plant. Tick Able to relate P1, P2 and H in a question form What are the effects of the movement of air on the rate of transpiration of a plant? How does the movement of air affect the rate of transpiration of a plant? P1= manipulated variable P2= Responding variable H= Question Note on scoring
3 What are the effects of the movement of air on a plant? How does the movement of air affect the plant? The movement of air affects the plant Tick Hypothesis The faster the movement of air, the greater/higher the rate of transpiration of a plant. P1= manipulated variable P2= Responding variable H= Relationship 3 2 1 Tick Variables Manipulated : Air movement Responding : The distance traveled by air bubble in 5 minutes/rate of transpiration Constant : Surrounding temperature / light intensity/ relative humidity/ type and size of plant used/ time Apparatus and materials 05 Apparatus (A) Potometer, beakers, knife, basin, stopwatch Materials (M) Leafy shoot, colour water, vaseline All three variables correct Tick Leafy shoot should be in the material list. 3/more A+ 3M= 3m 2A + 3 M =2m 3A + 2 M=2m 1/2A + 1/2M = 1m If leafy shoot is missing, A&M =0m Tick Technique Able to state the operating responding variable correctly, using suitable apparatus. Measure and record the distance traveled by the air bubble in potometer in 5 minutes using a ruler// Calculate the rate of transpiration using the formula : Distance traveled by air bubbletime (cm/min) B1 = 1m 2 1
02 The movement of air inuences the rate of transpiration of a plant. The rate of transpiration depends on the environment factors.
Tick
236
Procedure
04
K1 : Preparation of material and apparatus (any 3) 1. Setup as shown in diagram with any 3 labels in diagram 2. Leafy shoot chose and cut the shoot end in water 3. Insert cut stem in potometer 4. Adjust and mark the initial position of the air bubble K2 : Operating xed variable (any 1) 1. Type / length of leafy shoot 2. Light intensity / temperature of the surrounding K3 : Operating responding variable Measure the distance traveled by the air bubble in 5 minutes for each condition of air movement K4 : Operating manipulated variable Carry out the experiment in the condition of slow, fast moving fan and in still air K5 : Precaution of the experiment The joint end of the stem and apparatus is smeared with vaseline to ensure no water leakage and the apparatus is airtight
All 5 K = 3m 3 to 4 K = 2m 2K = 1m 1K = 0m
1K only = tick B2 =1m tick
Recording data/ result
Able to construct a table to record all data with the following aspects 1. 3 title with correct units (Condition of air movement, distance traveled by the air bubble in 5 minutes and the rate of transpiration) 2. No data is required Condition of air/Speed Distance traveled by air Rate of transpiration : of fan bubble in 5 min Distance traveled by air bubble (cm) 5min(cm/min) Still air (Fan speed 0) Slow moving air (Fan speed 1) Fast moving air (Fan speed 3)
Conclusion Planning experiment 03
Same as hypothesis above 7-9 ticks = 3m 4-6 ticks = 2m 1-3 ticks = 1m
tick
237
SPM
2009
[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]
Prinsip Perakaunan
Soalan
Ulang kaji
KERTAS 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 D A B D A A B C A B B C D D 5D B A C C A 21 22 2 24 25 26 2 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 3 36 37 38 39 40 C B C D D 7B B B D D A C B 5D A B A A B 3B
KERTAS 2
1(a)
Tarikh 2009 Mac 1 Butir
JURNAL AM Fol Debit RM 2 000 15 000 17 000 20 000 5 500 48 500 60 000 1 450 1 450 60 000 Kredit RM
Tunai Bank Stok Kenderaan Lee Trading Modal (Baki aset, liabiliti dan ekuiti pemilik pada tarikh ini)
22
Perabot Alima Enterprise (Membeli perabot secara kredit)
238
JURNAL JUALAN Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 2009 Mac 2 Perniagaan Alfa 5 My Cake House 11 My Cake House 31 Akaun Jualan kt 558 4 500 540 760
JURNAL BELIAN
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah RM
2009 Mac 17 Lee Trading 31 Akaun Belian dt
760 760
JURNAL PULANGAN BELIAN Tarikh Butir Fol kt 2009 Mac 21 Lee Trading 31 Akaun Pulangan Belian Jumlah RM 140 140
dt Tarikh 2009 Mac 1 Baki 23 Perniagaan Alfa 25 Jualan 552 Butir Fol Disk. RM Tunai RM 2000
BUKU TUNAI Bank RM 15 000 306 Tarikh Butir Fol Disk. RM Tunai RM 250
Kt Bank RM
b/b
2009 Mac 13 Ambilan 15 Lee Trading
3 200
26 Lee Trading 30 Gaji 31 Baki h/b
106
2 850 750 2 272 8 506 15 306
2 522 Apr 1 Baki b/b 2 272
15 306 8 506
106
2 522
239
1(b)
Akaun Stok Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 17 000 17 000 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 17 000
Mac 1 Apr 1
Baki Baki
b/b b/b
Mac
31
Baki
h/b
Akaun Kenderaan Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 20 000 20 000 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 20 000
Mac 1 Apr 1
Baki Baki
b/b b/b
Mac
31
Baki
h/b
My Cake House Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 4 500 540 5 040 Apr 1 Baki b/b 5 040 5040 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 5040
Mac 5 Jualan 11 Jualan
Mac
31
Baki
h/b
Akaun Modal Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 48 500 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 48 500 48 500
Mac 31
Baki
h/b
Mac
Baki Baki
b/b b/b
April 1
Akaun Perabot Tarikh Butir Alima Enterprise Baki b/b Fol Jumlah RM 1450 1450 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 1450
Mac 22 Apr 1
Mac
31
Baki
h/b
240
Alima Enterprise Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 14 50 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 14 50 b/b 14 50
Mac 31
Baki
h/b
Mac
22
Perabot Baki
April 1
Akaun Belian Tarikh Butir Pelbagai Pemiutang Baki b/b Fol Jumlah RM 760 760 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 760
Mac 31 Apr 1
Mac
31
Baki
h/b
Akaun Diskaun Diterima Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 106 Tarikh Butir Pelbagai Pemiutang Baki b/b Fol Jumlah RM 106 106
Mac 31
Baki
h/b
Mac Apr
31 1
Lee Trading Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 3 200 104 2 850 106 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 5 500 760
Mac 15 Bank 21 Pulangan belian 26 Bank Diskaun Diterima
Mac
1 17
Baki Belian
b/b
6 260
6 260
Perniagaan Alfa Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 558 558 Apr 1 Baki b/b 252 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 306 252 558
Mac 2
Jualan
Mac
23 31
Bank Baki
h/b
241
Akaun Jualan Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 6 120 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 522 5 598
Mac 31 Baki
h/b
Mac 25 31
Tunai Pelbagai Penghutang
6 120 Apr 1 Baki b/b
6 120 6 120
Akaun Pulangan Belian Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 104 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 104
Mac 31 Baki
h/b
Mac 31
Pelbagai Pemiutang Baki b/b
Apr 1
104
Akaun Ambilan Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 250 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 250
Mac 13 Tunai
Mac 31
Baki
h/b
Apr 1
Baki
b/b
250
Akaun Gaji Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 750 Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 750
Mac 30 Bank
Mac 31
Baki
h/b
Apr 1
Baki
b/b
750
242
1(c)
Mutiara Bakery Imbangan Duga Pada 31 Mac 2009 Debit RM Tunai Bank Stok Kenderaan My Cake House Modal Perabot Alima Enterprise Belian Diskaun diterima Perniagaan Alfa Jualan Pulangan belian Ambilan Gaji 2 272 8 506 17 000 20 000 5 040 48 500 1 450 1 450 760 106 252 6 120 104 250 750 56 280 56 280 Kredit RM
243
2(a)
Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd Penyata Pendapatan Bagi Tahun Berakhir 31 Julai 2009 RM Jualan Tolak : Kos Jualan Stok awal Belian (-) Pulangan belian Kos barang untuk dijual (-) Stok akhir Kos jualan Untung kasar (+) Hasil Hutang lapuk terpulih Pengurangan peruntukan hutang ragu (-) Belanja Kadar bayaran Insurans Gaji Susut nilai kenderaan Untung bersih 565 86 RM RM 72 500
16 750 49 440 522 48918 65 668 17 430 48 238 24 262
651 24913
2437 550 6650 3500
13137 11 776
Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd Kunci Kira-kira Pada 31 Julai 2009 RM ASET BUKAN SEMASA Kenderaan (-) Peruntukan susut nilai kenderaan Perabot ASET SEMASA Bank Penghutang (-) Peruntukan hutang ragu Insurans terdahulu Tunai Stok Tolak : LIABILITI SEMASA Pemiutang Model Kerja 35 000 8 750 RM RM
26 250 6 200 9 977 32 450
8 450 169
8 281 50 1 222 17 430 36 960 4 857 32 103 64 553
EKUITI PEMILIK Modal 1 Ogos 2008 (+) Untung bersih (-) Ambilan LIABILITI BUKAN SEMASA Pinjaman bank
48 850 11 776 60 626 1 073 59 553 5000 64 553
244
3(a)
Akaun Kawalan Penghutang Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 1 100 6 270 7 370 Apr 1 Baki b/b 770 Tarikh 2008 31 Butir Fol Jumlah RM 6 600 770 7 370
2008 Jan 30 Baki Dis 31 Jualan
b/b
Dis
Bank Baki
h/b
(b)
Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang Tarikh 2008 31 Butir Fol Jumlah RM 4 200 1 650 5 850 Apr 1 Baki b/b Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah RM 3 100 2 750 5 850 1650
Dis
Bank Baki
h/b
2008 Jan 30 Baki Dis 31 Belian
b/b
(c)
Kelab Sukan Dan Rekreasi Sentosa Akaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 RM Stok 1 Januari 2008 Belian Tolak: Stok 31 Disember 2008 Upah kafetaria Untung kafetaria 1 600 2 750 4 350 1 360 2 990 700 3 690 2 580 6 270 6 270 Jualan RM 6 270
245
4(a)
Akaun Realisasi RM 2009 Apr 30 Alatan Stok Penghutang Belanja realisasi 25 000 18 050 4 650 800 2009 Apr 30 Modal Ranjit Bank Rugi realisasi: Modal Ranjit Modal Ronnie RM 32 440 4 468 8 694 2 898 48 500
48 500
(b)
Akaun Bank RM 2009 Apr 30 Baki b/b Realisasi Modal Ranjit 2 300 4 468 6 134 12 902 2009 Apr 30 Belanja realisasi Modal Ronnie RM 800 12102
12 902
(c)
Akaun Modal Ranjit RM 2009 Apr 30 Realisasi Rugi realisasi 32 440 8 694 2009 Apr 1 Baki b/b 30 Bank RM 35 000 6 134
41 134
41 134
(d)
Akaun Modal Ronnie RM 2009 Apr 30 Rugi realisasi Bank 2 898 12 102 2009 Apr 30 Baki b/b RM 15 000
15 000
15 000
246
5(a)
Akaun Bank(ruangan bank sahaja) RM 2009 Jan 31 Baki b/b Dividen Kedai Rajes (kesilapan) 7 355 315 27 2009 Jan 31 Caj bank Baki h/b RM 15 7 682
7 697 Feb 1 Baki b/b 7 682
7 697
(b)
Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009 RM 7 682 460 8 142 Tolak : Deposit Belum Dikreditkan Jualan Baki kredit di Penyata Bank 960 7 182
Baki debit di Buku Tunai (selepas dikemas kini) Tambah : Cek Belum Dikemukakan Gaji (no cek 071)
(c) 1) Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh perniagaan tetapi belum direkodkan oleh bank iaitu deposit belum dikreditkan dan cek belum dikemukakan. Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh bank tetapi belum direkodkan oleh perniagaan (kutipan oleh bank, caj bank, hasil faedah atas simpanan tetap, buku cek) Kesilapan merekod yang dibuat sama ada oleh pihak bank atau perniagaan Cek tak laku iaitu cek yang tidak diterima oleh pihak bank untuk penjelasan * pilih mana-mana 2
2)
3) 4)
247
6 (a) i) Margin untung bersih = 9000 x 100 = 23.7% 38 000 Margin untung kasar = 12 000 x 100 = 31.6% 38 000 Nisbah semasa = 4200 = 2.8 1500
ii)
iii)
v) vi)
Pulangan modal = 9000/40000 = 22.5% Tokokan = 12 000/26 000 = 46.2%
(b) 1) 2) 3) 4) Mengetahui kadar keuntungan atas jualan Mengetahui kadar pulangan atas modal yang telah dilaburkan Mengetahui kedudukan aset berbanding liabiliti yang perlu dilangsaikan Mengetahui kecekapan pengurusan mengendalikan perniagaan
iv)
Nisbah cepat = 2000/1500 = 1.3
248
SPM
2009
[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]
Perdagangan
Soalan
A A 3B D C 6C D 8A C 0B 2 22 2 24 25 2 27 2 29 3 1C C 3B A D 6B B 8B A 0C
Ulang
3 32 3 34 35 3 37 3 39 4
kaji
1B D 3B B B 6D B 8C D 0C
KERTAS 1 1 2 3 4 5 C D B D A B D A A 0C 11 12 1 14 15 1 17 1 19 2
6 7 8 9 1
249
No soalan 1 (a) Perbezaan keperluan dan kehendak Keperluan F1-Keperluan asas manusia ialah makanan, pakaian, tempat tinggal dan udara F2-Merupakan tuntutan semulajadi manusia F3-Wajib dipenuhi manusia untuk terus hidup F4-Keperluan manusia sama dan tetap walaupun taraf hidup berubah
Jawapan
Kehendak F1-Kehendak manusia meliputi semua perkara yang membolehkan manusia hidup selesa F2-Merupakan sesuatu yang dipelajari daripada pengalaman hidup dan persekitarannya F3-Merupakan pelengkap kehidupan manusia F4-Kehendak manusia berbeza mengikut taraf hidup
(b)
Tiga jenis nilai faedah: F1-Nilai faedah bentuk H1-Mengubah bentuk sesuatu keluaran kepada yang lebih berguna C1-Kayu diubah manjadi perabot F2-Nilai faedah tempat H2-Memindah barang ke tempat yang mempunyai permintaan C2-Ikan dari laut ditangkap dan dihantar ke pasar untuk dijual F3-Nilai faedah masa H3-Menyimpan barang sehingga diperlukan C3-Gandum berlebihan disimpan untuk permintaan luar musim F4-Nilai faedah milikan H4-Pertukaran milik daripada seseorang kepada orang lain yang memerlukannya C4-Pengeluar kasut menjual kasut kepada pengguna
(c)
Kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran: F1- Kemahiran pekerja meningkat kerana pengulangan kerja setiap hari F2- Daya pengeluaran dan kualiti produk meningkat F3-Masa dan kos latihan dapat dijimatkan F4-Membolehkan penggunaan mesin dalam pengeluaran F5-Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaran F6-Menikmati ekonomi bidangan/pengurangan kos pengeluaran seunit F7-Pekerja mengkhusus dalam bidang yang sesuai dengan minat dan bakat F8-Mewujudkan pelbagai peluang pekerjaan
(d)
Perbankan dan promosi membantu peniaga melancarkan perniagaan: Perbankan F1- Memberi kemudahan simpanan C1- dalam bentuk akaun simpanan/akaun semasa/simpanan tetap F2- Kemudahan penerimaan dan pembayaran C2- pindahan kredit/cek/debit terus F3- kemudahan pembiayaan C3- pinjaman/overdraf Promosi F1-Memperkenalkan keluaran baru F2-Memujuk dan memperngaruhi pelanggan untuk membeli sesuatu keluaran F3- Mengekalkan permintaan barang lama F4- Meningkatkan jualan dan keuntungan F5-Meningkatkan imej sesuatu produk
250
2(a)
(i)
Jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar
Jumlah hutang = Harga barang pendahuluan = RM1800 300 = RM1500 Jumlah bayaran ansuran = RM67.50 x 24 bulan = RM1620 Jumlah faedah = RM1620 RM 1500 = RM120 (ii) Kadar faedah setahun Jumlah faedah setahun= RM120/2 = RM60 Kadar faedah setahun = (60/1500) x 100 = 4% (b) Kebaikan jualan berikut kepada peniaga: (i) Bayaran tertunda F1-Meningkatkan jualan barang tertentu seperti perabot/alat elektrik F2-Keuntungan meningkat hasil pertambahan nilai jualan F3-Memperoleh pendapatan tambahan hasil faedah dikenakan F4-Mewujudkan kesetiaan pelanggan dengan pemberian kredit Jualan prabayar F1- Risiko hutang lapuk dapat dielakkan F2- Aliran tunai diperoleh dengan cepat
(ii)
(c)
Fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit F1- Membekalkan beraneka jenis barang H1-Peruncit tidak perlu mendapatkan barang daripada pelbagai pengeluar F2- Memberi kemudahan kredit H2-Peruncit dapat menangguhkan bayaran sehingga barang dijual F3-Menghantar barang kepada peruncit H3-menjimatkan kos kerana peruncit tidak perlu menyediakan pengangkutan F4-menyimpan stok yang mencukupi H4-Membolehkan peruncit mendapat bekalan yang berterusan F5- Memberi maklumat dan nasihat H5-Maklumat barang baru dari pengeluar disampaikan kepada peruncit
(d)
Jenis pemborong: (i) Jober para (ii) Peranan jober para: F1- Membekalkan pelbagai jenis barang kepada peruncit F2-Bertanggungjawab memperagakan barang secara rapi dan kemas di atas rak yang disediakan oleh peruncit F3-Barang dimiliki oleh pemborong jobber para F4- Peruncit hanya dikenakan bayaran bagi barang yang telah dijual F5-Pemborong jobber para mengadakan promosi untuk melariskan jualan
(e) Penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli F1-Pembeli dikenakan angkutan bayaran F2- Barang yang dihantar kepada pembeli tidak dicatatkan dalam invois F3-Pembeli dikenakan caj kerana gagal membayar dalam tempoh kredit F4-Pembeli gagal memulangkan bekas kosong yang belumdikenakan bayaran F5-Bayaran serahan atau cukai jualan tertinggal dalam invois F6-Harga dalam invois kurang daripada harga dalam senarai harga
251
3(a)
Faktor wujud perniagaan antarabangsa: F1- Perbezaan negara dalam sumber alam semulajadi H1-Kesuburan tanah tanih/iklim/bentuk muka bumi tidak sama F2-Perbezaan kos pengeluaran H2- Setiap negera menumpukan bidang yang menjimatkan kos F3- Perbezaan antara negara dalam tingkat teknologi H3-Teknik pemprosesan kelapa sawit di Malaysia lebih maju F4-Hubungan antarabangsa H4- Malaysia dan New Zealand menjalinkan kerjasama perdagangan
(b)
Halangan perniagaan antarabangsa F1- Prosedur kastam dan pelbagai sekatan perniagaan H1-Terdapat pelbagai borang kastam yang perlu diisi dengan tepat dan betul F2-Penggunaan mata wang yang berlainan H2- Keadaan turun naik dalam kadar pertukaran mata wang akan menjejaskan keuntungan
(c)
Sumbangan Industri kecil Sederhana (IKS) kepada (i) Masyarakat F1- Memberi peluang kepada masyarakat untuk menceburi sektor perindustrian F2-Memberi peluang kepada usahawan menggunakan kebolehan, daya cipta dan kreativiti F3-Mewujudkan banyak peluang pekerjaan sama ada mahir atau kurang mahir F4-Memenuhi keperluan dan kehendak masyarakat melalui ciptaan keluaran baru (ii) Negara F1- Mengurangkan pengangguran melalui kaedah intensif buruh F2- Dapat meningkatkan jumlah tabungan dalam ekonomi negara F3- Pengagihan pendapatan negara melalui tawaran upah yang lebih tinggi F4- Menyediakan pelbagai kemahiran kepada pekerja melalui latihan dan pengalaman F5- Hubungjalin dengan rma besar dan antarabangsa dapat mengukuhkan struktur asas industri negara F6- Pengurangan barang import melalui pengeluaran barang tempatan
F3-Penggunaan bahasa yang berlainan H3- Mewujudkan masalah komunikasi antara pengimport dengan pengeksport F4-Risiko yang tinggi H4-Jarak yang jauh meninggikan kekerapan berlakunya risiko kerosakan/kecurian F5-Cara pembayaran yang berbeza H5- Penggunaan bil perintah bayar dan kredit berdokumen merumitkan pembayaran F6- Keadaan politik H6-Politik yang tidak stabil tidak dapat menjamin urusan jual beli yang selamat F7- Masalah sukatan dan timbangan H7-Menyulitkan perjalanan perniagaan kerana sistem timbangan yang tidak selaras F8- Dokumentasi yang rumit H8- Terdapat pelbagai dokumen dan pihak yang terlibat dalam urusan perniagaan antarabangsa F9- Standard dan syarat import berbeza H9- Setiap negara mengenakan syarat berbeza terhadap barang yang diimport F10-Kesukaran mendapat maklumat H10- Pasaran luar negara luas/ cita rasa dan budaya penduduk berbeza
252
4(a)
Kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais: F1- boleh dimulakan segera F2- peniaga yang tida pengalaman mendapat bimbingan daripada francaisor F3- risiko kegagalan rendah F4 menjalankan perniagaan yang telah dikenali F5- francaisor mengadakan promosi F6 mulakan sendiri mengambil masa F7- mulakan sendiri memerlukan pengalaman dan pengetahuan F8- mulakan sendiri perlu lokasi yang strategik
(b)
Aspek dalam pengurusan stok F1- Mendapatkan bekalan stok pada syarat yang paling baik F2- Menyemak stok dari pembekal agar tidak rosak/ simpanan stok agar tidak hilang F3- Merekod maklumat stok dengan tepat dan terperinci F4- Menyimpan stok dalam gudang/stor agar selamat dan terlindung/mencukupi F5- Barang disusun dengan rapi dan menarik di atas rak agar mudah dicari/diambil Perbezaan Syarikat Sendirian Berhad dan Syarikat Awam Berhad Syarikat Sendirian Berhad F1- Pemilik antara 2-50 orang F2- Syer dijual kepada sekumpulan orang yang dikenali F3-Didaftarkan dengan perkataan Sdn Bhd pada namanya F4- Penyata kewangan tidak perlu diumum kepada orang ramai Syarikat Awam Berhad F1- Pemilik minimum 2 dan tiada had maksimum F2- syer dijual kepada orang ramai di kaunter bursa saham F3- Didaftarkan dengan Berhad pada namanya F4- Penyata kewangan perlu diumumkan kepada orang ramai
(c)
(d)
Cara pembelian yang sesuai. F1- melalui syarikat pajakan H1-peniaga menggunakan mesin tanpa mengeluarkan modal yang banyak H2- Aliran tunai tidak terjejas kerana sewa mesin dibayar secara ansuran bulanan H3-Mesin boleh digunakan untuk mencari pendapatan H4- Pendapatan dari mesin digunakan untuk membayar sewa kepada syarikat pajakan H5-Peniaga tidak perlu menyimpan mesin yang usang atau rosak setelah tempoh pajakan tamat H6-Sewa pajakan merupakan belanja kendalian yang dibenarkan untuk pelepasan cukai
253
5(a)
(i)
Pampasan yang akan diterima: RM150 000
Prinsip yang digunakan: F1- Sumbangan F2- Jika aset diinsuranskan dengan beberapa insurer , insurer akan menyumbangkan bahagian masing-masing untuk menggantikan kerugian sebenar yang dialami F3- Pampasan bukan untuk memberikan keuntungan kepada insured (ii) Faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat: F1- Jenis Insurans- Premium insurans hayat endowmen lebih tinggi F2- Umur Insured- Premium lebih tinggi, jika usia semakin meningkat F3- Pekerjaan Pekerjaan berisiko tinggi dikenakan premium lebih tinggi F4- Kesihatan Premium lebih tinggi kepada individu yang kurang sihat F5- Jantina- Perempuan dikenakan premium lebih rendah kerana jangka hayat lebih panjang (b) Perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad: (i) F1- Datapos H1- Perkhidmatan pengagihan dokumen dalam kuantiti besar seperti penyata bulanan H2- Dalam bentuk pakej percetakan, penyelitan, pembungkusan, penampalan alamat, pengeposan dan penghantaran dokumen H3- Maklumat dapat disampaikan dengan cepat (ii) F1- Peti surat H1- Boleh disewa untuk satu tempoh tertentu / tempoh peraduan H2- Mel boleh diambil pada atau selepas waktu pejabat H3- Kiriman dijamin keselamatannya F1- Kiriman wang domestik H1- Boleh dibeli disemua pejabat pos atau pejabat pos mini H2- Selamat kerana nama penerima dituliskan pada kiriman wang H3- Dikenakan komisen mengikut kadar yang ditetapkan
(iii)
(c)
Pengangkutan membantu perniagaan Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad: F1- Mengelakkan lebihan dan kurangan barang di pasaran dengan menyelaraskan permintaan dan penawaran F2- Membantu meluaskan pasaran /meningkatkan keuntungan F3- Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaran/ menjimatkan kos/menurunkan harga barang F4-Mengurangkan kos penyimpanan stok / modal tidak terikat dalam bentuk stok F5- Mempelbagaikan pilihan pengguna F6- Membantu pertumbuhan ekonomi dan pembangunan negara F7- Mengelakkan pembaziran/ elak barang hilang kesegaran
(d)
Membeli dengan bijak: F1- Menentukan jenis barang dan perkhidmatan yang hendak dibeli dengan menyediakan senarai F2- Menentukan sebab dan rasional untuk membeli sama ada untuk keperluan atau terpengaruh dengan iklan F3- Menentukan masa membeli seperti pada waktu jualan murah F4-Memastikan tempat untuk membeli dengan berkunjung ke tempat berdekatan yang menyediakan pelbagai jenis barang F5- Mengetahui teknik membeli dengan mendapat maklumat tentang barang yang dibeli dari segi harga, kualiti, keselamatan,jaminan
254
6(a)
F1- Inden tertutup H1- Memberi nama pengeluar tertentu untuk memesan barang H2- Pengeksport/ejennya harus mendapatkan bekalan barang daripada pengeluar yang ditetapkan dalam inden itu Gudang berbon Kelebihan gudang berbon F1-Digunakan untuk menyimpan barang yang dikenakan cukai tetapi cukainya masih belum dijelaskan F2-Peniaga dibenarkan masuk ke dalam gudang untuk menjalankan kerja-kerja akhir F3- Membantu kerajaan mengutip cukai dengan lebih teratur/ mencegah pemilik lari dari membayar cukai F4- Pemilik boleh mencari pasaran dengan menangguhkan bayaran cukai F5- Barang boleh dijual secara sedikit dan beban cukai dialih kepada pembeli F6- Barang dalam bon boleh dicagarkan kepada bank untuk mendapatkan pinjaman
(b)
(c)
Bank perdagangan membantu: Kemudahan overdraf: F1- pendahuluan oleh pihak bank kepada pelanggan yang mempunyai akaun semasa F2-pemegang akaun semasa boleh mengeluarkan wang melebihi baki simpanannya F3-mesti memohon overdraf daripada bank F4- overdraf merupakan pinjaman jangka pendek/ sesuai untuk perbelanjaan perniagaan F5-Kadar faedah dikenakan ke atas jumlah overdraf yang digunakan F6- Peniaga boleh memasukkan hasil jualan untuk mengurangkan baki overdraf
(d)
(i)
MATRADE
F1- Agensi di bawah Kementerian Perdagangan Antarabangsa dan Industri F2- Membantu peniaga mempromosikan dan memasarkan barang keluaran Malaysia ke pasaran antarabangsa F3- Mengadakan pertunjukan dan pameran perdagangan antarabangsa/misi perdagangan/pameran barangan Malaysia F4- menjalankan kajian perdagangan untuk meninjau daya saing barang eksport negara di pasaran baru atau sedia ada F5- Memberi khidmat nasihat mengenai perdagangan /bengkel untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan pengeksport Malaysia mengenai pasaran antarabangsa
(ii)
Prosedur eksport:
F1- Mencari pasaran dengan menjalankan penyelidikan pasaran F2- Penerimaan inden dan melaksanakan arahan inden F3-Menempah ruang kargo dalam kapal atau kapal terbang F4- Menghantar barang ke pelabuhan F5- Menguruskan pelbagai prosedur kastam F6-Menyediakan dokumen berkaitan yang diperlukan F7-Memuatkan barang ke dalam kapal F8- Menuntut bayaran daripada pengimport
255
SPM
2009
[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]
Ekonomi Asas
D B C D A A B B B B B C B A D A B D B C 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 A C C A D C B C B A C A B C A D A D A D
Soalan
Ulang kaji
KERTAS 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
256
KERTAS 2 BAHAGIAN A 1.a) Firma/Swasta - kekurangan faktor pengeluaran/buruh/modal/tanah - membuat pilihan - output/projek yang memberi keuntungan maksimum - berlaku kos lepas - output/projek kedua terbaik Kerajaan - kekurangan sumber hasil/hasil cukai - membuat pilihan - projek pembangunan yang memberi kebajikan maksimum - berlaku kos lepas - projek pembangunan yang kedua terbaik
b)
i) Sistem ekonomi campuran ii) Cara masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan * Apa yang hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh pengguna dan pengeluar - pengguna bebas memilih - pengeluar bebas bersaing Barang awam - kerajaan yang menentukan *Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh mekanisme harga - kuasa permintaan dan penawaran Barang awam - kerajaan menentukan jumlah dikeluarkan berdasarkan bancian *Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh kuasa pasaran faktor - intensif buruh atau modal untuk memaksimumkan keuntungan Barang awam - ditentukan oleh kerajaan - bertujuan untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat *Untuk siapa dikeluarkan Barang swasta - berasaskan corak agihan pendapatan - golongan yang mampu akan mendapat lebih barang Barang awam ditetapkan oleh kerajaan - untuk semua golongan dalam masyarakat tanpa mengira taraf
c)
Jenis-jenis pendapatan individu Upah - ganjaran kepada buruh yang menyumbang tenaga zikal atau mental dalam aktiviti pengeluaran - segala pendapatan yang diperoleh oleh pekerja seperti gaji, elaun, bonus Faedah - ganjaran kepada pemilik modal wang - faedah diperoleh kerana terpaksa menangguhkan risiko penggunaan wang Sewa - ganjaran kepada faktor pengeluaran tanah Untung - ganjaran kepada usahawan yang menanggung risiko yang tidak dapat diinsuranskan - usahawan menyelaraskan buruh, tanah dan modal dalam proses pengeluaran Dividen - faedah yang diperoleh kerana menabung dalam sistem perbankan Islam, pelaburan dalam unit saham Bayaran pindahan - bayaran kepada individu yang tidak memberi sumbangan dalam pengeluaran - pencen, hadiah, biasiswa, bantuan kewangan
257
2 a) i) Harga (RM) D 30 20 10 D
20
40
60
Kuantiti (unit)
ii)
Rajah menunjukkan keluk permintaan yang mencerun ke bawah dari kiri ke kanan ia menunjukkan hubungan negatif antara harga dan kuantiti diminta semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta/ sebaliknya semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak kuantiti diminta apabila harga barang meningkat dari RM30 ke RM40, kuantiti diminta berkurang dari 40 unit kepada 20 unit. apabila harga turun dari RM30 kepada RM 20, kuantiti meningkat dari 40 unit kepada 60 unit.
b)
Citarasa - kegemaran terhadap motosikal skuter telah meingkat mengikut trend semasa Harga barang lain/ pengganti/penggenap - kenaikan harga barang pengganti seperti kereta meningkat menyebabkan pengguna beralih kepada skuter - harga barang penggenap seperti alat ganti yang murah menyebabkan pengguna berminat untuk membeli motosikal jenis skuter Jangkaan masa hadapan - harga skuter di jangka naik pada masa hadapan, maka pengguna membeli sekarang untuk mengelak kenaikan harga Pendapatan individu - pengguna memperoleh peningkatan pendapatan seperti kenaikan gaji menyebabkan permintaan terhadap skuter turut meningkat Dasar kerajaan -penurunan kadar cukai oleh kerajaan menyebabkan pendapatan boleh guna individu meningkat.- permintaan akan meningkat
c)
i) Barang A 4/20 = 0.25 Barang B 120/30 = 4 Barang C 35/35 = 1 ii) Barang A - tidak anjal - nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan kurang daripada 1 - bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 0.25% - peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih kecil dari peratus perubahan harga Barang B - anjal - nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan lebih daripada 1 - bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 4% - peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih besar daripada peratus perubahan harga Barang C - Anjal uniti/ anjal 1 - Nilai pekali keanjalan harga penawaran sama dengan 1 - Bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta juga turun 1% - Peratus peruhan harga sama dengan peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta
258

3.a) i)
Pasaran Barang
Perbelanjaan Barang Penggunaan Perkhidmatan
Sektor Isi Rumah Sektor Isi Rumah ( Encik Joni) ( E ik J i)

Faktor Ganjaran
Sektor Firma Sektor Firma (Syarikat Proton) (S ik t P t )

Pengeluaran
Pasaran Faktor
Faktor Pengeluaran
Aliran Pusingan Pendapatan Ekonomi Dua Sektor
Aliran Fizikal
Aliran Wang
ii)
Aspek Pengertian Komponen Arah Aliran Fungsi
Aliran Fizikal Aliran faktor pengeluaran dan barang Buruh, tanah, modal, usahawan Bermula dari isi rumah ke sektor rma dan seterusnya kepada isi rumah Isi rumah membekalkan faktor pengeluaran kepada rma untuk proses pengeluaran Firma membekalkan barang dan perkhidmatan kepada isi rumah bagi memenuhi keperluan dan kehendak manusia
Aliran Wang Aliran pendapatan faktor-faktor pengeluaran dan perbelanjaan isi rumah Upah, sewa, faedah dan untung Bermula dari rma ke sektor isi rumah dan kembali kepada rma Firma membayar harga faktor pengeluaran dalam bentuk wang. Isi rumah membelanjakan pendapatan untuk membeli barang dan perkhidmatan.
b) -
Keadaan di X dan Y dikatakan berlaku ketidakseimbangan pasaran buruh dalam pasaran buruh di X, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 10 orang manakala kuantiti buruh ditawarkan ialah 50 orang. wujud lebihan penawaran buruh seramai 40 orang. Kadar upah akan menurun dari RM60 Kuantiti buruh yang ditawarkan oleh isi rumah akan berkurangan Kuantiti buruh yang diminta oleh rma akan bertambah Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan pada titik E di mana permintaan sama dengan penawaran buruh Keadaan pasaran buruh di Y ialah berlaku lebihan kuantiti permintaan buruh Pada tingkat upah RM20, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 50 orang dan kuantiti penawaran buruh ialah 10 orang Wujud lebihan permintaan buruh seramai 40 orang Tingkat upah akan naik dari RM20 Permintaan buruh akan jatuh dan penawaran buruh akan meningkat Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan
4. a) Langkah-langkah yang perlu diambil oleh Bank Pusat bagi mengatasi masalah kemelesetan ekonomi: Menurunkan kadar rizab tunai dan rizab berkanun rizab tunai merupakan sejumlah wang tunai yang disimpan oleh bank perdagangan berdasarkan jumlah deposit yang diterima daripada orang ramai rizab berkanun ialah simpanan wajib bank perdagangan di bank pusat berdasarkan jumlah deposit di bank perdagangan semasa kemelesetan, Bank Negara akan menurunkan nisbah rizab tunai dan nisbah rizab berkanun kemampuan bank perdagangan memberi pinjaman akan meningkat jumlah penawaran wang dalam pasaran akan bertambah permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat harga barang akan naik ekonomi akan kembali stabil

Menurunkan kadar faedah semasa kemelesetan, Bank Pusat akan mengarahkan bank-bank perdagangan untuk menurunkan kadar faedah pinjaman menggalakkan orang ramai membuat pinjaman permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat harga akan naik kemelesetan akan dapat dipulihkan Membeli surat jaminan kerajaan peredaran wang dalam pasaran akan meningkat kuasa beli pengguna kembali meningkat pertambahan permintaan barang dan perkhidmatan ekonomi kembali stabil Melonggarkan syarat sewa beli menaikkan jumlah pinjaman maksimum memanjangkan tempoh bayaran balik menggalakkan permintaan orang ramai terhadap pembelian barang tahan lama/rumah/kereta secara sewa beli pembelian meningkat, ekonomi kembali pulih b) Wang dapat mengatasi maslah dalam sistem barter melalui fungsinya sebagai: Alat perantaraan pertukaran wang dapat mengatasi masalah kehendak serentak wang membolehkan seseorang mendapatkan barang dan perkhidmatan dengan menggunakan wang sistem barter memerlukan kehendak yang serentak Unit ukuran nilai wang memberi ukuran seragam bagi nilai barang dalam sebutan harga contoh: sepasang kasut berharga RM50.00 dalam sistem barter sukar menentukan nilai sesuatu barang Alat bayaran tertunda sifat wang yang mempunyai nilai yang stabil membolehkannya digunakan sebagai alat bayaran tertunda dan digunakan dalam tempoh yang lebih lama individu membeli wang sekarang dan membayar pada masa hadapan sistem barter, bayaran tertunda tidak dapat dijalankan kerana komoditi tidak tahan lama dan nilainya tidak stabil Alat simpanan nilai wang bersifat tahan lama wang boleh disimpan untuk kegunaan masa hadapan komoditi dalam sistem barter tidak tahan lama, tidak boleh jadi alat simpanan nilai c) Cukai langsung dibayar secara langsung oleh individu atau institusi berkenaan beban cukai langsung tidak boleh dipindahkan kepada pihak lain contoh: cukai pendapatan perseorangan, cukai pendapatan syarikat ,cukai pintu Cukai tidak langsung cukai yang dikenakan ke atas barangan dan dibayar secara tidak langsung oleh pengguna beban cukai tidak langsung boleh dipindahkan sebahagian atau kesemua oleh pihak yang membayar kepada pihak lain pihak pengguna akan menanggung kesemua atau sebahagian beban cukai semasa membeli barang contoh: duti import, duti eksport, duti eksais 5 a) Butir-butir akaun semasa Akaun dagangan merekodkan eksport dan import nampak Akaun perkhidmatan Merekodkan eksport dan import tidak nampak Akaun pindahan Merekodkan bayaran pindahan yang dilakukan dan diterima oleh kerajaan dan swasta Akaun pendapatan Merekodkan penerimaan dan pembayaran pendapatan dari dan ke luar negara
259
260

b)
Perdagangan dalam negeri - Pasaran terhad - Tidak melepasi sempadan negara - Tidak tertakluk kepada sekatan - Menggunakan satu mata wang - Jarak dekat - Faktor pengeluaran bebas bergerak - Menggunakan bahasa yang sama
Perdagangan antarabangsa - Pasaran luas - Melepasi sempadan negara - Tertakluk kepada pelbagai sekatan - Menggunakan banyak mata wang asing - Jarak jauh - Pergerakan faktor pengeluaran tertakluk kepada peraturan - Menggunakan bahasa yang berbeza
c.
i) Syarikat Bonia membuka cawangan di Arab Saudi - pengimport dari Arab Saudi perlu membayar dalam RM - permintaan RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat ii) Rakyat Malaysia minum kopi keluaran negara Indonesia - pengimport di Malaysia perlu membayar dalam rupiah - penawaran RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan menurun iii) Malaysia sebagai tuan rumah Le Tour de Langkawi - bilangan pelancong asing akan bertambah - permintaan RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat
d)
Membiayai import - pengimport tempatan perlu menukar mata wang tempatan kepada mata wang negara pengkesport untuk membayar barang yang diimport Membayar balik pinjaman luar negara hutang negara dalam bentuk mata wang negara asing negara perlu membayar kembali hutang dalam mata wang negara pemberi pinjaman Membuat pelaburan luar negara pelabur-pelabur tempatan memerlukan mata wang asing untuk membuat pelaburan di luar negara Mempertahankan nilai mata wang mata wang asing dapat mempertahankan nilai mata wang negara
261
BAHAGIAN B 1. a) Sebab-sebab Cik Ariana bertukar kerja Upah wang - syarikat pengeluar pakaian menawarkan gaji lebih tinggi Faedah sampingan - syarikat menawarkan beberapa faedah sampingan yang tidak ditawarkan di tempat lama Prospek pekerjaan - syarikat baru memberi lebih peluang untuk naik ke peringkat yang lebih tinggi seperti kenaikan pangkat Pengalaman dan kemahiran - pengalaman dan kemahiran yang ada menjanjikan peluang yang lebih luas kepada Cik Ariana b) i) Skim perbankan konvensional - menjalankan perniagaan bermotifkan keuntungan - tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank dan Institusi Kewangan 1989 - mengenakan faedah ke atas pinjaman yang dibuat Skim perbankan Islam - memberi perkhidmatan urus niaga berlandaskan prinsip dan hukum syarak - tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank Islam 1983 - tidak mengamalkan riba, berdasarkan nilai keadilan,kejujuran dan kerjasama ii) Mudharabah (perkongsian keuntungan) - perkongsian keuntungan antara pemberi pinjaman (penyimpan) dengan pengusaha - pihak bank menjadi orang tengah mengeluarkan pinjaman kepada pelabur(peminjam) - keuntungan akan dikongsi bersama mengikut nisbah yang dipersetujui antara pihak bank, penyimpan dan peminjam Musyarakah (perkongsian menjalankan perniagaan) - perjanjian perkongsian (usahasama) antara pihak bank dengan peminjam bagi menjalankan sesuatu projek perniagaan - kedua-dua pihak menyumbang modal - bersama-sama berkongsi untung dan rugi c) Harga pakaian dari Amerika Syarikat USD 1 = RM 3.60 USD 50 000 = RM 180 000 Harga pakaian dari Jerman 1 = RM 4.30 25 000 = RM107 500 d i) Kuota Duti import Import dikurangkan - penawaran RM akan berkurangan - kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia akan meningkat
ii)
262
SPM
2009
[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]
EST
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1 SECTION A
Part 1. JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

Nutrients Source 1 Essential 3 Must be obtained from food Must be obtained from food sources Food (accept any one) Lack of Nutrients Body 5 Becomes weak Less able to ght infections Becomes weak and less able to ght infections (accept any one) 6 May become sluggish May become sluggish and react slowly (accept any one) 7 Ceases to pump properly Ceases to pump properly and death occurs (accept any one) CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES 8 9 10 Inadequate intake of major nutrients Eating food that lack critical vitamins and minerals Lack of a variety of food Not having enough food (accept any three) 2 Non-essential 4 Manufactured in the body
Brain
Heart
**Answers 1 and 2 can be presented in any order BUT they must correspond with answers 3 and 4.
Part 2.
1. An infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes 2. Protozoan of the genus Plasmodium 3. P vivax 4. P ovale 5. P malariae 6. P falciparum 7. High fever 8. Headache 9. Nausea 10. Sweating
263
SECTION B Task: Task is considered fullled if the student achieves the following: i. ii. iii. iv. BANDS A+ Excellent Must satisfy the genre requirement ( letter/ report / speech etc ) content point(s) used elaboration(s) done comparison(s) made MARK RANGE 29-30 CRITERIA Fulls all the criteria for band A below Uses appropriate tone and terminology. Accurate language. Excellent organisation of ideas Complete realization of the task(s) set Elaborates all the content points well Considerable relevant detailed information Analyses by comparing differences and similarities effectively Justies viewpoints effectively Language is accurate with a few rst draft slips Complete realization of the task(s) set Elaborates all content points Detailed supporting information analyses by comparing differences and similarities reasonably well justies viewpoints reasonably well language is accurate with some minor errors (spelling, slang punctuation, etc) reasonable/partial achievement of the task(s) set Some content points elaborated Adequate supporting information analyses by comparing differences and similarities satisfactorily justies viewpoints satisfactorily language is largely accurate with minor errors and some serious errors (SVA, tenses, prepositions, etc) inadequate attempt at the task(s) set elaboration is minimal Inadequate supporting information attempts to analyse differences and similarities attempts to justify viewpoints language is largely inaccurate with frequent errors (only some patches of clarity) limited attempt at the task(s) set Mere mention of content points no attempt to analyse and/or justify viewpoints language is distorted
A Excellent
24-28
B Competent
19-23
C Satisfactory
13-18
D Modest
07-12
E Weak
01-06
* Award 1 mark for the following: =inclusion of memorized material =total lifting of question
PAPER 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. B C B D C B A C D B C D C B D 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. A B C D D A D D B D C A B D D
264
SPM
2009
[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]
Chemistry
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 B B C C D D C B C B A C C B A C B A C B A B A D C 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 D C D B A A B A D A C D C B D C B B D D D B A C C
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PAPER 2 SECTION A Question 1.(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Zn + 2HCl ZnCl2 Yellow powder changes to grey solid. To avoid the hot lead metal from being oxidised to form lead (II) oxide again. Element Mass/g Number of moles Ratio of moles Pb 35.65-25.30=10.35 10.35207=0.05 1 Empirical Formula: PbO O 36.45-35.65=0.8 0.816=0.05 1 Mark 1m 1m 1m 1m
265
(e) (f)
2.(a) (b) (c)(i) (c)(ii) (c)(iii) (d)(i) (ii) (iii)
(e) 3.(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)(i) (ii) (h)
To ensure that all the lead (II) oxide has been reduced to lead completely Allow the hydrogen gas to ow through the apparatus for an interval of time before heating.Continue the ow of hydrogen gas after heating until the hot deposited is cooled. Ethanol Oxidation Ethene gas The purple solution of potassium manganate (VII) is discoloured. Porcelain chips C2H4 + H2O C2H5OH Esterication CH3COOC2H5 + H2O C2H5OH + CH3COOH 1. Ethanoic acid (compound C) reacts with metal carbonates to form salts,carbon dioxide and water. 2. Ethanoic acid reacts with bases to form salts and water. Compound D have sweet odour. Zinc carbonate ZnO + CO2 ZnCO3 Zinc nitrate Nitrogen dioxide, Oxygen 2ZnO + 4NO2 +O2 2Zn(NO3) ZnO + 2HCl ZnCl2 + H2O A white precipitate is produced The white precipitate dissolves. The solution obtained in (f) contains zinc ions (Zn2+)
1m 1m 1m Total: 10m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total:10m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total:10m
266
4.(a) (b)
(c)
(d) (e) (f)
(g) 5. (a) (b) (c) (d)(i) (ii) (e)(i) (ii) (f)(i) (ii) 6. (a) (b)(i)
Cu Cathode:Cu2+ + 2e Anode : 2Cl Cl2 + 2e 1. Pinkish brown solid ,copper is deposited at the copper electrode. 2. Green copper (II) chloride solution fades and decolourises. Neutral. Cu2+ ions and Cl- ions are discharged at the electrodes.The resulting solution contains H+ and OH- ions which are water molecules. Thus,it is neutral. The colourless solution of potassium iodide turns brown. 2Cl- + I2 Cl2 + 2IOH- ions, being more concentrated than Cl- ions, are selectively discharged at the anode to produce oxygen gas and water molecule. Use a glowing wooden splinter. Oxygen gas relights the glowing wooden splinter. Dilute sulphuric acid 0 to +2 Zinc foil because zinc is more electropositive than copper Copper foil becomes thicker. Zinc foil becomes thinner. Zinc foil. Copper (II) ion Zn Zn2+ + 2e Cu Cu2+ + 2e ZnSO4 + H2 Zn + H2SO4 Number of moles of H2SO4 that reacts = 50 x 0.2 1000 = 0.01 mol From the equation in (a), 1mol of sulphuric acid that reacts will release 24dm3 of Hydrogen gas at room condition. -Therefore If 0.01mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen released = 0.01 x 24 = 2.4dm3
1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m
1m 1m 1m
1m Total:10m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 10m 1m 1m
1m
1m
267
(b)(ii)
(c) (d)
240
Experimen 1
Experimen 2
0 Time/minutes (e) Using a hotter dilute sulphuric acid. 2m 1m Total:10m
ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B
Question 7(a)
Answer 1.Size of solid particles 2. Concentration of the solution 3. Temperature 4. Pressure 5. Catalyst
Mark 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 5m
Number of mol H2SO4 that reacts =50x0.1 1000 =0.005 mol From the equation in (a), 1 mol of sulphuric acid that reacts will released 24 dm3 of hydrogen gas at room condition. Therefore, If 0.005 mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen gas released. =0.005 mol x 24 dm3 =0.12 dm3. Experiment 1 Because the concentration of sulphuric acid used is higher. Volume of hydrogen gas/cm3
1m
1m 1m 1m
268
7(b)
(i) 1. They speeds up reactions. 2. They are chemically unchanged at the end of reaction. 3. Only a small amount of catalyst is required. 4. Most catalysts are very specic and only catalyse a particular reaction.
1m 1m 1m 1m Total : 4m
(ii)- When reactions take place,bonds in the reactants must be broken before new bonds can be formed in the products. - This bond breaking requires a minimum energy which is called the activation energy. - In a catalysed reaction, the activation energy is lowered and less energy is required to break the bonds. - As a result,more effective collision occur and bond breaking takes place more easily. - Hence ,catalysed reactions are faster. (iii) Process Contact process Haber process Cracking of petroleum 8.(a)
1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 5m
Catalyst Vanadium (VI) oxide Iron Platinum
6m
- Atom U is smaller in size than atom T - Atom U has more protons in the nucleus - Attractive forces between the nucleus and the electrons in the shells are stronger. - Therefore,the electron lled shells are attracted closer to the nucleus. - T is more reactive . - The electron arrangement of T is 2.8.1 and S is 2.1 - The valence electron of atom T is further from its nucleus. - The attractive forces between the nucleus of atom T towards the nucleus of atom T towards the valence electron is weaker. - Therefore the tendency of atom T to donate the valence electron is higher.
1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 4 m 1m 1m 1m
8(b)
1m 1m Total: 5m
269
8(c) 1m Procedure:
1. A spatula of iron lings is put into the combustion tube. 2. Gas U is passed over the hot iron lings. 3. The iron lings are heated very strongly. Observation:
1m 1m 1m
Chemical equation: 2Fe + 3 U2 2FeU3 1m Total: 6m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 5m
8(d)
- S has the electron arrangement of 2.1. - S is located in Group 1 - because S has 1 valence electron. - S is located in Period 2. - because S has 2 electron lled shells.
ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B Question 9(a) Answer Copper (II) sulphate is prepared using Method A Copper (II) sulphate is a soluble salt which requires crystallisation to obtain the salt. Lead (II) sulphate is prepared using Method B as lead (II) sulphate is an insoluble salt. Using method A for preparation of lead (II) sulphate would result in incomplete reaction as salt form ed will be deposited on metal oxide,reducing the surface area of the reactants and eventually will stop the reaction. Mark 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m
1m Total=6m
- The iron lings glow brightly and a brown solid is formed.
1m
270
9(b)
Preparation of copper (II) sulphate using method A: - Add one spatula of copper (II) oxide to 25 cm3 of 1 mol dm-3 of hot dilute sulphuric acid. - When it has reacted,add further amounts until it can no longer dissolve. - Filter the mixture. - Evaporate the ltrate to one third of its volume or until the solution becomes saturated. - Allow the saturated solution to cool so that the salt crystallises out. - Filter to obtain the crystals. - Wash with a bit of distilled water and dry between the sheets of lter paper. Preparation of lead (II) sulphate using method B: - Mix lead (II) nitrate solution with sodium sulphate solution. - Stir the mixture well. - Filter the mixture. - The residue is barium sulphate salt. - Wash the salt with distilled water. - Then dry the salt between sheets of lter papers. 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m Total: 14m 1m 1m 1m Total: 3m 1m 1m 1m Total: 3m 1m 1m 1m Total: 3m
1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m
10(a)
- R is a covalent compound. - The compound has a low melting point. - and it is insoluble in water. - R has a low melting point. - Attractive forces between the molecules are weak. - less heat energy is needed to overcome the weak forces of attraction. - (i) Q has a high melting point -(ii) It can conduct electricity in aqueous solution or molten state. -(iii) It is soluble in water.
10(b)
10(c)
271
- Apparatus: Spatula,Bunsen burner,tripod stand,batteries,carbon electrodes,electrode holder,bulb,connecting wires with crocodile clips,switch,pipe-clay triangle ,crucible - Material: Powder R,Powder Q
1m
2m - Procedure: 1. One spatula of Q powder is placed in a crucible. 2. Two carbon electrodes are dipped into Q and the circuit is completed by connecting to the batteries and switch. 3. Powder Q is heated until its melts and the switch is turned on again. 4. Steps 1-3 are repeated by replacing powder Q with powder R. - Observation: Compound Physical States Q Solid Molten R Solid Molten 10(e) 1m 1m 1m 1m
Observation The bulb does not light up. The bulb lights up. The bulb does not light up. The bulb does not light up.
2m Total: 9m
- R consists of neutral molecules. - No ions to carry electrical charges.
1m 1m Total: 2m
272
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 PAPER 3 ANSWER SCHEME Question 1(a)(i) 1(a)(ii) 1 (b) 1(c) (i) Answer The temperature [1] of naphthalene powder increases[1] when it is heated [1] When molten naphthalene is cooled down,the temperature falls. To ensure an even temperature during the cooling of naphthalene in order to avoid supercooling Mark 3m 3m 3m
1(c)(ii)
1 (d)(i) 1 (d) (ii) 1(e)(i) 1(e)(ii) 1(e)(iii) 1(f)(i)
A water bath is used to heat naphthalene. Naphthalene is continuosly stirred during heating of cooling. Time taken to heat/cool Temperature of naphthalene Naphthalene
3m 3m 1m 1m 1m 3m
273
1(f)(ii)
3m
2 (b)
3m
2 (c)
3m
Apparatys: U-tube,carbonelectrodes,electric wires with crocodile clips,galvanometer,stoppers,dropper 2(d) Procedure of the experiment :
1. The apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram and left aside for 30 minutes. 2. Observations before an after the experiment are recorded. 3. At the end of the experiment, a little solution is removed from the negative terminal with a dropper and tested with sodium hydroxide solution. 2(e) Tabulation of data; Experiment Direction of electron ow 3m Observation Deection of galvanometer shows electron ow from the negative to positive terminal. Light green to yellow in colour. Greenish yellow to colourless Forms brown precipitate,insoluble in excess alkali.
Change to FeSO4 Changes to Cl2 Reaction of iron salt with NaOH
1(g) 2 (a)
The melting point =The freezing point=80oC -Chlorine oxidises Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions through the transfer of electronsat a distance from the reducing agent to the oxidising agent. Manipulated: Chlorine and Fe2+ ions Responding : Products of reaction deection of Galvanometer needle. Constant : Volume of oxidizing and reducing agents Substances: Chlorine water,dilute sulphuric acid,iron (II) sulphate solution,sodium hydroxide solution.
3m 3m
274
SPM
2009
[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]
Physics
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B A B B C B D B C B
11 12 13 1 1 16 1 1 1 20
A D B 4B 5C A 7A 8D 9B A
21 22 23 2 2 26 2 2 2 30
A B D 4A 5D D 7C 8A 9D C
31 32 33 3 3 36 3 3 3 40
C C C 4C 5A A 7C 8D 9D D
41 42 43 4 4 46 4 4 4 50
A B B 4A 5D A 7A 8C 9C D
PAPER 2
Question
1 (a)(i)
SECTION A Answer
Displacement / cm
Marks
1
4 2 0 0.1 -2 -4
(ii) (b) (c) 0.2 s 1 1 1 Total 4 Marks
Time / s 0.2 0.3 0.4
Amplitude of a wave is the maximum displacement of a medium particle from its mean (stationary) position. Decreases with time
275
Question
2 (a) (b) (c) (i) (ii) Mirage
SECTION A Answer
Total internal reection Density of the cool air is greater than the density of the warm air The light rays will be refracted away from the normal
Marks
1 1 1 1
(iii) 1
TOTAL 3 (a) (b) (c) Momentum Kinetic energy (60)(20) + (70)(20) = (60 + 70)(V) V = 17.31 m s-1 (i) (ii) Principle of Conservation of Momentum In the absence of external forces, the total momentum of a system remains unchanged TOTAL 4 (a) (b) (i) (ii) The distance between two points of the same phase. d = 1250 x 0.6 = 750.0 m f = 5.8 x 105 Hz v = 1250 ms-1 = 0.00215 m / 2.15 x 10-3 m The amplitude of the reection wave in Diagram 4.2 is higher. When the depth increases, the energy lost inceases TOTAL 5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Mass per unit volume Density of ice block is less than density of water Weight and buoyant force The volume of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2. The weight of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2. Buoyant force in diagram 5.1 is greater diagram 5.2 Buoyant force = weight of water displaced Archimedes Principle TOTAL
5 Marks 1 1 1 1 1 1
(d)
6 Marks 1 2 2
(c)
(i) (ii)
1 1 7 Marks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 marks
276
Question
6 (a)
SECTION A Answer
Heat from the surrounding Heat from the metal plate Solid to liquid (i) (ii) Specic latent heat of fusion Heat absorbed is used to overcome the forces of attraction between the molecules of the ice
Marks
1 1 1 1 1
(b) (c)
(d)
L=
6.72 x103 J = 3.36 x105 J kg 1 3 20 x10 kg
(e)
Condensation of water vapour on cool surface
TOTAL 7 (a) (i) (ii) n-p-n
8 Marks 1 1
Collector
Base
Emitter
(b) (i) (ii) Yes Transistor Bulb 1 1
On
Off
Light up
Not light up
(iii)
Bulb does not light up. No current ows in the base and emitter circuit. Interchange the position of LDR and R2
1 1 1 1 1 1
(c) (d) (i) (ii)
Because collector current is too small Magnetic relay / Relay switch Using small voltage to switch on the second with high voltage
TOTAL
10 Marks
277
Question
8 (a)
SECTION A Answer
An electromagnet is a magnet in which a magnetic eld is produced by the ow of electric current. (i) Increase the current. The strength of an electromagnet increases Soft-Iron core Easily magnetised and demagnetised Increase the number of turns. The strength of an electromagnet increases L Increase // More The poles for a U-shaped electromagnet are closer together P= mgh t = 250 x 10 x 4 5 = 2000 W TOTAL
Marks
1
(b)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(ii)
(iii)
(c) (d)
(e)
1 1 12 Marks
SECTION B
9 (a) (i) (ii) Ratio sin of incidence angle and sine of refraction angle Refractive index digram9.2 larger than diagram 9.1 Refraction angle diagram 9.2 is smaller than diagram 9.1 Critical angle diagram 9.1 larger than diagram 9.2 When the refractive index is large, the critical angle is small 1. the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle 2. the light travel from medium high density to low density 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
(b)
(i)
(ii)
135
45
45
45 45
(c)
Aspect 1. An inner core of higher refractive index 2. Outer layer of medium with a lower refractive index 3. Lower density 4. The thickness of the glass is thin 5. Strong and exible
Reason 1. Light ray is reected more easily through total internal reection 2. Light ray is reected more easily through total internal reection 3. The optical bre will be lighter 4. Save pace / can be used in narrow space 5. Does not break easily and the shape can be adjusted TOTAL 2 2 2 2 2
20 Marks
278
Question
10 (a) (i) (ii)
SECTION B Answer
Work done in moving one coulomb of charge from one point to another
Marks
1 2
Diagram 10.1
Series circuit
Diagram 10.2
Parallel circuit
(b)
1. The bulb in parallel circuit // Diagram 10.2 is brighter than those in series circuit // Diagram 10.1 2. The potential difference across each bulb in the parallel circuit is the same as that of the battery // dry cell. 3. The potential difference across each bulb in the series circuit is smaller than that of the battery // dry cell. 4. The current owing through each bulb in the parallel circuit is higher than the current owing in the series circuit. 5. When the potential difference across each bulb is higher, the current owing through it is also higher and the bulb is brighter. Suggestion 1. Diameter of wire used as ible cable must be thicker exExplanation So that the resistance will be reduced. A thinner wire has a higher resistance. If large current ows through it, it becomes overheated and may burn and cause a re. So that the resistance is smaller Can produce the higher heat energy with small current. So that water will boil faster So that the heat will not loose to the surroundings and water will boil faster. It is safer to handle If there is a short-circuit, a very high current ows and melt the fuse wire. The kettle will not be damaged. TOTAL
1 1 1 1 1
(c)
2. Length of cable is shorter 3. Heating element must made of material with high resistivity such as nichrome 4. The kettle is made of good heat insulator 5. Use a suitable fuse. The current ow through the cable is 8.33 A. The suitable fuse is between 11 A to 13 A
20 Marks
279
Question
11 (a) (b)
SECTION C Answer
Degree of hotness of an object 1. Put the thermometer in melting ice , mark the lower part of mercury thread,0 2. Place the same thermometer in the boiling water, mark the top part of the mercury thread, 100 3. Divide the length between the two marks inti 100 equal divisions 4. Each division is now equal to 1C Characteristics 1.Specic heat capacity is low 3. Melting point is high 5. Good conductor of heat 7.Rate of expansion is moderate Reason 2. Faster to get hot 4. Does not melt easily 6. The heat can be lost easily 8. The shape of the n unchanged
Marks
1 1 1 1 1
(c)
2 2 2
The most suitable is P because specic heat capacity is low, melting point is high, conductor heat is good, rate of expansion is moderate (d) (i) Q = mc = 0.5 x 450 x 10 = 2250 J
(ii)
Energy lost = 10 x 2250 = 22500 J
Total 12 (a) (i) (ii) Radioisotopes are isotopes which have unstable nuclei. Carbon-14 atom is a radioactive substance which is easily absorbed by living plants. - after the plants dies, the activity of Carbon-14 will decline since no new carbon-14 is absorbed. - by calculating the activity of carbon-14, the age of the fossil/object can be determined (b) (i) characteristics Has a short half-life Has moderate ionising power Emits gamma ray explanation can be active in a body for a short period of time causes minimum damage to the tissues in the body can be detected outside the body// high penetrating power, so can be detected by the GM tube that is placed near to the head
20 Marks 1 1
Substance R is the most suitable with short half-life, emits gamma ray and has moderate ionising power. (ii) Geiger Muller Tube Has a small in size, it is handy and can be moved around easily. It is a sensitive instrument, so can detect low ionisation
1 1 1
280
Question
11 (c) (i)
SECTION C Answer
Energy released E = mc2 = 3.5 x 10-9 x ( 3 x 108 )2 = 3.15 x 107 J
Marks
2 1
(ii)
Power obtained P = E/t = 3.15 x 107 -3 1.5 x 10 = 2.1 x 1010 W 1 1
Total PERATURAN PERMARKAHAN TAMAT
20 Marks
281
PAPER 3 SECTION A Answer

(a) (i) (ii) (iii) Angle of incidence. Angle of refraction. Glass block/refractive index of the glass block/density of the glass block. i/ 0 20 30 40 50 60 (ii) i/ 20 30 40 50 60 r/ 0 13 19 25 30 36 r/ 13 19 25 30 36 sin i 0.34 0.50 0.64 0.77 0.87 sin r 0.22 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.59 Value of r 5 values correct ----- (2) 4 or 3 values correct ------(1) 2 values and below -------(0)
Question
11
Marks
1 1 1
(b)
(i)
1) All quantities i, r, sin i and sin r correct -- 2) Units for all quantities correct ---- 3) * All values of sin i correct ----- * 1 value of sin i incorrect ------ * > 1 value of sin i incorrect ------ 0 4) * All values of sin r correct ----- * 1 value of sin r incorrect ------ * > 1 value of sin r incorrect ------ 0 5) Consistency of decimal point for sin i --- 6) Consistency of decimal point for sin r --- Score 78 56 34 2 1 0 Mark 5 4 3 2 1 0
282
Question
1 (c)
SECTION A Answer
On the graph paper. 1) Correct title on axes----- 2) Units correct ------- 3) Even scale ------- 4) * All points correctly plotted -------- 1 point incorrectly plotted ------- > 1 point incorrectly plotted ------ 0 5) Best t straight line -------- 6) > 50% graph paper -------- Score 67 54 Mark 5 4 3 2 1
Marks
5
3 2 1 (d)
Sin r is directly proportional to sin i . Total
16 Marks 1 2
(a)
(i) (ii)
R increases linearly with 1 I - Extrapolated line shown to intercept at 1 axis I - 0.2 A-1
(iii)
1 = 0.4r I
0.2 = 0.4r r = 0.5
(b)
(i)
- Show a big on the graph to determine the gradient - The correct
- m = 0.4 A-1-1 ------------------ Ans + unit (ii)

1 m= E
y 2 y1 x 2 x1
1 1 1
from the drawn
0.4 =
1 E
1 1 1 1
E = 2.5 V (c) 1. The connection of the wires must be tight. 2. The circuit is switched off whenever the readings were not taken from the meters. This is to reduce energy loss from the cell. Total
12 Marks
283
Question
3 (a) (b)
SECTION A Answer
Pressure depends on volume// Volume inuences pressure When the volume decrease , the pressure increase , To investigate the relationship between volume and pressure (c) (i) Manipulated : volume Responding : pressure Fixed : mass of gas // temperature Syringe, clip, thick rubber tube, bourdon gauge .
Marks
1 1 1
1 1 1
(ii) (iii)
(iv)
(v)
The piston of the 100 cm-3 syringe is adjusted until the volume of air in the syringe at atmospheric pressure. The other end of the rubber tube is connected to bourdon gauge and the pressure of the air in the syringe is read on the gauge. The piston of the syringe is pushed in until the enclosed volume is 98 cm3 / V1. The pressure on the Bourdon gauge is recorded. The steps is repeated for an enclosed volume of 96 cm3/V2, 94 cm3/V3, 92cm3/V4, 90 cm3/V5 1
1 1
(vi)
Tabulating data
Isipadu,V/cm3 98 /V1 96 /V2 94 /V3 92 /V4 90/V5

(vii) P (Nm-2)
Tekanan,P/ Nm-2
1/V , cm-3
V (cm-3)
Total 12 Marks
284
Question
4 (a) (b)
SECTION A Answer
Magnetic eld strength depends on the number of turns The magnetic eld strength will increase when the number of turns increase (i) To investigate the relationship between magnetic eld strength and number of turn on the coil Manipulated : number of turns Responding : magnetic eld strength //number of small iron pin Fixed : size of current// type of core Retort stand, soft iron core, connector wire, PVC insulated copper wire, small iron pin, ammeter, rheostat , battery/ power supply
Marks
1 1
(c)
(ii)
(iii)
1 1
(iv)
(v)
Soft iron core
turns
small iron pins
retort stand
(vi)
The soft iron core is wound with 20 turns of insulated copper wire and set up as shown in diagram above. The switch is turned on and the rheostat adjusted until the ammeter. Reading is 1.0 A. The beaker containing small steel pin then brought near the iron core. Count and record the number of small iron pin attached to the soft Iron core. Repeat the experiment by winding the soft iron core with, 30 turns, 40 turns, 50 turns and 60 turns.
(vii)
Number of turns, n, turns 20 / n1 30 / n2 40 / n3 50 / n4 60 / n5
Number of pins attached, n /pieces
(viii)
number of pin n / pieces
Number of turns/turns TOTAL 12 Marks
TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION - GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA KDN PP 14375/04/2009
EDUCATION EDUC
GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA
In Collaboration With
HIGHER H
Peninsular RM9.90 Sabah/Sarawak RM11.90
E or DEGRE IONAL SS PROFE S SE COUR ics,

Academ Advice from rking Wo Students, ls, and Professiona Employers
POPULAR COURSES & CAREERS
Pre -U, Vo Cou catio rse nal, s - E Pro xpla fess Explanation on 19 different courses ine iona d! Focus : l
Education,Engineering & Psychology What you should know about Pre-U courses and how to decide on one Negotiating the maze of higher education accreditation Opportunities Abound in the ICT Industry
Tremendous career prospects in a burgeoning field
Wh at Opt ionAre My s Aft SPM ? er

INSTITUTION LISTINGS
PRE-U 101 SCHOLARSHIPS & LOANS

More than 75 scholarships on offer
IS IT RECOGNISED?
Brief overviews of colleges and universities in the country
Shopping for the Right Institution

Factors to consider when choosing a university
Getting the Most Out of an Education Fair

Derive the full benefits of these events with our step-by-step guide
TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION - GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA KDN PP 14375/04/2009
EDUCATION EDUC
GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA
In Collaboration With
HIGHER H
Peninsular RM9.90 Sabah/Sarawak RM11.90
E or DEGRE IONAL SS PROFE S SE COUR ics,

Academ Advice from rking Wo Students, ls, and Professiona Employers
POPULAR COURSES & CAREERS
Pre -U, Vo Cou catio rse nal, s - E Pro xpla fess Explanation on 19 different courses ine iona d! Focus : l
Education,Engineering & Psychology
Wh at Opt ionAre My s Aft SPM ? er

INSTITUTION LISTINGS
PRE-U 101 SCHOLARSHIPS & LOANS

More than 75 scholarships on offer
What you should know about Pre-U courses and how to decide on one Negotiating the maze of higher education accreditation Opportunities Abound in the ICT Industry
Tremendous career prospects in a burgeoning field
IS IT RECOGNISED?
Brief overviews of colleges and universities in the country
Shopping for the Right Institution

Factors to consider when choosing a university
Getting the Most Out of an Education Fair

Derive the full benefits of these events with our step-by-step guide

2009-Percubaan (Times) (Semua Mata Pelajaran)

Cargado por

Información del documento

Descripción original:

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

2009-Percubaan (Times) (Semua Mata Pelajaran)

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

The SPM examinations are fast approaching and as we have done in previous years, Times Guides has come

5 10 18 26 41 6 5 77 95 109 119 130 138 3 15

Times Guides Sdn Bhd

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM M 2009

Analisis Soalan Rumusan SPM

Analisis Soalan KOMSAS SPM 2004 -2008

Jun 2008 November 2008

Pusaran Di Sisi Rinda

Kezaliman Membawa Padah Peminangan Puteri Gunung Ledang

Analisis Soalan 2004-2008

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2008 BAHASA MALAYSIA Kertas 1

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

BAHASA MELAYU KERTAS 1103/2 TINGKATAN 5 TAHUN 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM PM 2009 PM

A:Directed Writing 2004

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

B: Continuous Writing 2004

Reective: Changes in life Opinion: television

Reective: My early years

PAPER 2 Section A: (Graphics) (Q 1-8) 2004

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

Short message Cartoon strips interpretation of situation Cartoon strips value

News report health blood Article - people

Notice membership drive Book - synopsis Newspaper environment

Extract - health Notice - competition Cartoon strips idiomatic expression

Chart interpretation News report counterfeit Cartoon strip Idiomatic expression

Letter to the editor tv programs

(Rational Cloze) ( Q 9 15) 2004

SECTION B : (Information Transfer 2004

SECTION C : (Reading comprehension & summary) 2004

SECTION D :(Literature- Poems, Short Stories & Novel) 2004

The Lotus Eater Most memorable Part

The Sound machine Ending of novel

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH Paper 1

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

Food price Floor Strays Utensils

END OF QUESTION PAPER

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 ENGLISH Paper 2

41400 SHAH ALAM TEL: 03-33721955

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

B. better C. the best D. the least

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009

JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM PM 2009 PM

Analisis Soalan 2004-2008